1 # Maintained by Axel Boldt (boldt@math.ucsb.edu)
3 # This version of the Linux kernel configuration help texts
4 # corresponds to the kernel versions 2.2.x.
6 # Translations of this file available on the WWW:
8 # - Japanese, by Tetsuyasu YAMADA (tetsu@cauchy.nslab.ntt.co.jp), at
9 # http://jf.gee.kyoto-u.ac.jp/JF/JF-ftp/euc/Configure.help.euc
10 # - Russian, by kaf@linux.nevod.perm.su, at
11 # http://nevod.perm.su/service/linux/doc/kernel/Configure.help
12 # - French, by David Bourgin (dbourgin@wsc.com), at
13 # http://www.linux-kheops.com/traduc/kernels/
14 # - Spanish, by Carlos Perelló Marín (fperllo@ehome.encis.es), at
15 # http://visar.csustan.edu/~carlos/
16 # - Italian, by Alessandro Rubini (rubini@linux.it), at
17 # ftp://ftp-pavia1.linux.it/pub/linux/Configure.help
18 # - Polish, by Cezar Cichocki (cezar@cs.net.pl), at
19 # http://www.cs.net.pl/~cezar/Kernel
21 # Information about what a kernel is, what it does, how to patch and
22 # compile it and much more is contained in the Kernel-HOWTO, available
23 # via FTP (user: anonymous) from metalab.unc.edu in the directory
24 # /pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Before you start compiling, make sure that
25 # you have the necessary versions of all programs and libraries
26 # required to compile and run this kernel; they are listed in the file
27 # Documentation/Changes. Make sure to read the toplevel kernel README
30 # Format of this file: description<nl>variable<nl>help text<nl><nl>. If
31 # the question being documented is of type "choice", we list only the
32 # first occurring config variable. The help texts may contain empty
33 # lines, but every non-empty line must be indented two positions.
34 # Order of the help texts does not matter, however, no variable should
35 # be documented twice: if it is, only the first occurrence will be
36 # used by Configure. We try to keep the help texts of related variables
37 # close together. Lines starting with `#' are ignored. To be nice to
38 # menuconfig, limit your line length to 70 characters. Use emacs'
39 # kfill.el to edit and ispell.el to spell check this file or you lose.
41 # If you add a help text to this file, please try to be as gentle as
42 # possible. Don't use unexplained acronyms and generally write for the
43 # hypothetical ignorant but intelligent user who has just bought a PC,
44 # removed Windows, installed Linux and is now recompiling the kernel
45 # for the first time. Tell them what to do if they're unsure. Technical
46 # information should go in a README in the Documentation directory.
47 # Mention all the relevant READMEs and HOWTOs in the help text.
48 # Repetitions are fine since the help texts are not meant to be read
51 # All this was shamelessly stolen from several different sources. Many
52 # thanks to all the contributors. Feel free to use these help texts in
53 # your own kernel configuration tools. The texts are copyrighted (c)
54 # 1995-1999 by Axel Boldt and many others and are governed by the GNU
55 # General Public License.
57 Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers
59 Some of the various things that Linux supports (such as network
60 drivers, filesystems, network protocols, etc.) can be in a state
61 of development where the functionality, stability, or the level of
62 testing is not yet high enough for general use. This is usually
63 known as the "alpha-test" phase amongst developers. If a feature is
64 currently in alpha-test, then the developers usually discourage
65 uninformed widespread use of this feature by the general public to
66 avoid "Why doesn't this work?" type mail messages. However, active
67 testing and use of these systems is welcomed. Just be aware that it
68 may not meet the normal level of reliability or it may fail to work
69 in some special cases. Detailed bug reports from people familiar
70 with the kernel internals are usually welcomed by the developers
71 (before submitting bug reports, please read the documents README,
72 MAINTAINERS, Documentation/BUG-HUNTING, and
73 Documentation/oops-tracing.txt in the kernel source).
75 Unless you intend to help test and develop a feature or driver that
76 falls into this category, or you have a situation that requires
77 using these features you should probably say N here, which will
78 cause this configure script to present you with fewer choices. If
79 you say Y here, you will be offered the choice of using features or
80 drivers that are currently considered to be in the alpha-test phase.
82 Symmetric Multi Processing
84 This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have
85 a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If
86 you have a system with more than one CPU, say Y.
88 If you say N here, the kernel will run on single and multiprocessor
89 machines, but will use only one CPU of a multiprocessor machine. If
90 you say Y here, the kernel will run on many, but not all,
91 singleprocessor machines. On a singleprocessor machine, the kernel
92 will run faster if you say N here.
94 Note that if you say Y here and choose architecture "586" or
95 "Pentium" under "Processor family", the kernel will not work on 486
96 architectures. Similarly, multiprocessor kernels for the "PPro"
97 architecture may not work on all Pentium based boards.
99 People using multiprocessor machines who say Y here should also say
100 Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below. The "Advanced Power
101 Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here.
103 See also: Documentation/SMP.txt, Documentation/smp.tex,
104 Documentation/smp.txt, and Documentation/IO-APIC.txt. Also see the
105 SMP-FAQ on the WWW at http://www.irisa.fr/prive/mentre/smp-faq/ (to
106 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
107 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
109 If you don't know what to do here, say N.
111 Kernel math emulation
112 CONFIG_MATH_EMULATION
113 Linux can emulate a math coprocessor (used for floating point
114 operations) if you don't have one. 486DX and Pentium processors have
115 a math coprocessor built in, 486SX and 386 do not, unless you added
116 a 487DX or 387, respectively. (The messages during boot time can
117 give you some hints here ["man dmesg"].) Everyone needs either a
118 coprocessor or this emulation.
120 If you don't have a math coprocessor, you need to say Y here; if you
121 say Y here even though you have a coprocessor, the coprocessor will
122 be used nevertheless. (This behavior can be changed with the kernel
123 command line option "no387", which comes handy if your coprocessor
124 is broken. Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot
125 loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at
126 boot time. The lilo procedure is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO,
127 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
128 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.) This means that it is a
129 good idea to say Y here if you intend to use this kernel on
130 different machines. More information about the internals of Linux
131 math coprocessor emulation can be found in
132 arch/i386/math-emu/README.
134 If you are not sure, say Y; apart from resulting in a 45 KB bigger
135 kernel, it won't hurt.
137 Kernel FP software completion
139 This option is required for IEEE compliant floating point arithmetic
140 on the Alpha. The only time you would ever not say Y is to say M in
141 order to debug the code. Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
143 Normal PC floppy disk support
145 If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux,
146 say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM
147 Thinkpad users, is contained in drivers/block/README.fd. This file
148 also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as well as
149 location of the fdutils package used to configure additional
150 parameters of the driver at run time.
152 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
153 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
154 The module will be called floppy.o. If you want to compile it as a
155 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
157 Support for PowerMac floppy
159 If you have a SWIM-3 (Super Woz Integrated Machine 3; from Apple)
160 floppy controller, say Y here. Most commonly found in PowerMacs.
164 Saying Y here will allow you to use a portion of your RAM memory as
165 a block device, so that you can make filesystems on it, read and
166 write to it and do all the other things that you can do with normal
167 block devices (such as hard drives). It is usually used to load and
168 store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM
169 during the initial install of Linux.
171 Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now
172 obsolete. For details, read Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
174 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
175 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
176 say M and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
179 Most normal users won't need the RAM disk functionality, and can
182 Initial RAM disk (initrd) support
183 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD
184 The initial RAM disk is a RAM disk that is loaded by the boot loader
185 (loadlin or lilo) and that is mounted as root before the normal boot
186 procedure. It is typically used to load modules needed to mount the
187 "real" root file system, etc. See Documentation/initrd.txt for
192 Saying Y here will allow you to use a regular file as a block
193 device; you can then create a file system on that block device and
194 mount it just as you would mount other block devices such as hard
195 drive partitions, CDROM drives or floppy drives.
197 This is useful if you want to check an ISO 9660 file system before
198 burning the CD, or if you want to use floppy images without first
199 writing them to floppy.
201 The loop device driver can also be used to "hide" a filesystem in a
202 disk partition, floppy, or regular file, either using encryption
203 (scrambling the data) or steganography (hiding the data in the low
204 bits of, say, a sound file). This is also safe if the file resides
205 on a remote file server. If you want to do this, you will first have
206 to acquire and install a kernel patch from
207 ftp://ftp.replay.com/pub/crypto/linux/all or
208 ftp://verden.pvv.org/pub/linux/kerneli/v2.1/, and then you need to
209 say Y to this option.
211 Note that alternative ways to use encrypted filesystems are provided
212 by the cfs package, which can be gotten via FTP (user: anonymous)
213 from ftp://ftp.replay.com/pub/crypto/disk/, and the newer tcfs
214 package, available at http://tcfs.dia.unisa.it/. You do not need to
215 say Y here if you want to use one of these. However, using cfs
216 requires saying Y to "NFS filesystem support" below while using tcfs
217 requires applying a kernel patch.
219 To use the loop device, you need the losetup utility and a recent
220 version of the mount program, both contained in the util-linux
221 package (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
222 ftp://ftp.win.tue.nl/pub/linux/util/).
224 Note that this loop device has nothing to do with the loopback
225 device used for network connections from the machine to itself.
227 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
228 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
229 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
232 Most users will answer N here.
234 Network Block Device support
236 Saying Y here will allow your computer to be a client for network
237 block devices, i.e. it will be able to use block devices exported by
238 servers (mount filesystems on them etc.). Communication between
239 client and server works over TCP/IP networking, but to the client
240 program this is hidden: it looks like a regular local file access to
241 a block device special file such as /dev/nd0.
243 Network block devices also allows you to run a block-device in
244 userland (making server and client physically the same computer,
245 communicating using the loopback network device).
247 Read Documentation/nbd.txt for more information, especially about
248 where to find the server code, which runs in user space and does not
249 need special kernel support.
251 Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS
252 or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda.
254 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
255 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
256 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
261 Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL disk/cdrom/tape/floppy support
263 If you say Y here, you will use the full-featured IDE driver to
264 control up to four IDE interfaces, each being able to serve a
265 "master" and a "slave" device, for a total of up to eight IDE
266 disk/cdrom/tape/floppy drives. People with SCSI-only systems
269 Useful information about large (>540 MB) IDE disks, multiple
270 interfaces, what to do if IDE devices are not automatically
271 detected, sound card IDE ports, module support, and other topics, is
272 contained in Documentation/ide.txt. For detailed information about
273 hard drives, consult the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO,
274 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
275 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
277 To fine-tune IDE drive/interface parameters for improved
278 performance, look for the hdparm package at
279 ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/kernel/patches/diskdrives/
281 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
282 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
283 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
284 Documentation/ide.txt. The module will be called ide.o. Do not
285 compile this driver as a module if your root filesystem (the one
286 containing the directory /) is located on an IDE device.
288 If you have one or more IDE drives, say Y or M here. If your system
289 has no IDE drives, or if memory requirements are really tight, you
290 could say N here, and select the "Old hard disk driver" below
291 instead to save about 13 KB of memory in the kernel.
293 Old hard disk (MFM/RLL/IDE) driver
294 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_ONLY
295 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. Most people use
296 the newer enhanced driver, but this old one is still around for two
297 reasons. Some older systems have strange timing problems and seem to
298 work only with the old driver (which itself does not work with some
299 newer systems). The other reason is that the old driver is smaller,
300 since it lacks the enhanced functionality of the new one. This makes
301 it a good choice for systems with very tight memory restrictions, or
302 for systems with only older MFM/RLL/ESDI drives. Choosing the old
303 driver can save 13 KB or so of kernel memory.
305 If you are unsure, then just choose the Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL driver
306 instead of this one. For more detailed information, read the
307 Disk-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
308 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
310 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here.
312 Use old disk-only driver on primary interface
313 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_IDE
314 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE disks. Most people use just
315 the new enhanced driver by itself. This option however installs the
316 old hard disk driver to control the primary IDE/disk interface in
317 the system, leaving the new enhanced IDE driver to take care of only
318 the 2nd/3rd/4th IDE interfaces. Doing this will prevent you from
319 having an IDE/ATAPI CDROM or tape drive connected to the primary IDE
320 interface. Choosing this option may be useful for older systems
321 which have MFM/RLL/ESDI controller+drives at the primary port
322 address (0x1f0), along with IDE drives at the secondary/3rd/4th port
325 Normally, just say N here; you will then use the new driver for all
328 People with SCSI-only systems don't need this and can say N here as
331 Include IDE/ATA-2 DISK support
332 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK
333 This will include enhanced support for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. If
334 you have a MFM/RLL/IDE disk, and there is no special reason to use
335 the old hard disk driver instead, say Y. If you have an SCSI-only
336 system, you can say N here.
338 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
339 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
340 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
341 called ide-disk.o. Do not compile this driver as a module if your
342 root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located on
343 the IDE disk. If unsure, say Y.
345 Include IDE/ATAPI CDROM support
347 If you have a CDROM drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. ATAPI is
348 a newer protocol used by IDE CDROM and TAPE drives, similar to the
349 SCSI protocol. Most new CDROM drives use ATAPI, including the
350 NEC-260, Mitsumi FX400, Sony 55E, and just about all non-SCSI
351 double(2X) or better speed drives.
353 If you say Y here, the CDROM drive will be identified at boot time
354 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
355 similar (check the boot messages with dmesg). If this is your only
356 CDROM drive, you can say N to all other CDROM options, but be sure
357 to say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support".
359 Read the CDROM-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
360 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and the file
361 Documentation/cdrom/ide-cd. Note that older versions of lilo (the
362 Linux boot loader) cannot properly deal with IDE/ATAPI CDROMs, so
363 install lilo-16 or higher, available from
364 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/Linux-boot/lilo.
366 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
367 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
368 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
371 Include IDE/ATAPI TAPE support
372 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDETAPE
373 If you have an IDE tape drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y.
374 ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE tape and CDROM drives, similar
375 to the SCSI protocol. If you have an SCSI tape drive however, you
378 If you say Y here, the tape drive will be identified at boot time
379 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something
380 similar, and will be mapped to a character device such as "ht0"
381 (check the boot messages with dmesg). Be sure to consult the
382 drivers/block/ide-tape.c and Documentation/ide.txt files for usage
385 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
386 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
387 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
390 Include IDE/ATAPI FLOPPY support
391 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEFLOPPY
392 If you have an IDE floppy drive which uses the ATAPI protocol,
393 answer Y. ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE CDROM/tape/floppy
394 drives, similar to the SCSI protocol.
396 The LS-120 and the IDE/ATAPI Iomega ZIP drive are also supported by
397 this driver. (ATAPI PD-CD/CDR drives are not supported by this
398 driver; support for PD-CD/CDR drives is available if you answer Y to
399 "SCSI emulation support", below).
401 If you say Y here, the FLOPPY drive will be identified along with
402 other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something similar (check
403 the boot messages with dmesg).
405 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
406 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
407 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
410 SCSI emulation support
411 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDESCSI
412 This will provide SCSI host adapter emulation for IDE ATAPI devices,
413 and will allow you to use a SCSI device driver instead of a native
416 This is useful if you have an ATAPI device for which no native
417 driver has been written (for example, an ATAPI PD-CD or CDR drive);
418 you can then use this emulation together with an appropriate SCSI
419 device driver. In order to do this, say Y here and to "SCSI support"
420 and "SCSI generic support", below.
422 Note that this option does NOT allow you to attach SCSI devices to a
423 box that doesn't have a SCSI host adapter installed.
425 If both this SCSI emulation and native ATAPI support are compiled
426 into the kernel, the native support will be used.
428 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here. If unsure, say N.
430 CMD640 chipset bugfix/support
431 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640
432 The CMD-Technologies CMD640 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
433 Pentium motherboards, usually in combination with a "Neptune" or
434 "SiS" chipset. Unfortunately, it has a number of rather nasty
435 design flaws that can cause severe data corruption under many common
436 conditions. Say Y here to include code which tries to automatically
437 detect and correct the problems under Linux. This option also
438 enables access to the secondary IDE ports in some CMD640 based
441 This driver will work automatically in PCI based systems (most new
442 systems have PCI slots). But if your system uses VESA local bus
443 (VLB) instead of PCI, you must also supply a kernel boot parameter
444 to enable the CMD640 bugfix/support: "ide0=cmd640_vlb". (Try "man
445 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
446 pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also explained in
447 the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
448 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.)
450 The CMD640 chip is also used on add-in cards by Acculogic, and on
451 the "CSA-6400E PCI to IDE controller" that some people have. For
452 details, read Documentation/ide.txt.
454 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y.
456 CMD640 enhanced support
457 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640_ENHANCED
458 This option includes support for setting/autotuning PIO modes and
459 prefetch on CMD640 IDE interfaces. For details, read
460 Documentation/ide.txt. If you have a CMD640 IDE interface and your
461 BIOS does not already do this for you, then say Y here. Otherwise
464 RZ1000 chipset bugfix/support
465 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RZ1000
466 The PC-Technologies RZ1000 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and
467 Pentium motherboards, usually along with the "Neptune" chipset.
468 Unfortunately, it has a rather nasty design flaw that can cause
469 severe data corruption under many conditions. Say Y here to include
470 code which automatically detects and corrects the problem under
471 Linux. This may slow disk throughput by a few percent, but at least
472 things will operate 100% reliably.
474 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y.
476 Generic PCI IDE chipset support
477 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEPCI
478 Enable this for PCI systems which use IDE drive(s).
479 This option helps the IDE driver to automatically detect and
480 configure all PCI-based IDE interfaces in your system.
482 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here; if unsure say Y.
484 Generic PCI bus-master DMA support
485 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA
486 If your PCI system uses IDE drive(s) (as opposed to SCSI, say) and
487 is capable of bus-master DMA operation (most Pentium PCI systems),
488 you will want to say Y here to reduce CPU overhead. You can then use
489 the "hdparm" utility to enable DMA for drives for which it was not
490 enabled automatically. By default, DMA is not enabled automatically
491 for these drives, but you can change that by saying Y to the
492 following question "Use DMA by default when available". You can get
493 the latest version of the hdparm utility via anonymous FTP from
494 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/hardware/.
496 Read the comments at the beginning of drivers/block/idedma.c and the
497 file Documentation/ide.txt for more information.
499 It is safe to say Y to this question.
501 Winbond SL82c105 support
502 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SL82C105
503 If you have a Winbond SL82c105 IDE controller, say Y here to enable
504 special configuration for this chip. This is common on various CHRP
505 motherboards, but could be used elsewhere. If in doubt, say Y.
507 Boot off-board chipsets first support
508 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD
509 Normally, IDE controllers built into the motherboard (on-board
510 controllers) are assigned to ide0 and ide1 while those on add-in PCI
511 cards (off-board controllers) are relegated to ide2 and ide3.
512 Answering Y here will reverse the situation, with off-board
513 controllers on ide0/1 and on-board controllers on ide2/3. This can
514 improve the usability of some boot managers such as LILO when
515 booting from a drive on an off-board controller.
517 Note that, if you say Y here, the order of the hd* devices will be
518 rearranged which may require modification of fstab and other files.
522 Use DMA by default when available
524 Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use
525 DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns
526 about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage,
527 the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the
528 previous behaviour, say Y to this question.
530 If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here.
531 Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue!
533 It is normally safe to answer Y to this question unless your
534 motherboard uses a VIA VP2 chipset, in which case you should say N.
536 Other IDE chipset support
538 Say Y here if you want to include enhanced support for various IDE
539 interface chipsets used on motherboards and add-on cards. You can
540 then pick your particular IDE chip from among the following options.
541 This enhanced support may be necessary for Linux to be able to
542 access the 3rd/4th drives in some systems. It may also enable
543 setting of higher speed I/O rates to improve system performance with
544 these chipsets. Most of these also require special kernel boot
545 parameters to actually turn on the support at runtime; you can find
546 a list of these in the file Documentation/ide.txt.
548 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here.
550 Generic 4 drives/port support
551 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_4DRIVES
552 Certain older chipsets, including the Tekram 690CD, use a single set
553 of I/O ports at 0x1f0 to control up to four drives, instead of the
554 customary two drives per port. Support for this can be enabled at
555 runtime using the "ide0=four" kernel boot parameter if you say Y
559 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DTC2278
560 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=dtc2278" kernel
561 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
562 of the DTC-2278 card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as
563 well. See the Documentation/ide.txt and dtc2278.c files for more
566 Holtek HT6560B support
567 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HT6560B
568 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ht6560b" kernel
569 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
570 of the Holtek card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
571 See the Documentation/ide.txt and ht6560b.c files for more info.
573 PROMISE DC4030 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
574 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC4030
575 This driver provides support for the secondary IDE interface and
576 cache of Promise IDE chipsets, e.g. DC4030 and DC5030. This driver
577 is known to incur timeouts/retries during heavy I/O to drives
578 attached to the secondary interface. CDROM and TAPE devices are not
579 supported yet. This driver is enabled at runtime using the
580 "ide0=dc4030" kernel boot parameter. See the Documentation/ide.txt
581 and drivers/block/pdc4030.c files for more info.
583 PS/2 ESDI hard disk support
585 Say Y here if you have a PS/2 machine with a MCA bus and an ESDI
588 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
589 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
590 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
593 Tekram TRM290 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
594 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRM290
595 This driver adds support for bus master DMA transfers
596 using the Tekram TRM290 PCI IDE chip. Volunteers are
597 needed for further tweaking and development.
598 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/trm290.c.
600 OPTi 82C621 enhanced support (EXPERIMENTAL)
601 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OPTI621
602 This is a driver for the OPTi 82C621 EIDE controller.
603 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/opti621.c.
605 NS87415 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
606 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NS87415
607 This driver adds detection and support for the NS87415 chip
608 (used in SPARC64, among others).
610 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/ns87415.c.
612 VIA82C586 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
613 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_VIA82C586
614 This adds initial timing settings for VIA (U)DMA onboard ide
615 controllers that are ATA3 compliant. May work with ATA4 systems, but
618 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default
619 when available", above.
621 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/via82C586.c
625 CMD646 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
626 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD646
627 Say Y here if you have an IDE controller like this.
629 HPT343 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL)
630 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT343
631 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single
632 interrupt. The HPT343 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable
633 PCI UDMA controller. This driver requires dynamic tuning of the
634 chipset during the ide-probe at boot. It is reported to support DVD
635 II drives, by the manufacturer.
637 Please read the comments at the top of drivers/block/hpt343.c
640 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_QD6580
641 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=qd6580" kernel
642 boot parameter. It permits faster I/O speeds to be set. See the
643 files Documentation/ide.txt and qd6580.c for more info.
646 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMC8672
647 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=umc8672" kernel
648 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
649 of the UMC-8672, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well.
650 See the files Documentation/ide.txt and umc8672.c for more info.
653 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI14XX
654 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ali14xx" kernel
655 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface
656 of the ALI M1439/1443/1445/1487/1489 chipsets, and permits faster
657 I/O speeds to be set as well. See the files Documentation/ide.txt
658 and ali14xx.c for more info.
662 Very old 8 bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer
663 will be supported if you say Y here.
665 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be
666 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
667 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
670 It's pretty unlikely that you have one of these: say N.
672 Parallel port IDE device support
674 There are many external CD-ROM and disk devices that connect through
675 your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices
676 using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE
677 subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives.
678 Read linux/Documentation/paride.txt for more information.
680 If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration
681 option, you may share a single port between your printer and other
682 parallel port devices. Answer Y to build PARIDE support into your
683 kernel, or M if you would like to build it as a loadable module. If
684 your parallel port support is in a loadable module, you must build
685 PARIDE as a module. If you built PARIDE support into your kernel,
686 you may still build the individual protocol modules and high-level
687 drivers as loadable modules. If you build this support as a module,
688 it will be called paride.o.
690 To use the PARIDE support, you must say Y or M here and also to at
691 least one high-level driver (e.g. "Parallel port IDE disks",
692 "Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs", "Parallel port ATAPI disks" etc.) and
693 to at least one protocol driver (e.g. "ATEN EH-100 protocol",
694 "MicroSolutions backpack protocol", "DataStor Commuter protocol"
697 Parallel port IDE disks
699 This option enables the high-level driver for IDE-type disk devices
700 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
701 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
702 parallel port IDE driver, otherwise you should answer M to build
703 it as a loadable module. The module will be called pd.o. You
704 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
705 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the SyQuest
706 EZ-135, EZ-230 and SparQ drives, the Avatar Shark and the backpack
707 hard drives from MicroSolutions.
709 Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs
711 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI CD-ROM devices
712 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
713 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
714 parallel port ATAPI CD-ROM driver, otherwise you should answer M to
715 build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pcd.o. You
716 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your
717 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
718 MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM drives and the Freecom Power CD. If
719 you have such a CD-ROM drive, you should also say Y or M to "ISO
720 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem
723 Parallel port ATAPI disks
725 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI disk devices
726 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
727 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
728 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
729 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pf.o.
730 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
731 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the
732 MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD drive and the Imation Superdisk
735 Parallel port ATAPI tapes
737 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI tape devices
738 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE
739 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
740 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M
741 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pt.o.
742 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
743 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver is the
744 parallel port version of the HP 5GB drive.
746 Parallel port generic ATAPI devices
748 This option enables a special high-level driver for generic ATAPI
749 devices connected through a parallel port. The driver allows user
750 programs, such as cdrecord, to send ATAPI commands directly to a
753 If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may
754 answer Y here to build in the parallel port generic ATAPI driver,
755 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
756 module will be called pg.o.
758 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in
761 This driver implements an API loosely related to the generic SCSI
762 driver. See /usr/include/linux/pg.h for details.
764 You can obtain the most recent version of cdrecord from
765 ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/ . Versions 1.6.1a3 and
766 later fully support this driver.
770 This option enables support for the ATEN EH-100 parallel port IDE
771 protocol. This protocol is used in some inexpensive low performance
772 parallel port kits made in Hong Kong. If you chose to build PARIDE
773 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
774 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
775 loadable module. The module will be called aten.o. You must also
776 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
779 MicroSolutions backpack protocol
781 This option enables support for the MicroSolutions backpack parallel
782 port IDE protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your
783 kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver,
784 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
785 module will be called bpck.o. You must also have a high-level driver
786 for the type of device that you want to support.
788 DataStor Commuter protocol
790 This option enables support for the Commuter parallel port IDE
791 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
792 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
793 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
794 module. The module will be called comm.o. You must also have
795 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
797 DataStor EP-2000 protocol
799 This option enables support for the EP-2000 parallel port IDE
800 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support
801 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
802 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
803 module. The module will be called dstr.o. You must also have
804 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
806 Shuttle EPAT/EPEZ protocol
808 This option enables support for the EPAT parallel port IDE protocol.
809 EPAT is a parallel port IDE adapter manufactured by Shuttle
810 Technology and widely used in devices from major vendors such as
811 Hewlett-Packard, SyQuest, Imation and Avatar. If you chose to build
812 PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in
813 the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
814 loadable module. The module will be called epat.o. You must also
815 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
818 Shuttle EPIA protocol
820 This option enables support for the (obsolete) EPIA parallel port
821 IDE protocol from Shuttle Technology. This adapter can still be
822 found in some no-name kits. If you chose to build PARIDE support
823 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol
824 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable
825 module. The module will be called epia.o. You must also have a
826 high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support.
830 This option enables support for the TD-2000 parallel port IDE
831 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This is a simple
832 (low speed) adapter that is used in some portable hard drives. If
833 you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y
834 here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M
835 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o.
836 You must also have a high-level driver for the type of device that
841 This option enables support for the TD-3000 parallel port IDE
842 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This protocol is
843 used in newer models of their portable disk, CD-ROM and PD/CD
844 devices. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
845 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
846 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
847 called fit3.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
848 of device that you want to support.
850 Freecom IQ ASIC-2 protocol
852 This option enables support for version 2 of the Freecom IQ parallel
853 port IDE adapter. This adapter is used by the Maxell Superdisk
854 drive. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
855 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
856 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
857 called friq.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
858 of device that you want to support.
860 FreeCom power protocol
862 This option enables support for the Freecom power parallel port IDE
863 protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
864 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
865 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
866 called frpw.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
867 of device that you want to support.
869 KingByte KBIC-951A/971A protocols
871 This option enables support for the KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A parallel
872 port IDE protocols from KingByte Information Corp. KingByte's
873 adapters appear in many no-name portable disk and CD-ROM products,
874 especially in Europe. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your
875 kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver,
876 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The
877 module will be called kbic.o. You must also have a high-level driver
878 for the type of device that you want to support.
882 This option enables support for the "PHd" parallel port IDE protocol
883 from KT Technology. This is a simple (low speed) adapter that is
884 used in some 2.5" portable hard drives. If you chose to build PARIDE
885 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the
886 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a
887 loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o. You must also
888 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to
891 OnSpec 90c20 protocol
893 This option enables support for the (obsolete) 90c20 parallel port
894 IDE protocol from OnSpec (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
895 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
896 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
897 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will
898 be called on20.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the
899 type of device that you want to support.
901 OnSpec 90c26 protocol
903 This option enables support for the 90c26 parallel port IDE protocol
904 from OnSpec Electronics (often marketed under the ValuStore brand
905 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you
906 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you
907 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be
908 called on26.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type
909 of device that you want to support.
911 Multiple devices driver support
913 This driver lets you combine several hard disk partitions into one
914 logical block device. This can be used to simply append one
915 partition to another one or to combine several redundant
916 hard disks to a RAID1/4/5 device so as to provide protection against
917 hard disk failures. This is called "Software RAID" since the
918 combining of the partitions is done by the kernel. "Hardware RAID"
919 means that the combining is done by a dedicated controller; if you
920 have such a controller, you do not need to say Y here.
922 More information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
923 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
924 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
925 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
931 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
932 use the so-called linear mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
933 partitions by simply appending one to the other.
935 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
936 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
937 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
942 RAID-0 (striping) mode
944 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to
945 use the so-called raid0 mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk
946 partitions into one logical device in such a fashion as to fill them
947 up evenly, one chunk here and one chunk there. This will increase
948 the throughput rate if the partitions reside on distinct disks.
950 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
951 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
952 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
953 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
955 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
956 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
957 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
962 RAID-1 (mirroring) mode
964 A RAID-1 set consists of several disk drives which are exact copies
965 of each other. In the event of a mirror failure, the RAID driver
966 will continue to use the operational mirrors in the set, providing
967 an error free MD (multiple device) to the higher levels of the
968 kernel. In a set with N drives, the available space is the capacity
969 of a single drive, and the set protects against a failure of (N - 1)
972 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
973 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
974 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
975 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
977 If you want to use such a RAID-1 set, say Y. This code is also
978 available as a module called raid1.o ( = code which can be inserted
979 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). If you
980 want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
981 Documentation/modules.txt.
987 A RAID-5 set of N drives with a capacity of C MB per drive provides
988 the capacity of C * (N - 1) drives, and protects against a failure
989 of a single drive. For a given sector (row) number, (N - 1) drives
990 contain data sectors, and one drive contains the parity protection.
991 For a RAID-4 set, the parity blocks are present on a single drive,
992 while a RAID-5 set distributes the parity across the drives in one
993 of the available parity distribution methods.
995 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the
996 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
997 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. There you will also
998 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools.
1000 If you want to use such a RAID-4/RAID-5 set, say Y. This code is
1001 also available as a module called raid5.o ( = code which can be
1002 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1003 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
1004 Documentation/modules.txt.
1008 Boot support (linear, striped)
1010 To boot with an initial linear or striped md device you have to
1011 answer Y here. For lilo and loadlin options see the file
1012 Documentation/md.txt.
1014 Support for Deskstation RPC44
1015 CONFIG_DESKSTATION_RPC44
1016 This is a machine with a R4400 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1017 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux
1018 on the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1019 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to
1020 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
1023 Support for Acer PICA 1 chipset
1025 This is a machine with a R4400 133/150 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1026 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1027 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1028 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
1029 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
1031 Support for Algorithmics P4032
1033 This is an evaluation board of the British company Algorithmics. The
1034 board uses the R4300 and a R5230 CPUs. For more information about
1035 this board see http://www.algor.co.uk.
1037 Support for Mips Magnum 4000
1038 CONFIG_MIPS_MAGNUM_4000
1039 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1040 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1041 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1042 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
1043 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
1045 Support for Olivetti M700
1046 CONFIG_OLIVETTI_M700
1047 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux
1048 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on
1049 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at
1050 http://lena.fnet.fr/ (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
1051 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
1055 Give the type of your machine's MIPS CPU. For this question, it
1056 suffices to give a unique prefix of the option you want to choose.
1057 In case of doubt select the R3000 CPU. The kernel will then run on
1058 other MIPS machines but with slightly reduced performance.
1060 Compile the kernel into the ECOFF object format
1062 Some machines require a kernel in the ECOFF format. You will have to
1063 say Y here for example if you want to use a Mips Magnum 3000 or a
1066 Generate little endian code
1067 CONFIG_CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN
1068 Some MIPS machines can be configured for either little or big endian
1069 byte order. These modes require different kernels. Say Y if your
1070 machine is little endian, N if it's a big endian machine.
1072 Kernel support for IRIX binaries
1074 If you say Y here, the kernel will support running of IRIX binaries.
1075 You will need IRIX libraries for this to work.
1079 Unless you really know what you are doing, you should say Y here.
1080 The reason is that some programs need kernel networking support even
1081 when running on a stand-alone machine that isn't connected to any
1082 other computer. If you are upgrading from an older kernel, you
1083 should consider updating your networking tools too because changes
1084 in the kernel and the tools often go hand in hand. The tools are
1085 contained in the package net-tools, the location and version number
1086 of which are given in Documentation/Changes.
1088 For a general introduction to Linux networking, it is highly
1089 recommended to read the NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
1090 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
1094 The Linux Socket Filter is derived from the Berkeley Packet Filter.
1095 If you say Y here, user-space programs can attach a filter to any
1096 socket and thereby tell the kernel that it should allow or disallow
1097 certain types of data to get through the socket. Linux Socket
1098 Filtering works on all socket types except TCP for now. See the text
1099 file linux/Documentation/networking/filter.txt for more information.
1104 A firewall is a computer which protects a local network from the
1105 rest of the world: all traffic to and from computers on the local
1106 net is inspected by the firewall first, and sometimes blocked or
1107 modified. The type of firewall you'll get if you say Y here is
1108 called a "packet filter": it can block network traffic based on
1109 type, origin and destination. By contrast, "proxy-based" firewalls
1110 are more secure but more intrusive and more bothersome to set up;
1111 they inspect the network traffic much more closely, modify it and
1112 have knowledge about the higher level protocols, which packet
1113 filters lack. They also often require changes in the programs
1114 running on the local clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need
1115 support by the kernel, but they are often combined with packet
1116 filters, which only works if you say Y here.
1118 If you want to configure your Linux box as a packet filter firewall
1119 for a local network, say Y here. If your local network is TCP/IP
1120 based, you will then also have to say Y to "IP: firewalling", below.
1122 You also need to say Y here and to "IP firewalling" below in order
1123 to be able to use IP masquerading (i.e. local computers can chat
1124 with an outside host, but that outside host is made to think that it
1125 is talking to the firewall box -- makes the local network completely
1126 invisible to the outside world and avoids the need to allocate
1127 globally valid IP host addresses for the machines on the local net)
1128 and IP transparent proxying (makes the computers on the local
1129 network think they're talking to a remote computer, while in reality
1130 the traffic is redirected by your Linux firewall to a local proxy
1133 Make sure to say N to "Fast switching" below if you intend to say Y
1136 Chances are that you should say Y here for every machine which is
1137 run as a router and N for every regular host. If unsure, say N.
1139 SYN flood protection
1141 Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as "SYN
1142 flooding". This denial-of-service attack prevents legitimate remote
1143 users from being able to connect to your computer during an ongoing
1144 attack and requires very little work from the attacker, who can
1145 operate from anywhere on the Internet.
1147 SYN cookies provide protection against this type of attack. If you
1148 say Y here, the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge
1149 protocol known as "SYN cookies" to enable legitimate users to
1150 continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack. There
1151 is no need for the legitimate users to change their TCP/IP software;
1152 SYN cookies work transparently to them. For technical information
1153 about SYN cookies, check out
1154 ftp://koobera.math.uic.edu/pub/docs/syncookies-archive.
1156 If you are SYN flooded, the source address reported by the kernel is
1157 likely to have been forged by the attacker; it is only reported as
1158 an aid in tracing the packets to their actual source and should not
1159 be taken as absolute truth.
1161 SYN cookies may prevent correct error reporting on clients when the
1162 server is really overloaded. If this happens frequently better turn
1165 If you say Y here, note that SYN cookies aren't enabled by default;
1166 you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc filesystem support" and
1167 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
1169 echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
1171 at boot time after the proc filesystem has been mounted.
1175 Sun floppy controller support
1176 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SUNFD
1177 This is support for floppy drives on Sun SPARC workstations. Say Y
1178 if you have a floppy drive, otherwise N. Easy.
1181 CONFIG_ALPHA_GENERIC
1182 This is the system type of your hardware. A "generic" kernel will
1183 run on any supported Alpha system. However, if you configure a
1184 kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller.
1186 To find out what type of Alpha system you have, you may want to
1187 check out the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
1188 http://www.alphalinux.org (To browse the WWW, you need to
1189 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
1190 lynx or netscape). In summary:
1192 Alcor/Alpha-XLT AS 600
1193 Alpha-XL XL-233, XL-266
1194 AlphaBook1 Alpha laptop
1195 Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, AS 400
1196 Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64
1198 EB164 EB164 21164 evaluation board
1199 EB64+ EB64+ 21064 evaluation board
1200 EB66 EB66 21066 evaluation board
1201 EB66+ EB66+ 21066 evaluation board
1202 Jensen DECpc 150, DEC 2000 model 300,
1205 Miata Personal Workstation 433a, 433au, 500a,
1206 500au, 600a, or 600au
1208 Noname AXPpci33, UDB (Multia)
1209 Noritake AS 1000A, AS 600A, AS 800
1211 Rawhide AS 1200, AS 4000, AS 4100
1212 Ruffian RPX164-2, AlphaPC164-UX, AlphaPC164-BX
1214 Sable AS 2000, AS 2100
1217 If you don't know what to do, choose "generic".
1219 EV5 CPU daughtercard
1221 Say Y if you have an AS 1000 5/xxx or an AS 1000A 5/xxx.
1225 Say Y if you have an AS 2000 5/xxx or an AS 2100 5/xxx.
1227 Using SRM as bootloader
1229 There are two different types of booting firmware on Alphas: SRM,
1230 which is command line driven, and ARC, which uses menus and arrow
1231 keys. Details about the Linux/Alpha booting process are contained in
1232 the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from
1233 http://www.alphalinux.org (To browse the WWW, you need to
1234 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
1237 The usual way to load Linux on an Alpha machine is to use MILO
1238 (a bootloader that lets you pass command line parameters to the
1239 kernel just like lilo does for the x86 architecture) which can be
1240 loaded either from ARC or can be installed directly as a permanent
1241 firmware replacement from floppy (which requires changing a certain
1242 jumper on the motherboard). If you want to do either of these, say N
1243 here. If MILO doesn't work on your system (true for Jensen
1244 motherboards), you can bypass it altogether and boot Linux directly
1245 from an SRM console; say Y here in order to do that. Note that you
1246 won't be able to boot from an IDE disk using SRM.
1251 CONFIG_ALPHA_SRM_SETUP
1252 This option controls whether or not the PCI configuration set up by
1253 SRM is modified. If you say Y, the existing PCI configuration will
1256 Non-standard serial port support
1257 CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD
1258 Say Y here if you have any non-standard serial boards -- boards
1259 which aren't supported using the standard "dumb" serial driver.
1260 This includes intelligent serial boards such as Cyclades,
1261 Digiboards, etc. These are usually used for systems that need many
1262 serial ports because they serve many terminals or dial-in
1265 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
1266 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
1267 the questions about non-standard serial boards.
1269 Most people can say N here.
1271 Extended dumb serial driver options
1272 CONFIG_SERIAL_EXTENDED
1273 If you wish to use any non-standard features of the standard "dumb"
1274 driver, say Y here. This includes HUB6 support, shared serial
1275 interrupts, special multiport support, support for more than the
1276 four COM 1/2/3/4 boards, etc.
1278 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
1279 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
1280 the questions about serial driver options. If unsure, say N.
1282 Support more than 4 serial ports
1283 CONFIG_SERIAL_MANY_PORTS
1284 Say Y here if you have dumb serial boards other than the four
1285 standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports. This may happen if you have an AST
1286 FourPort, Accent Async, Boca (read the Boca mini-HOWTO, available
1287 via FTP (user: anonymous) from
1288 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini), or other custom
1289 serial port hardware which acts similar to standard serial port
1290 hardware. If you only use the standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports, you can
1291 say N here to save some memory. You can also say Y if you have an
1292 "intelligent" multiport card such as Cyclades, Digiboards, etc.
1294 Support for sharing serial interrupts
1295 CONFIG_SERIAL_SHARE_IRQ
1296 Some serial boards have hardware support which allows multiple dumb
1297 serial ports on the same board to share a single IRQ. To enable
1298 support for this in the serial driver, say Y here.
1300 Auto detect IRQ on standard ports (unsafe)
1301 CONFIG_SERIAL_DETECT_IRQ
1302 Say Y here if you want the kernel to try to guess which IRQ
1303 to use for your serial port.
1305 This is considered unsafe; it is far better to configure the IRQ in
1306 a boot script using the setserial command.
1310 Support special multiport boards
1311 CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTIPORT
1312 Some multiport serial ports have special ports which are used to
1313 signal when there are any serial ports on the board which need
1314 servicing. Say Y here to enable the serial driver to take advantage
1315 of those special I/O ports.
1317 SGI Zilog85C30 serial support
1319 If you want to use your SGI's built-in serial ports under Linux,
1322 SGI graphics support
1324 If you have an SGI machine and you want to compile the graphics
1325 drivers, say Y here. This will include the code for the
1326 /dev/graphics and /dev/gfx drivers into the kernel for supporting
1327 virtualized access to your graphics hardware.
1329 Support the Bell Technologies HUB6 card
1331 Say Y here to enable support in the dumb serial driver to support
1336 Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a
1337 bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside
1338 your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, Microchannel (MCA) or
1339 VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N.
1341 The PCI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
1342 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, contains valuable
1343 information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which
1348 On PCI systems, the BIOS can be used to detect the PCI devices and
1349 determine their configuration. However, some old PCI motherboards
1350 have BIOS bugs and may crash if this is done. Also, some embedded
1351 PCI-based systems don't have any BIOS at all. Linux can also try to
1352 detect the PCI hardware directly without using the BIOS.
1354 With this option, you can specify how Linux should detect the PCI
1355 devices. If you choose "BIOS", the BIOS will be used, if you choose
1356 "Direct", the BIOS won't be used, and if you choose "Any", the
1357 kernel will try the direct access method and falls back to the BIOS
1358 if that doesn't work. If unsure, go with the default.
1362 If you have a broken BIOS, it may fail to set up the PCI bus in a
1363 correct or optimal fashion. Saying Y here will correct that problem.
1364 If your BIOS is fine you can say N here for a very slightly smaller
1365 kernel. If unsure, say Y.
1367 PCI bridge optimization (experimental)
1369 This can improve access times for some hardware devices if you have
1370 a really broken BIOS and your computer uses a PCI bus system. Say Y
1371 if you think it might help, but try turning it off if you experience
1372 any problems with the PCI bus. N is the safe answer.
1374 Backward-compatible /proc/pci
1376 Older kernels supported a /proc/pci file containing brief textual
1377 descriptions of all PCI devices in the system. Several programs
1378 tried to parse this file, so it became almost impossible to add new
1379 fields without breaking compatibility. So a new /proc interface to
1380 PCI (/proc/bus/pci) has been implemented and the old one is
1381 supported for compatibility reasons only; you'll get the old one (in
1382 addition to the new one) if you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem
1383 support", below. If unsure, say Y. If you say N, you'll only get the
1384 new /proc/bus/pci interface.
1388 MicroChannel Architecture is found in some IBM PS/2 machines and
1389 laptops. It is a bus system similar to PCI or ISA. See
1390 Documentation/mca.txt (and especially the web page given there)
1391 before attempting to build an MCA bus kernel.
1393 SGI Visual Workstation support
1395 The SGI Visual Workstation series is an IA32-based workstation
1396 based on SGI systems chips with some legacy PC hardware attached.
1397 Say Y here to create a kernel to run on the SGI 320 or 540.
1398 A kernel compiled for the Visual Workstation will not run on other
1399 PC boards and vice versa.
1400 See Documentation/sgi-visws.txt for more.
1402 SGI Visual Workstation framebuffer support
1404 SGI Visual Workstation support for framebuffer graphics.
1408 Inter Process Communication is a suite of library functions and
1409 system calls which let processes (running programs) synchronize
1410 and exchange information. It is generally considered to be a good
1411 thing, and some programs won't run unless you say Y here. In
1412 particular, if you want to run the DOS emulator dosemu under Linux
1413 (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
1414 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO), you'll need to say Y
1417 You can find documentation about IPC with "info ipc" and also in
1418 section 6.4 of the Linux Programmer's Guide, available via FTP
1419 (user: anonymous) from
1420 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP/programmers-guide.
1422 Saying Y here enlarges your kernel by about 7 KB. Just say Y.
1424 BSD Process Accounting
1425 CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT
1426 If you say Y here, a user level program will be able to instruct the
1427 kernel (via a special system call) to write process accounting
1428 information to a file: whenever a process exits, information about
1429 that process will be appended to the file by the kernel. The
1430 information includes things such as creation time, owning user,
1431 command name, memory usage, controlling terminal etc. (the complete
1432 list is in the struct acct in include/linux/acct.h). It is up to the
1433 user level program to do useful things with this information. This
1434 is generally a good idea, so say Y.
1438 The sysctl interface provides a means of dynamically changing
1439 certain kernel parameters and variables on the fly without requiring
1440 a recompile of the kernel or reboot of the system. The primary
1441 interface consists of a system call, but if the /proc filesystem is
1442 enabled, a tree of modifiable sysctl entries will be generated
1443 beneath the /proc/sys directory. They are explained in the files in
1444 Documentation/sysctl/. Note that enabling this option will enlarge
1445 the kernel by at least 8 KB.
1447 As it is generally a good thing, you should say Y here unless
1448 building a kernel for install/rescue disks or your system is very
1451 Kernel support for ELF binaries
1453 ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) is a format for libraries and
1454 executables used across different architectures and operating
1455 systems. Saying Y here will enable your kernel to run ELF binaries
1456 and enlarge it by about 2 KB. ELF support under Linux has now all
1457 but replaced the traditional Linux a.out formats (QMAGIC and ZMAGIC)
1458 because it is portable (this does *not* mean that you will be able
1459 to run executables from different architectures or operating systems
1460 however) and makes building run-time libraries very easy. Many new
1461 executables are distributed solely in ELF format. You definitely
1464 Information about ELF is contained in the ELF HOWTO available via
1465 FTP (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
1467 If you find that after upgrading from Linux kernel 1.2 and saying Y
1468 here, you still can't run any ELF binaries (they just crash), then
1469 you'll have to install the newest ELF runtime libraries, including
1470 ld.so (check the file Documentation/Changes for location and latest
1473 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
1474 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
1475 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
1476 called binfmt_elf.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous because some
1477 crucial programs on your system might be in ELF format.
1479 Kernel support for A.OUT binaries
1481 A.out (Assembler.OUTput) is a set of formats for libraries and
1482 executables used in the earliest versions of UNIX. Linux used the
1483 a.out formats QMAGIC and ZMAGIC until they were replaced with the
1486 As more and more programs are converted to ELF, the use for a.out
1487 will gradually diminish. If you disable this option it will reduce
1488 your kernel by one page. This is not much and by itself does not
1489 warrant removing support. However its removal is a good idea if you
1490 wish to ensure that absolutely none of your programs will use this
1491 older executable format. If you don't know what to answer at this
1492 point then answer Y. If someone told you "You need a kernel with
1493 QMAGIC support" then you'll have to say Y here. You may answer M to
1494 compile a.out support as a module and later load the module when you
1495 want to use a program or library in a.out format. The module will be
1496 called binfmt_aout.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous though,
1497 because some crucial programs on your system might still be in A.OUT
1500 Kernel support for JAVA binaries (obsolete)
1502 JAVA(tm) is an object oriented programming language developed by
1503 SUN; JAVA programs are compiled into "JAVA bytecode" binaries which
1504 can then be interpreted by run time systems on many different
1505 architectures and operating systems. These JAVA binaries are
1506 becoming a universal executable format.
1508 If you want to execute JAVA binaries, read the Java on Linux HOWTO,
1509 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
1510 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You will then need to
1511 install the run time system contained in the Java Developers Kit
1512 (JDK) as described in the HOWTO. This is completely independent of
1513 the Linux kernel and you do NOT need to say Y here for this to work.
1515 Saying Y here allows you to execute a JAVA bytecode binary just like
1516 any other Linux program: by simply typing in its name. (You also
1517 need to have the JDK installed for this to work). As more and more
1518 Java programs become available, the use for this will gradually
1519 increase. You can even execute HTML files containing JAVA applets
1520 (little embedded JAVA binaries) if those files start with the string
1521 "<!--applet-->". If you want to use this, say Y here and read
1522 Documentation/java.txt.
1524 If you disable this option it will reduce your kernel by about 4 KB.
1525 This is not much and by itself does not warrant removing support.
1526 However its removal is a good idea if you do not have the JDK
1527 installed. You may answer M for module support and later load the
1528 module when you install the JDK or find an interesting Java program
1529 that you can't live without. The module will be called
1532 The complete functionality of this Java support is also provided by
1533 the more general option "Kernel support for MISC binaries",
1534 below. This option is therefore considered obsolete and you should
1535 say N here and Y to "Kernel support for MISC binaries" if you're
1536 interested in transparently executing Java programs.
1538 Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF binaries
1540 Say Y here if you want to be able to execute Linux/Intel ELF
1541 binaries just like native Alpha binaries on your Alpha machine. For
1542 this to work, you need to have the emulator /usr/bin/em86 in place.
1543 You may answer M to compile the emulation support as a module and
1544 later load the module when you want to use a Linux/Intel binary. The
1545 module will be called binfmt_em86.o. If unsure, say Y.
1547 Kernel support for MISC binaries
1549 If you say Y here, it will be possible to plug wrapper-driven binary
1550 formats into the kernel. You will like this especially when you use
1551 programs that need an interpreter to run like Java, Python or
1552 Emacs-Lisp. It's also useful if you often run DOS executables under
1553 the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available in
1554 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO). Once you have
1555 registered such a binary class with the kernel, you can start one of
1556 those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt; Linux
1557 will automatically feed it to the correct interpreter.
1559 If you say Y here, you won't need "Kernel support for JAVA binaries"
1560 (CONFIG_BINFMT_JAVA) or "Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF
1561 binaries" (CONFIG_BINFMT_EM86), as this is a more general solution.
1563 You can do other nice things, too. Read
1564 Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt to learn how to use this feature, and
1565 Documentation/java.txt for information about how to include Java
1568 You must say Y to "proc filesystem support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to
1569 use this part of the kernel.
1571 You may say M here for module support and later load the module when
1572 you have use for it; the module is called binfmt_misc.o. If you
1573 don't know what to answer at this point, say Y.
1575 Solaris binary emulation
1577 This is experimental code which will enable you to run (many)
1578 Solaris binaries on your SPARC Linux machine.
1580 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1581 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1582 The module will be called solaris.o. If you want to compile it as a
1583 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1587 This is the processor type of your CPU. This information is used for
1588 optimizing purposes. In order to compile a kernel that can run on
1589 all x86 CPU types (albeit not optimally fast), you can specify
1592 If you specify one of "486" or "586" or "Pentium" or "PPro", then
1593 the kernel will not necessarily run on earlier architectures (e.g. a
1594 Pentium optimized kernel will run on a PPro, but not necessarily on
1597 Here are the settings recommended for greatest speed:
1598 - "386" for the AMD/Cyrix/Intel 386DX/DXL/SL/SLC/SX, Cyrix/TI
1599 486DLC/DLC2 and UMC 486SX-S. Only "386" kernels will run on a 386
1601 - "486" for the AMD/Cyrix/IBM/Intel DX4 or 486DX/DX2/SL/SX/SX2,
1602 AMD/Cyrix 5x86, NexGen Nx586 and UMC U5D or U5S.
1603 - "586" for generic Pentium CPUs, possibly lacking the TSC
1604 (time stamp counter) register.
1605 - "Pentium" for the Intel Pentium/Pentium MMX, AMD K5, K6 and
1607 - "PPro" for the Cyrix/IBM/National Semiconductor 6x86MX, MII and
1608 Intel Pentium II/Pentium Pro.
1610 If you don't know what to do, choose "386".
1614 Saying Y here will allow you to use Linux in text mode through a
1615 display that complies with the generic VGA standard. Virtually
1616 everyone wants that.
1618 The program SVGATextMode can be used to utilize SVGA video cards to
1619 their full potential in text mode. Download it via FTP (user:
1620 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/console.
1624 Video mode selection support
1626 This enables support for text mode selection on kernel startup. If
1627 you want to take advantage of some high-resolution text mode your
1628 card's BIOS offers, but the traditional Linux utilities like
1629 SVGATextMode don't, you can say Y here and set the mode using the
1630 "vga=" option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) or set
1631 "vga=ask" which brings up a video mode menu on kernel startup. Try
1632 "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about
1633 how to pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also
1634 explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
1635 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Read
1636 Documentation/svga.txt for more information about the Video mode
1637 selection support. If unsure, say N.
1639 Support for frame buffer devices (EXPERIMENTAL)
1641 The frame buffer device provides an abstraction for the graphics
1642 hardware. It represents the frame buffer of some video hardware and
1643 allows application software to access the graphics hardware through
1644 a well-defined interface, so the software doesn't need to know
1645 anything about the low-level (hardware register) stuff.
1647 Frame buffer devices work identically across the different
1648 architectures supported by Linux and make the implementation of
1649 application programs easier and more portable; at this point, an X
1650 server exists which uses the frame buffer device exclusively.
1651 On several non-X86 architectures, the frame buffer device is the
1652 only way to use the graphics hardware.
1654 The device is accessed through special device nodes, usually located
1655 in the /dev directory, i.e. /dev/fb*.
1657 You need an utility program called fbset to make full use of frame
1658 buffer devices. Please read Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt and the
1659 Framebuffer-HOWTO at
1660 http://www.tahallah.demon.co.uk/programming/prog.html for more
1663 Say Y here and to the driver for your graphics board below if you
1664 are compiling a kernel for a non-x86 architecture.
1666 If you are compiling for the x86 architecture, you can say Y if you
1667 want to play with it, but it is not essential. Please note that
1668 running graphical applications that directly touch the hardware
1669 (e.g. an accelerated X server) and that are not frame buffer
1670 device-aware may cause unexpected results. If unsure, say N.
1674 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Acorn VIDC graphics
1677 Apollo frame buffer device
1679 This is the frame buffer device driver for the monochrome graphics
1680 hardware found in some Apollo workstations.
1682 Amiga native chipset support
1684 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
1685 chipset found in Amigas.
1687 Amiga OCS chipset support
1689 This enables support for the original Agnus and Denise video chips,
1690 found in the Amiga 1000 and most A500's and A2000's. If you intend
1691 to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise say N.
1693 Amiga ECS chipset support
1695 This enables support for the Enhanced Chip Set, found in later
1696 A500's, later A2000's, the A600, the A3000, the A3000T and CDTV. If
1697 you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise
1700 Amiga AGA chipset support
1702 This enables support for the Advanced Graphics Architecture (also
1703 known as the AGA or AA) Chip Set, found in the A1200, A4000, A4000T
1704 and CD32. If you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y;
1707 Amiga CyberVision support
1709 This enables support for the Cybervision 64 graphics card from
1710 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
1711 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
1712 Cybervision 64 or plan to get one before you next recompile the
1713 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the
1714 Cybervision 64 3D card, as they use incompatible video chips.
1716 Amiga CyberVision3D support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1718 This enables support for the Cybervision 64/3D graphics card from
1719 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if
1720 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a
1721 Cybervision 64/3D or plan to get one before you next recompile the
1722 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the older
1723 Cybervision 64 card, as they use incompatible video chips.
1725 Amiga RetinaZ3 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
1727 This enables support for the Retina Z3 graphics card. Say N unless
1728 you have a Retina Z3 or plan to get one before you next recompile
1731 Amiga CLgen driver (EXPERIMENTAL)
1733 This enables support for Cirrus Logic GD542x/543x based boards on
1734 Amiga: SD64, Piccolo, Picasso II/II+, Picasso IV, or EGS Spectrum.
1735 Say N unless you have such a graphics board or plan to get one
1736 before you next recompile the kernel.
1740 Say Y here if you want to run Linux on an MC680x0-based Apollo
1741 Domain workstation such as the DN3500.
1743 Apollo 3c505 support
1744 CONFIG_APOLLO_ELPLUS
1745 Say Y or M here if your Apollo has a 3Com 3c505 ISA Ethernet card.
1746 If you don't have one made for Apollos, you can use one from a PC,
1747 except that your Apollo won't be able to boot from it (because the
1748 code in the ROM will be for a PC).
1750 Atari native chipset support
1752 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics
1753 chipset found in Ataris.
1755 Open Firmware frame buffer device support
1757 Say Y if you want support with Open Firmware for your graphics
1760 S3 Trio frame buffer device support
1762 If you have a S3 Trio say Y. Say N for S3 Virge.
1764 ATI Mach64 display support
1766 This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Mach64 chips.
1768 PowerMac "control" frame buffer device support
1770 This driver supports a frame buffer for the graphics adapter in the
1771 Power Macintosh 7300 and others.
1773 PowerMac "platinum" frame buffer device support
1775 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "platinum" graphics
1776 adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
1778 PowerMac "valkyrie" frame buffer device support
1780 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "valkyrie" graphics
1781 adapter in some Power Macintoshes.
1783 Chips 65550 display support
1785 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Chips & Technologies
1786 65550 graphics chip in PowerBooks.
1788 Mac frame buffer device
1790 This is the frame buffer device driver for the graphics hardware in
1793 HP300 frame buffer device
1795 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Topcat graphics
1796 hardware found in HP300 workstations.
1798 TGA frame buffer support
1800 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic TGA graphic
1801 cards. Say Y if you have one of those.
1803 VESA VGA graphics console
1805 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic VESA 2.0
1806 compliant graphic cards. The older VESA 1.2 cards are not supported.
1807 You will get a boot time penguin logo at no additional cost. Please
1808 read Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt. If unsure, say Y.
1810 Backward compatibility mode for Xpmac
1811 CONFIG_FB_COMPAT_XPMAC
1812 If you use the Xpmac X server (common with mklinux), you'll need to
1813 say Y here to use X. You should consider changing to XFree86 which
1814 includes a server that supports the frame buffer device directly
1817 Matrox unified accelerated driver
1819 Say Y here if you have Matrox Millennium, Matrox Millennium II,
1820 Matrox Mystique, Matrox Mystique 220, Matrox Productiva G100, Matrox
1821 Mystique G200, Matrox Millennium G200 or Matrox Marvel G200 video
1822 card in your box. At this time, support for the G100, Mystique G200
1823 and Marvel G200 is untested.
1825 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1826 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1827 The module will be called matroxfb.o. If you want to compile it as
1828 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1830 You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at
1831 module load time. The parameters look like "video=matrox:XXX", where
1832 the meaning of XXX can be found at the end of the main source file
1833 (drivers/video/matroxfb.c). Please see the file
1834 Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt.
1836 Matrox Millennium support
1837 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MILLENIUM
1838 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium or Matrox Millennium II
1839 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
1840 you should check 4 bpp packed pixel, 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp
1841 packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can
1842 also use font widths different from 8.
1844 Matrox Mystique support
1845 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MYSTIQUE
1846 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Mystique or Matrox Mystique 220
1847 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below,
1848 you should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp
1849 packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths
1852 Matrox G100/G200 support
1853 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G100
1854 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Productiva G100, Matrox Mystique
1855 G200, Matrox Marvel G200 or Matrox Millennium G200 video card. If
1856 you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", you should check 8
1857 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32
1858 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths different from 8.
1860 Matrox unified driver multihead support
1861 CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MULTIHEAD
1862 Say Y here if you have more than one (supported) Matrox device in
1863 your computer and you want to use all of them. If you have only one
1864 device, you should say N because the driver compiled with Y is
1865 larger and a bit slower, especially on ia32 (ix86).
1867 If you said M to "Matrox unified accelerated driver" and N here, you
1868 will still be able to use several Matrox devices simultaneously.
1869 This is slightly faster but uses 40 KB of kernel memory per Matrox
1870 card. You do this by inserting several instances of the module
1871 matroxfb.o into the kernel with insmod, supplying the parameter
1872 "dev=N" where N is 0, 1, etc. for the different Matrox devices.
1874 MDA text console (dual-headed)
1876 Say Y here if you have an old MDA or monochrome Hercules graphics
1877 adapter in your system acting as a second head ( = video card). You
1878 will then be able to use two monitors with your Linux system. Do not
1879 say Y here if your MDA card is the primary card in your system; the
1880 normal VGA driver will handle it.
1882 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1883 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
1884 The module will be called mdacon.o. If you want to compile it as
1885 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1889 SBUS and UPA frame buffers
1891 Say Y if you want support for SBUS or UPA based frame buffer device.
1893 Creator/Creator3D support
1895 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Creator and Creator3D
1898 CGsix (GX,TurboGX) support
1900 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGsix (GX, TurboGX)
1905 This is the frame buffer device driver for the BWtwo frame buffer.
1909 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGthree frame buffer.
1911 TCX (SS4/SS5 only) support
1913 This is the frame buffer device driver for the TCX 24/8bit frame
1916 Virtual Frame Buffer support (ONLY FOR TESTING!)
1918 This is a `virtual' frame buffer device. It operates on a chunk of
1919 unswapable kernel memory instead of on the memory of a graphics
1920 board. This means you cannot see any output sent to this frame
1921 buffer device, while it does consume precious memory. The main use
1922 of this frame buffer device is testing and debugging the frame
1923 buffer subsystem. Do NOT enable it for normal systems! To protect
1924 the innocent, it has to be enabled explicitly at boot time using the
1925 kernel option `video=vfb:'.
1927 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
1928 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The
1929 module will be called vfb.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
1930 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
1934 Advanced low level driver options
1935 CONFIG_FBCON_ADVANCED
1936 The frame buffer console uses character drawing routines that are
1937 tailored to the specific organization of pixels in the memory of
1938 your graphics hardware. These are called the low level frame buffer
1939 console drivers. Note that they are used for text console output
1940 only; they are NOT needed for graphical applications.
1942 If you say N here, the needed low level drivers are automatically
1943 enabled, depending on what frame buffer devices you selected above.
1944 This is recommended for most users.
1946 If you say Y here, you have more fine-grained control over which low
1947 level drivers are enabled. You can e.g. leave out low level drivers
1948 for color depths you do not intend to use for text consoles.
1950 Low level frame buffer console drivers can be modules ( = code which
1951 can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you
1952 want). The modules will be called fbcon-*.o. If you want to compile
1953 (some of) them as modules, read Documentation/modules.txt.
1959 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for monochrome
1960 (2 colors) packed pixels.
1962 2 bpp packed pixels support
1964 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 bits per
1965 pixel (4 colors) packed pixels.
1967 4 bpp packed pixels support
1969 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 bits per
1970 pixel (16 colors) packed pixels.
1972 8 bpp packed pixels support
1974 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 bits per
1975 pixel (256 colors) packed pixels.
1977 16 bpp packed pixels support
1979 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 15 or 16 bits
1980 per pixel (32K or 64K colors, also known as `hicolor') packed
1983 24 bpp packed pixels support
1985 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 24 bits per
1986 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') packed pixels. It is
1987 NOT for `sparse' 32 bits per pixel mode.
1989 32 bpp packed pixels support
1991 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 32 bits per
1992 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') sparse packed pixels.
1994 Amiga bitplanes support
1996 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
1997 bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
1999 Amiga interleaved bitplanes support
2001 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8
2002 interleaved bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga.
2004 Atari interleaved bitplanes (2 planes) support
2005 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P2
2006 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 interleaved
2007 bitplanes (4 colors) on Atari.
2009 Atari interleaved bitplanes (4 planes) support
2010 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P4
2011 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 interleaved
2012 bitplanes (16 colors) on Atari.
2014 Atari interleaved bitplanes (8 planes) support
2015 CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P8
2016 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 interleaved
2017 bitplanes (256 colors) on Atari.
2019 Mac variable bpp packed pixels support
2021 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1/2/4/8/16/32
2022 bits per pixel packed pixels on Mac. It supports variable font
2023 widths for low resolution screens.
2025 VGA characters/attributes support
2027 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for VGA text mode;
2028 it is used if you said Y to "VGA chipset support (text only)" above.
2030 Parallel-port support
2032 If you want to use devices connected to your machine's parallel port
2033 (the connector at the computer with 25 holes), e.g. printer, Zip
2034 drive, PLIP link (Parallel Line Internet Protocol is mainly used to
2035 create a mini network by connecting the parallel ports of two local
2036 machines) etc., then you need to say Y here; please read
2037 Documentation/parport.txt and drivers/misc/BUGS-parport.
2039 For extensive information about drivers for many devices attaching
2040 to the parallel port see http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html on the
2041 WWW (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
2042 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
2044 It is possible to share a single parallel port among several devices
2045 and it is safe to compile all the corresponding drivers into the
2046 kernel. If you want to compile parallel port support as a module ( =
2047 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2048 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2049 The module will be called parport.o. If you have more than one
2050 parallel port and want to specify which port and IRQ to be used by
2051 this driver at module load time, read
2052 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
2058 You should say Y here if you have a PC-style parallel port. All IBM
2059 PC compatible computers and some Alphas have PC-style parallel
2060 ports. This code is also available as a module. If you want to it as
2061 a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
2062 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
2063 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called parport_pc.o.
2066 Support foreign hardware
2067 CONFIG_PARPORT_OTHER
2068 Say Y here if you want to be able to load driver modules to support
2069 other non-standard types of parallel ports. This causes a
2070 performance loss, so most people say N.
2072 Sun Ultra/AX-style hardware
2074 Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on Sun
2075 Ultra/AX machines. This code is also available as a module (say M),
2076 called parport_ax.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan.
2078 Plug and Play support
2080 Plug and Play support allows the kernel to automatically configure
2081 some peripheral devices. Say Y to enable PnP.
2083 Auto-probe for parallel devices
2085 Some IEEE-1284 conforming parallel-port devices can identify
2086 themselves when requested. Say Y to enable this feature, or M to
2087 compile it as a module (parport_probe.o). If in doubt, say N.
2089 Enable loadable module support
2091 Kernel modules are small pieces of compiled code which can be
2092 inserted in or removed from the running kernel, using the programs
2093 insmod and rmmod. This is described in the file
2094 Documentation/modules.txt, including the fact that you have to say
2095 "make modules" in order to compile the modules that you chose during
2096 kernel configuration. Modules can be device drivers, file systems,
2097 binary executable formats, and so on. If you think that you may want
2098 to make use of modules with this kernel in the future, then say Y
2099 here. If unsure, say Y.
2101 Set version information on all symbols for modules
2103 Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new
2104 kernel. Saying Y here makes it possible, and safe, to use the
2105 same modules even after compiling a new kernel; this requires the
2106 program modprobe. All the software needed for module support is in
2107 the modutils package (check the file Documentation/Changes for
2108 location and latest version). NOTE: if you say Y here but don't
2109 have the program genksyms (which is also contained in the above
2110 mentioned modutils package), then the building of your kernel will
2111 fail. If you are going to use modules that are generated from
2112 non-kernel sources, you would benefit from this option. Otherwise
2113 it's not that important. So, N ought to be a safe bet.
2115 Kernel module loader support
2117 Normally when you have selected some drivers and/or filesystems to
2118 be created as loadable modules, you also have the responsibility to
2119 load the corresponding modules (using the programs insmod or
2120 modprobe) before you can use them. If you say Y here however, the
2121 kernel will be able to load modules for itself: when a part of the
2122 kernel needs a module, it runs modprobe with the appropriate
2123 arguments, thereby loading the module if it is available. (This is a
2124 replacement for kerneld.) Say Y here and read about configuring it
2125 in Documentation/kmod.txt.
2127 ARP daemon support (EXPERIMENTAL)
2129 Normally, the kernel maintains an internal cache which maps IP
2130 addresses to hardware addresses on the local network, so that
2131 Ethernet/Token Ring/ etc. frames are sent to the proper address on
2132 the physical networking layer. For small networks having a few
2133 hundred directly connected hosts or less, keeping this address
2134 resolution (ARP) cache inside the kernel works well. However,
2135 maintaining an internal ARP cache does not work well for very large
2136 switched networks, and will use a lot of kernel memory if TCP/IP
2137 connections are made to many machines on the network.
2139 If you say Y here, the kernel's internal ARP cache will never grow
2140 to more than 256 entries (the oldest entries are expired in a LIFO
2141 manner) and communication will be attempted with the user space ARP
2142 daemon arpd. Arpd then answers the address resolution request either
2143 from its own cache or by asking the net.
2145 This code is experimental. If you do say Y here, you should obtain a
2146 copy of arpd from http://www.loran.com/~layes/arpd/index.html, and
2147 you should also say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver", below.
2152 These are the protocols used on the Internet and on most local
2153 Ethernets. It is highly recommended to say Y here (this will enlarge
2154 your kernel by about 35 KB), since some programs (e.g. the X window
2155 system) use TCP/IP even if your machine is not connected to any
2156 other computer. You will get the so-called loopback device which
2157 allows you to ping yourself (great fun, that!).
2159 For an excellent introduction to Linux networking, please read the
2160 NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2161 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2163 This option is also necessary if you want to use the full power of
2164 term (term is a program which gives you almost full Internet
2165 connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on some
2166 Internet connected Unix computer; for more information, read
2167 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html).
2169 If you say Y here and also to "/proc filesystem support" and "Sysctl
2170 support" below, you can change various aspects of the behavior of
2171 the TCP/IP code by writing to the (virtual) files in
2172 /proc/sys/net/ipv4/*; the options are explained in the file
2173 Documentation/Networking/ip-sysctl.txt.
2175 Short answer: say Y.
2179 This is code for addressing several networked computers at once,
2180 enlarging your kernel by about 2 kB. You need multicasting if you
2181 intend to participate in the MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top
2182 of the Internet which carries audio and video broadcasts. More
2183 information about the MBONE is on the WWW at
2184 http://www.best.com/~prince/techinfo/mbone.html (to browse the WWW,
2185 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
2186 program like lynx or netscape). Information about the multicast
2187 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
2188 Documentation/networking/multicast.txt. For most people, it's safe
2192 CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER
2193 If you intend to run your Linux box mostly as a router, i.e. as a
2194 computer that forwards and redistributes network packets, say Y; you
2195 will then be presented with several options that allow more precise
2196 control about the routing process.
2198 The answer to this question won't directly affect the kernel:
2199 answering N will just cause this configure script to skip all the
2200 questions about advanced routing.
2202 Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP
2203 forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc
2204 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the
2207 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2209 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
2211 If you turn on IP forwarding, you will also get the rp_filter, which
2212 automatically rejects incoming packets if the routing table entry
2213 for their source address doesn't match the network interface they're
2214 arriving on. This has security advantages because it prevents the
2215 so-called IP spoofing, however it can pose problems if you use
2216 asymmetric routing (packets from you to a host take a different path
2217 than packets from that host to you) or if you operate a non-routing
2218 host which has several IP addresses on different interfaces. To turn
2221 echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/<device>/rp_filter
2223 echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter
2225 If unsure, say N here.
2228 CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES
2229 Normally, a router decides what to do with a received packet based
2230 solely on the packet's final destination address. If you say Y here,
2231 the Linux router will also be able to take the packet's source
2232 address into account. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "IP: use TOS
2233 value as routing key" below, the TOS (Type-Of-Service) field of the
2234 packet can be used for routing decisions as well.
2236 IP: equal cost multipath
2237 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH
2238 Normally, the routing tables specify a single action to be taken in
2239 a deterministic manner for a given packet. If you say Y here
2240 however, it becomes possible to attach several actions to a packet
2241 pattern, in effect specifying several alternative paths to travel
2242 for those packets. The router considers all these paths to be of
2243 equal "cost" and chooses one of them in a non-deterministic fashion
2244 if a matching packet arrives.
2246 IP: use TOS value as routing key
2248 The header of every IP packet carries a TOS (Type of Service) value
2249 with which the packet requests a certain treatment, e.g. low latency
2250 (for interactive traffic), high throughput, or high reliability. If
2251 you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
2252 packets with different TOS values.
2254 IP: use FWMARK value as routing key
2255 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK
2256 If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for
2257 packets with different FWMARK ("firewalling mark") values
2258 (see ipchains(8), "-m" argument).
2260 IP: verbose route monitoring
2261 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE
2262 If you say Y here, which is recommended, then the kernel will print
2263 verbose messages regarding the routing, for example warnings about
2264 received packets which look strange and could be evidence of an
2265 attack or a misconfigured system somewhere. The information is
2266 handled by the klogd daemon which is responsible for kernel messages
2269 IP: large routing tables
2270 CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_LARGE_TABLES
2271 If you have routing zones that grow to more than about 64 entries,
2272 you may want to say Y here to speed up the routing process.
2274 IP: fast network address translation
2276 If you say Y here, your router will be able to modify source and
2277 destination addresses of packets that pass through it, in a manner
2278 you specify. Please see
2279 http://www.csn.tu-chemnitz.de/HyperNews/get/linux-ip-nat.html for
2282 IP: optimize as router not host
2284 Some Linux network drivers use a technique called copy and checksum
2285 to optimize host performance. For a machine which acts as a router
2286 most of the time and is forwarding most packets to another host this
2287 is however a loss. If you say Y here, copy and checksum will be
2288 switched off. In the future, it may make other changes which
2289 optimize for router operation.
2291 Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP
2292 forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc
2293 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the
2296 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2298 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted. You can do
2299 that even if you say N here.
2301 If unsure, say N here.
2305 If you want to configure your Linux box as a packet filter firewall
2306 for a local TCP/IP based network, say Y here. You may want to read
2307 the FIREWALL-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
2308 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2310 Also, you will need the ipchains tool (available on the WWW at
2311 http://www.rustcorp.com/linux/ipchains/) to allow selective blocking
2312 of Internet traffic based on type, origin and destination.
2313 Note that the Linux firewall code has changed and the old program
2314 called ipfwadm won't work anymore. Please read the IPCHAINS-HOWTO.
2316 The type of firewall provided by ipchains and this kernel support is
2317 called a "packet filter". The other type of firewall, a
2318 "proxy-based" one, is more secure but more intrusive and more
2319 bothersome to set up; it inspects the network traffic much more
2320 closely, modifies it and has knowledge about the higher level
2321 protocols, which a packet filter lacks. Moreover, proxy-based
2322 firewalls often require changes to the programs running on the local
2323 clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need support by the kernel, but
2324 they are often combined with a packet filter, which only works if
2327 The firewalling code will only work if IP forwarding is enabled in
2328 your kernel. You can do that by saying Y to "/proc filesystem
2329 support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the line
2331 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2333 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
2335 You need to say Y to "IP firewalling" in order to be able to use IP
2336 masquerading (masquerading means that local computers can chat with
2337 an outside host, but that outside host is made to think that it is
2338 talking to the firewall box -- makes the local network completely
2339 invisible to the outside world and avoids the need to allocate
2340 globally valid IP host addresses for the machines on the local net)
2341 and IP packet logging and accounting (keeping track of what is using
2342 all your network bandwidth) and IP transparent proxying (makes the
2343 computers on the local network think they're talking to a remote
2344 computer, while in reality the traffic is redirected by your Linux
2345 firewall to a local proxy server).
2347 If in doubt, say N here.
2349 IP: firewall packet netlink device
2350 CONFIG_IP_FIREWALL_NETLINK
2351 If you say Y here, you can use the ipchains tool to copy all or part
2352 of any packet you specify that hits your Linux firewall to optional
2353 user space monitoring software that can then look for attacks and
2354 take actions such as paging the administrator of the site.
2356 To use this, you need to create a character special file under /dev
2357 with major number 36 and minor number 3 using mknod ("man mknod"),
2358 and you need (to write) a program that reads from that device and
2359 takes appropriate action.
2361 IP: kernel level autoconfiguration
2363 This enables automatic configuration of IP addresses of devices and
2364 of the routing table during kernel boot, based on either information
2365 supplied at the kernel command line or by BOOTP or RARP protocols.
2366 You need to say Y only for diskless machines requiring network
2367 access to boot (in which case you want to say Y to "Root file system
2368 on NFS" as well), because all other machines configure the network
2369 in their startup scripts.
2373 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
2374 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
2375 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
2376 discovered automatically at boot time using the BOOTP protocol (a
2377 special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case
2378 the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and
2379 does BOOTP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel
2380 command line, you can say N here. If unsure, say Y. Note that if you
2381 want to use BOOTP, a BOOTP server must be operating on your network.
2382 Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for details.
2386 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
2387 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
2388 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be
2389 discovered automatically at boot time using the RARP protocol (an
2390 older protocol which is being obsoleted by BOOTP and DHCP), say Y
2391 here. Note that if you want to use RARP, a RARP server must be
2392 operating on your network. Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for
2397 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
2398 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
2399 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
2400 encapsulation of IP within IP, which sounds kind of pointless, but
2401 can be useful if you want to make your (or some other) machine
2402 appear on a different network than it physically is, or to use
2403 mobile-IP facilities (allowing laptops to seamlessly move between
2404 networks without changing their IP addresses; check out
2405 http://anchor.cs.binghamton.edu/~mobileip/LJ/index.html).
2407 Saying Y to this option will produce two modules ( = code which can
2408 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2409 want). Most people won't need this and can say N.
2411 IP: GRE tunnels over IP
2413 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within
2414 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the
2415 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements
2416 GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) and at this time allows
2417 encapsulating of IPv4 or IPv6 over existing IPv4 infrastructure.
2418 This driver is useful if the other endpoint is a Cisco router: Cisco
2419 likes GRE much better than the other Linux tunneling driver ("IP:
2420 tunneling" above). In addition, GRE allows multicast redistribution
2423 IP: broadcast GRE over IP
2424 CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST
2425 One application of GRE/IP is to construct a broadcast WAN (Wide Area
2426 Network), which looks like a normal Ethernet LAN (Local Area
2427 Network), but can be distributed all over the Internet. If you want
2428 to do that, say Y here and to "IP: multicast routing" below.
2430 IP: transparent proxying
2431 CONFIG_IP_TRANSPARENT_PROXY
2432 This enables your Linux firewall to transparently redirect any
2433 network traffic originating from the local network and destined
2434 for a remote host to a local server, called a "transparent proxy
2435 server". This makes the local computers think they are talking to
2436 the remote end, while in fact they are connected to the local
2437 proxy. Redirection is activated by defining special input firewall
2438 rules (using the ipchains utility) and/or by doing an appropriate
2442 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE
2443 If one of the computers on your local network for which your Linux
2444 box acts as a firewall wants to send something to the outside, your
2445 box can "masquerade" as that computer, i.e. it forwards the traffic
2446 to the intended outside destination, but makes it look like it came
2447 from the firewall box itself. It works both ways: if the outside
2448 host replies, the Linux firewall will silently forward the traffic
2449 to the corresponding local computer. This way, the computers on your
2450 local net are completely invisible to the outside world, even though
2451 they can reach the outside and can receive replies. This makes it
2452 possible to have the computers on the local network participate on
2453 the Internet even if they don't have officially registered IP
2454 addresses. (This last problem can also be solved by connecting the
2455 Linux box to the Internet using SLiRP [SLiRP is a SLIP/PPP emulator
2456 that works if you have a regular dial up shell account on some UNIX
2457 computer; get it via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2458 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/ ].)
2460 The IP masquerading code will only work if IP forwarding is enabled
2461 in your kernel; you can do this by saying Y to "/proc
2462 filesystem support" and "Sysctl support" below and then executing a
2465 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
2467 from a boot time script after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
2469 Details on how to set things up are contained in the IP Masquerade
2470 mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2471 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini; there's also some
2472 information on the WWW at
2473 http://www.tor.shaw.wave.ca/~ambrose/kernel21.html.
2475 If you say Y here, then the modules ip_masq_ftp.o (for ftp file
2476 transfers), ip_masq_irc.o (for irc chats), ip_masq_quake.o (you
2477 guessed it), ip_masq_vdolive.o (for VDOLive video connections),
2478 ip_masq_cuseeme.o (for CU-SeeMe broadcasts) and ip_masq_raudio.o
2479 (for RealAudio downloads) will automatically be compiled. They are
2480 needed to make masquerading for these protocols work. Modules are
2481 pieces of code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
2482 kernel whenever you want; read Documentation/modules.txt for
2485 IP: ICMP masquerading
2486 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_ICMP
2487 The basic masquerade code described for "IP: masquerading" above
2488 only handles TCP or UDP packets (and ICMP errors for existing
2489 connections). This option adds additional support for masquerading
2490 ICMP packets, such as ping or the probes used by the Windows 95
2493 If you want this, say Y.
2495 IP: masquerading special modules support
2496 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_MOD
2497 This provides support for special modules that can modify the
2498 rewriting rules used when masquerading. Please note that this
2499 feature adds a little overhead in the input packet processing chain.
2501 Examples of such modules are ipautofw (allowing the masquerading of
2502 protocols which don't have their own protocol helpers) and port
2503 forwarding (making an incoming port of a local computer visible
2504 through the masquerading host).
2506 You will need the user space program "ipmasqadm" to use these
2507 additional modules; you can download it from
2508 http://juanjox.linuxhq.com/
2510 All this additional code is still under development and so is
2511 currently marked EXPERIMENTAL.
2513 If you want to try, for example, PORT FORWARDING, say Y.
2515 IP: ipautofw masquerade support (Experimental)
2516 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_IPAUTOFW
2517 ipautofw is a program which allows the masquerading of protocols
2518 which do not (as yet) have their own protocol helpers. Information
2519 and source for ipautofw is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2520 ftp://ftp.netis.com/pub/members/rlynch/
2522 You will also need the ipmasqadm tool available from
2523 http://juanjox.linuxhq.com/ .
2525 The ipautofw code is still under development and so is currently
2526 marked EXPERIMENTAL. If you want to try it, say Y.
2528 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2529 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2530 The module will be called ip_masq_autofw.o. If you want to compile
2531 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2533 IP: ipportfw masquerade support
2534 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_IPPORTFW
2535 Port Forwarding is an addition to IP Masquerading which allows some
2536 forwarding of packets from outside to inside a firewall on given
2537 ports. This could be useful if, for example, you want to run a web
2538 server behind the firewall or masquerading host and that web server
2539 should be accessible from the outside world. An external client
2540 sends a request to port 80 of the firewall, the firewall forwards
2541 this request to the web server, the web server handles the request
2542 and the results are sent through the firewall to the original
2543 client. The client thinks that the firewall machine itself is
2544 running the web server. This can also be used for load balancing if
2545 you have a farm of identical web servers behind the firewall.
2547 Information about this feature is available from
2548 http://www.monmouth.demon.co.uk/ipsubs/portforwarding.html (to
2549 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
2550 that has a program like lynx or netscape). For general info, please
2551 see ftp://ftp.compsoc.net/users/steve/ipportfw/linux21/
2553 You will need the user space program "ipmasqadm" which can be
2554 downloaded from http://juanjox.linuxhq.com/
2556 The portfw code is still under development and so is currently
2557 marked EXPERIMENTAL. If you want to try it, say Y.
2559 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2560 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2561 The module will be called ip_masq_portfw.o. If you want to compile
2562 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2564 IP: ipmarkfw masquerade support
2565 CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_MFW
2566 Firewall Mark Forwarding provides functionality similar to port
2567 forwarding (see "IP: ipportfw masquerade support", above), the
2568 difference being that Firewall Mark Forwarding uses "firewalling
2569 mark" to select which packets must be forwarded (see ipchains(8),
2572 This code is still under development and so is currently marked
2573 EXPERIMENTAL. If you want to try it, say Y.
2575 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2576 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2577 The module will be called ip_masq_markfw.o. If you want to compile
2578 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2580 IP: always defragment (required for masquerading)
2581 CONFIG_IP_ALWAYS_DEFRAG
2582 If you say Y here, then all incoming fragments (parts of IP packets
2583 that arose when some host between origin and destination decided
2584 that the packets were too large and cut them into pieces) will be
2585 reassembled (defragmented) before being processed, even if they are
2586 about to be forwarded.
2588 You must say Y here if you want to enable "IP: masquerading" or "IP:
2589 transparent proxying".
2591 When using "IP: firewalling" support, you might also want to say Y
2592 here, to have a more reliable firewall (otherwise second and further
2593 fragments must be dealt with by the firewall, which can be tricky).
2595 Only say Y here if running either a firewall that is the sole link
2596 to your network or a transparent proxy; never ever say Y here for a
2597 normal router or host.
2599 IP: aliasing support
2601 Sometimes it is useful to give several IP addresses to a single
2602 physical network interface (serial port or Ethernet card). The most
2603 common case is that you want to serve different WWW or ftp documents
2604 to the outside according to which of your host names was used to
2605 connect to you. This is called "multihosting" or "virtual domains"
2606 or "virtual hosting services" and is explained in detail on the WWW
2607 at http://www.thesphere.com/~dlp/TwoServers/ (to browse the WWW, you
2608 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
2609 like lynx or netscape) and also in the Virtual-Hosting-HOWTO,
2610 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2611 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2613 Another scenario would be that there are two logical networks living
2614 on your local Ethernet and you want to access them both with the
2615 same Ethernet card. This can also be done if you say Y here.
2617 The configuration of these alias addresses is done with a special
2618 name syntax explained in Documentation/networking/alias.txt and in
2619 the IP-Alias mini-HOWTO. If you want this, say Y. Most people don't
2622 IP: multicast routing
2624 This is used if you want your machine to act as a router for IP
2625 packets that have several destination addresses. It is needed on the
2626 MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top of the Internet which carries
2627 audio and video broadcasts. In order to do that, you would most
2628 likely run the program mrouted. Information about the multicast
2629 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in
2630 Documentation/networking/multicast.txt. If you haven't heard about
2631 it, you don't need it.
2633 IP: PIM-SM version 1 support
2635 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM (Protocol Independent
2636 Multicast) version 1. This multicast routing protocol is used widely
2637 because Cisco supports it. You need special software to use it
2638 (pimd-v1). Please see http://netweb.usc.edu/pim/ for more
2639 information about PIM (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to
2640 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or
2643 Say Y if you want to use PIM-SM v1. Note that you can say N here if
2644 you just want to use Dense Mode PIM.
2646 IP: PIM-SM version 2 support
2648 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM version 2. In order to use
2649 this, you need an experimental routing daemon supporting it (pimd or
2650 gated-5). This routing protocol is not used widely, so say N unless
2651 you want to play with it.
2653 PC/TCP compatibility mode
2655 If you have been having difficulties telnetting to your Linux
2656 machine from a DOS system that uses (broken) PC/TCP networking
2657 software (all versions up to OnNet 2.0) over your local Ethernet try
2658 saying Y here. Everyone else says N.
2660 People having problems with NCSA telnet should see the file
2661 linux/Documentation/networking/ncsa-telnet.
2665 If there are (usually diskless or portable) machines on your local
2666 network that know their hardware Ethernet addresses but don't know
2667 their IP addresses upon startup, they can send out a Reverse Address
2668 Resolution Protocol (RARP) request to find out their own IP
2669 addresses. Diskless Sun 3 machines use this procedure at boot time,
2670 and diskless Linux boxes can be configured to do it as well.
2672 If you want your Linux box to be able to *answer* such requests,
2673 answer Y here; you'll then have to run the program rarp ("man rarp")
2676 If you actually want to use a diskless Sun 3 machine as an X
2677 terminal to Linux, say Y here and fetch Linux-Xkernel from
2678 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/boot.net/.
2680 Superior solutions to the problem of booting and configuring
2681 machines over a net connection are given by the protocol BOOTP and
2682 its successor DHCP. See the DHCP FAQ
2683 http://web.syr.edu/~jmwobus/comfaqs/dhcp.faq.html for details (to
2684 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
2685 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
2687 If you want to compile RARP support as a module ( = code which can
2688 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2689 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
2690 will be called rarp.o.
2692 If you don't understand a word of the above, say N and rest in
2695 Assume subnets are local
2697 Say Y if you are on a subnetted network with all machines connected
2698 by Ethernet segments only, as this option optimizes network access
2699 for this special case. If there are other connections, e.g. SLIP
2700 links, between machines of your IP network, say N. If in doubt,
2701 answer N. The PATH mtu discovery facility will cover most cases
2704 Path MTU Discovery (normally enabled)
2705 CONFIG_PATH_MTU_DISCOVERY
2706 MTU (maximal transfer unit) is the size of the chunks we send out
2707 over the net. "Path MTU Discovery" means that, instead of always
2708 sending very small chunks, we start out sending big ones and if we
2709 then discover that some host along the way likes its chunks smaller,
2710 we adjust to a smaller size. This is good, so most people say Y
2713 However, some DOS software (versions of DOS NCSA telnet and Trumpet
2714 Winsock in PPP mode) is broken and won't be able to connect to your
2715 Linux machine correctly in all cases (especially through a terminal
2716 server) unless you say N here. See
2717 Documentation/networking/ncsa-telnet for the location of fixed NCSA
2718 telnet clients. If in doubt, say Y.
2720 Disable NAGLE algorithm (normally enabled)
2721 CONFIG_TCP_NAGLE_OFF
2722 The NAGLE algorithm works by requiring an acknowledgment before
2723 sending small IP frames (packets). This keeps tiny telnet and
2724 rlogin packets from congesting Wide Area Networks. Most people
2725 strongly recommend to say N here, thereby leaving NAGLE
2726 enabled. Those programs that would benefit from disabling this
2727 facility can do it on a per connection basis themselves.
2729 IP: Allow large windows (not recommended if <16 MB of memory)
2731 On high speed, long distance networks the performance limit on
2732 networking becomes the amount of data the sending machine can buffer
2733 until the other end confirms its reception. (At 45 Mbit/second there
2734 are a lot of bits between New York and London ...). If you say Y
2735 here, bigger buffers can be used which allows larger amounts of data
2736 to be "in flight" at any given time. It also means a user process
2737 can require a lot more memory for network buffers and thus this
2738 option is best used only on machines with 16 MB of memory or higher.
2739 Unless you are using long links with end to end speeds of over 2
2740 Mbit a second or satellite links this option will make no difference
2745 If you say Y here, you will include support for Unix domain sockets;
2746 sockets are the standard Unix mechanism for establishing and
2747 accessing network connections. Many commonly used programs such as
2748 the X Window system and syslog use these sockets even if your
2749 machine is not connected to any network. Unless you are working on
2750 an embedded system or something similar, you therefore definitely
2753 However, the socket support is also available as a module ( = code
2754 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
2755 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
2756 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
2757 unix.o. If you try building this as a module and you have said Y to
2758 "Kernel module loader support" above, be sure to add 'alias net-pf-1
2759 unix' to your /etc/conf.modules file. Note that several important
2760 services won't work correctly if you say M here and then neglect to
2763 Say Y unless you know what you are doing.
2767 This is experimental support for the next version of the Internet
2768 Protocol: IP version 6 (also called IPng "IP next generation").
2769 Features of this new protocol include: expanded address space,
2770 authentication and privacy, and seamless interoperability with the
2771 current version of IP (IP version 4). For general information about
2772 IPv6, see http://playground.sun.com/pub/ipng/html/ipng-main.html (to
2773 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
2774 that has a program like lynx or netscape); for specific information
2775 about IPv6 under Linux read the HOWTO at http://www.terra.net/ipv6/
2776 and the file net/ipv6/README in the kernel source.
2778 If you want to use IPv6, please upgrade to the newest net-tools as
2779 given in Documentation/Changes. You will still be able to do regular
2780 IPv4 networking as well.
2782 This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which
2783 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
2784 want). The module will be called ipv6.o. If you want to compile it
2785 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2787 It is safe to say N here for now.
2789 IPv6: enable EUI-64 token format
2791 6bone, the network of computers using the IPv6 protocol, is moving
2792 to a new aggregatable address format and a new link local address
2793 assignment (EUI-64). Say Y if your site has upgraded already, or
2794 has started to upgrade.
2796 IPv6: disable provider based addresses
2798 Linux tries to operate correctly when your site has moved to EUI-64
2799 only partially. Unfortunately, the two address formats (old:
2800 "provider based" and new: "aggregatable") are incompatible. Say Y if
2801 your site finished the upgrade to EUI-64, and/or you encountered
2802 some problems caused by the presence of two link-local addresses on
2805 IPv6: routing messages via old netlink
2807 You can say Y here to receive routing messages from the IPv6 code
2808 through the old netlink interface. However, a better option is to
2809 say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver" and to "Routing
2814 This is support for the Novell networking protocol, IPX, commonly
2815 used for local networks of Windows machines. You need it if you want
2816 to access Novell NetWare file or print servers using the Linux
2817 Novell client ncpfs (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2818 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/) or from within
2819 the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available in
2820 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO). In order to do the
2821 former, you'll also have to say Y to "NCP filesystem support",
2824 IPX is similar in scope to IP, while SPX, which runs on top of IPX,
2825 is similar to TCP. There is also experimental support for SPX in
2826 Linux (see "SPX networking", below).
2828 To turn your Linux box into a fully featured NetWare file server and
2829 IPX router, say Y here and fetch either lwared from
2830 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/daemons/ or mars_nwe
2831 from ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs. For more information,
2832 read the IPX-HOWTO in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2834 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
2835 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html (to
2836 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
2837 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
2839 The IPX driver would enlarge your kernel by about 5 kB. This driver
2840 is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
2841 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module will
2842 be called ipx.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
2843 and read Documentation/modules.txt. Unless you want to integrate
2844 your Linux box with a local Novell network, say N.
2846 IPX: Full internal IPX network
2848 Every IPX network has an address that identifies it. Sometimes it is
2849 useful to give an IPX "network" address to your Linux box as well
2850 (for example if your box is acting as a file server for different
2851 IPX networks: it will then be accessible from everywhere using the
2852 same address). The way this is done is to create a virtual internal
2853 "network" inside your box and to assign an IPX address to this
2854 network. Say Y here if you want to do this; read the IPX-HOWTO at
2855 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO for details.
2857 The full internal IPX network enables you to allocate sockets on
2858 different virtual nodes of the internal network. This is done by
2859 evaluating the field sipx_node of the socket address given to the
2860 bind call. So applications should always initialize the node field
2861 to 0 when binding a socket on the primary network. In this case the
2862 socket is assigned the default node that has been given to the
2863 kernel when the internal network was created. By enabling the full
2864 internal IPX network the cross-forwarding of packets targeted at
2865 'special' sockets to sockets listening on the primary network is
2866 disabled. This might break existing applications, especially RIP/SAP
2867 daemons. A RIP/SAP daemon that works well with the full internal net
2868 can be found on ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs.
2870 If you don't know what you are doing, say N.
2872 IPX: SPX networking (EXPERIMENTAL)
2874 The Sequenced Packet eXchange protocol is a transport layer protocol
2875 built on top of IPX. It is used in Novell NetWare systems for
2876 client-server applications and is similar to TCP (which runs on top
2879 Note that Novell NetWare file sharing does not use SPX; it uses a
2880 protocol called NCP, for which separate Linux support is available
2881 ("NCP filesystem support" below for the client side, and the user
2882 space programs lwared or mars_nwe for the server side).
2884 Say Y here if you have use for SPX; read the IPX-HOWTO at
2885 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO for details.
2887 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2888 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2889 The module will be called af_spx.o. If you want to compile it as a
2890 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2894 AppleTalk is the way Apple computers speak to each other on a
2895 network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network and you
2896 want to join the conversation, say Y. You will need to use the
2897 netatalk package so that your Linux box can act as a print and file
2898 server for Macs as well as access AppleTalk printers. Check out
2899 http://threepio.hitchcock.org/cgi-bin/faq/netatalk/faq.pl on the WWW
2900 for details (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine
2901 on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape). EtherTalk
2902 is the name used for AppleTalk over Ethernet and the cheaper and
2903 slower LocalTalk is AppleTalk over a proprietary Apple network using
2904 serial links. EtherTalk and LocalTalk are fully supported by Linux.
2906 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
2907 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html
2908 The NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
2909 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO contains valuable
2910 information as well.
2912 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2913 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2914 The module is called appletalk.o. If you want to compile it as a
2915 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. I hear that
2916 the GNU boycott of Apple is over, so even politically correct people
2917 are allowed to say Y here.
2919 AppleTalk-IP driver support
2921 This allows IP networking for users who only have AppleTalk
2922 networking available. This feature is experimental. With this
2923 driver, you can either encapsulate IP inside AppleTalk (e.g. if your
2924 Linux box is stuck on an AppleTalk only network) or decapsulate
2925 (e.g. if you want your Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for a
2926 zoo of AppleTalk connected Macs). You decide which one of the two
2927 you want in the following two questions; you can say Y to only one
2928 of them. Please see Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more
2931 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
2932 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
2933 The module is called ipddp.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
2934 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
2936 IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support
2938 If you say Y here, the kernel will be able to encapsulate IP packets
2939 inside AppleTalk frames; this is useful if your Linux box is stuck
2940 on an AppleTalk network (which hopefully contains a decapsulator
2941 somewhere). Please see Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more
2942 information. If you say Y here, you cannot say Y to "AppleTalk-IP to
2943 IP Decapsulation support", below.
2945 AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support
2947 If you say Y here, the kernel will be able to decapsulate
2948 AppleTalk-IP frames to IP packets; this is useful if you want your
2949 Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for an AppleTalk
2950 network. Please see Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt for more
2951 information. If you say Y here, you cannot say Y to "IP to
2952 AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support", above.
2954 Apple/Farallon LocalTalk PC card support
2956 This allows you to use the AppleTalk PC card to connect to LocalTalk
2957 networks. The card is also known as the Farallon PhoneNet PC card.
2958 If you are in doubt, this card is the one with the 65C02 chip on it.
2959 You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk package.
2960 This driver is experimental, which means that it may not work.
2961 See the file Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt.
2963 COPS LocalTalk PC card support
2965 This allows you to use COPS AppleTalk cards to connect to LocalTalk
2966 networks. You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk
2967 package. This driver is experimental, which means that it may not
2968 work. This driver will only work if you choose "AppleTalk DDP"
2969 networking support, above.
2970 Please read the file Documentation/networking/cops.txt.
2972 Dayna firmware support
2974 Support COPS compatible cards with Dayna style firmware (Dayna
2975 DL2000/ Daynatalk/PC (half length), COPS LT-95, Farallon PhoneNET PC
2976 III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II).
2978 Tangent firmware support
2980 Support COPS compatible cards with Tangent style firmware (Tangent
2981 ATB_II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200.
2983 Amateur Radio support
2985 If you want to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio, answer Y
2986 here. You want to read http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html
2987 (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
2988 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape) and the HAM-HOWTO
2989 and the AX25-HOWTO, both available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
2990 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
2992 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
2993 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
2994 the questions about amateur radio.
2996 Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2
2998 This is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
2999 radio. It is either used by itself for point-to-point links, or to
3000 carry other protocols such as tcp/ip. To use it, you need a device
3001 that connects your Linux box to your amateur radio. You can either
3002 use a low speed TNC (a Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
3003 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
3004 microphone input and speaker output) supporting the KISS protocol or
3005 one of the various SCC cards that are supported by the generic Z8530
3006 or the DMA SCC driver. Another option are the Baycom modem serial
3007 and parallel port hacks or the sound card modem (supported by their
3008 own drivers). If you say Y here, you also have to say Y to one of
3011 Information about where to get supporting software for Linux amateur
3012 radio as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3013 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3014 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You might also want to
3015 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt in the kernel
3016 source. More information about digital amateur radio in general is
3017 on the WWW at http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html. (To browse
3018 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
3019 has a program like lynx or netscape).
3021 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3022 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3023 The module will be called ax25.o. If you want to compile it as a
3024 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3026 AX.25 DAMA Slave support
3027 CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE
3028 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
3029 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
3030 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other slaves.
3031 If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA slave; this is
3032 transparent in that you don't have to do any special DAMA
3033 configuration. (Linux cannot yet act as a DAMA server.) If unsure,
3036 AX.25 DAMA Master support
3037 CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_MASTER
3038 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25
3039 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic
3040 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other
3041 slaves. If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA server.
3044 Amateur Radio NET/ROM
3046 NET/ROM is a network layer protocol on top of AX.25 useful for
3049 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
3050 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3051 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3052 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You also might want to
3053 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt. More
3054 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
3055 http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html (to browse the WWW, you
3056 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
3057 like lynx or netscape).
3059 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3060 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3061 The module will be called netrom.o. If you want to compile it as a
3062 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3064 Amateur Radio X.25 PLP (Rose)
3066 The Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) is a way to route packets over X.25
3067 connections in general and amateur radio AX.25 connections in
3068 particular, essentially an alternative to NET/ROM.
3070 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio
3071 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is
3072 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3073 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You also might want to
3074 check out the file Documentation/networking/ax25.txt. More
3075 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at
3076 http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html (to browse the WWW, you
3077 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
3078 like lynx or netscape).
3080 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3081 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3082 The module will be called rose.o. If you want to compile it as a
3083 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3085 Serial port KISS driver for AX.25
3087 KISS is a protocol used for the exchange of data between a computer
3088 and a Terminal Node Controller (a small embedded system commonly
3089 used for networking over AX.25 amateur radio connections; it
3090 connects the computer's serial port with the radio's microphone
3091 input and speaker output).
3093 Although KISS is less advanced than the 6pack protocol, it has
3094 the advantage that it is already supported by most modern TNCs
3095 without the need for a firmware upgrade.
3097 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3098 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3099 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3102 Serial port 6PACK driver for AX.25
3104 6pack is a transmission protocol for the data exchange between your
3105 PC and your TNC (the Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of
3106 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's
3107 microphone input and speaker output). This protocol can be used as
3108 an alternative to KISS for networking over AX.25 amateur radio
3109 connections, but it has some extended functionality.
3111 Note that this driver is still experimental and might cause
3112 problems. For details about the features and the usage of the
3113 driver, read Documentation/networking/6pack.txt.
3115 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3116 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3117 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3122 AX.25 is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur
3123 radio. If you say Y here, you will be able to send and receive AX.25
3124 traffic over Ethernet (also called "BPQ AX.25"), which could be
3125 useful if some other computer on your local network has a direct
3126 amateur radio connection.
3128 High-speed (DMA) SCC driver for AX.25
3130 This is a driver for high-speed SCC boards, i.e. those supporting
3131 DMA on one port. You usually use those boards to connect your
3132 computer to an amateur radio modem (such as the WA4DSY 56kbps
3133 modem), in order to send and receive AX.25 packet radio network
3136 Currently, this driver supports Ottawa PI/PI2
3137 (http://hydra.carleton.ca/info/pi2.html) and Gracilis PackeTwin
3138 (http://www.paccomm.com/gracilis.html) boards. They are detected
3139 automatically. If you have one of these cards, say Y here and read
3140 the AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3141 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/.
3143 This driver can operate multiple boards simultaneously. If you
3144 compile it as a module (by saying M instead of Y), it will be called
3145 dmascc.o. If you don't pass any parameter to the driver, all
3146 possible I/O addresses are probed. This could irritate other devices
3147 that are currently not in use. You may specify the list of addresses
3148 to be probed by "dmascc=addr1,addr2,..." (when compiled into the
3149 kernel image) or "io=addr1,addr2,..." (when loaded as a module). The
3150 network interfaces will be called dmascc0 and dmascc1 for the board
3151 detected first, dmascc2 and dmascc3 for the second one, and so on.
3153 Before you configure each interface with ifconfig, you MUST set
3154 certain parameters, such as channel access timing, clock mode, and
3155 DMA channel. This is accomplished with a small utility program,
3156 dmascc_cfg, available at
3157 http://www.nt.tuwien.ac.at/~kkudielk/Linux/. (To browse the WWW, you
3158 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
3159 like lynx or netscape).
3161 Z8530 SCC driver for AX.25
3163 These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio
3164 in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use
3165 this, read Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt and the
3166 AX25-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3167 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Also make sure to say Y
3168 to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support.
3170 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3171 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3172 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3175 additional delay for PA0HZP OptoSCC compatible boards
3177 Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not
3178 working properly; please read Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt
3179 for details. If unsure, say N.
3181 #support for TRX that feedback the tx signal to rx
3184 ### Don't know what's going on here.
3187 BAYCOM picpar and par96 driver for AX.25
3189 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
3190 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the picpar and
3191 par96 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility
3192 available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on
3193 the modems, see http://www.baycom.de (to browse the WWW, you need to
3194 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
3195 lynx or netscape) and Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3197 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3198 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3199 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3200 The module will be called baycom_par.o.
3202 BAYCOM EPP driver for AX.25
3204 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that
3205 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the EPP
3206 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility available
3207 in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on the
3208 modems, see http://www.baycom.de (to browse the WWW, you need to
3209 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
3210 lynx or netscape) and Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3212 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3213 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3214 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3215 The module will be called baycom_par.o.
3217 BAYCOM ser12 full duplex driver for AX.25
3218 CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_FDX
3219 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
3220 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
3221 ser12 design in full duplex mode. In addition, it allows the
3222 baudrate to be set between 300 and 4800 baud (however not all modems
3223 support all baudrates). This is the preferred driver. The next
3224 driver, "BAYCOM ser12 half duplex driver for AX.25" is the old
3225 driver and still provided in case this driver does not work with
3226 your serial interface chip. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc
3227 utility available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
3228 information on the modems, see http://www.baycom.de (to browse the
3229 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
3230 program like lynx or netscape) and
3231 Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3233 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3234 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3235 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3236 The module will be called baycom_ser_fdx.o.
3238 BAYCOM ser12 half duplex driver for AX.25
3239 CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_HDX
3240 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio
3241 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the
3242 ser12 design in full duplex mode. This is the old driver. It is
3243 still provided in case your serial interface chip does not work with
3244 the full duplex driver. This driver is depreciated. To configure
3245 the driver, use the sethdlc utility available in the standard ax25
3246 utilities package. For information on the modems, see
3247 http://www.baycom.de (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to
3248 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape)
3249 and Documentation/networking/baycom.txt.
3251 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3252 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3253 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3254 The module will be called baycom_ser_hdx.o.
3256 Sound card modem driver for AX.25
3258 This experimental driver allows a standard Sound Blaster or
3259 WindowsSoundSystem compatible sound card to be used as a packet
3260 radio modem (NOT as a telephone modem!), to send digital traffic
3263 To configure the driver, use the sethdlc, smdiag and smmixer
3264 utilities available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For
3265 information on how to key the transmitter, see
3266 http://www.ife.ee.ethz.ch/~sailer/pcf/ptt_circ/ptt.html (to browse
3267 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
3268 has a program like lynx or netscape) and
3269 Documentation/networking/soundmodem.txt.
3271 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3272 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3273 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
3274 The module will be called soundmodem.o.
3276 Sound card modem support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards
3277 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_SBC
3278 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and
3279 compatible cards. If you have a dual mode card (i.e. a WSS cards
3280 with a Sound Blaster emulation) you should say N here and Y to
3281 "Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards", below, because
3282 this usually results in better performance. This option also
3283 supports SB16/32/64 in full duplex mode.
3285 Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards
3286 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_WSS
3287 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem
3288 compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either
3289 Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845, AD1812) or Crystal
3290 Semiconductors (such as CS4248, CS423x). This option also supports
3291 the WSS full duplex operation which currently works with Crystal
3292 CS423x chips. If you don't need full duplex operation, do not enable
3293 it to save performance.
3295 Sound card modem support for 1200 baud AFSK modulation
3296 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK1200
3297 This option enables the soundmodem driver 1200 baud AFSK modem,
3298 compatible to popular modems using TCM3105 or AM7911. The
3299 demodulator requires about 12% of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU
3302 Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (7.3728MHz crystal)
3303 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_7
3304 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
3305 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with a 7.3728MHz
3306 crystal. Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply
3307 that I recommend building such links. It is only here since users
3308 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
3309 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
3310 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
3311 used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
3313 Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (8MHz crystal)
3314 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_8
3315 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem,
3316 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with an 8MHz crystal.
3317 Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply that I
3318 recommend building such links. It is only here since users
3319 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this
3320 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility
3321 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if
3322 used) is operated widely outside its specifications.
3324 Sound card modem support for 2666 baud AFSK modulation
3325 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2666
3326 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2666 baud AFSK modem.
3327 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
3330 Sound card modem support for 4800 baud 8PSK modulation
3331 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_PSK4800
3332 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud 8PSK modem.
3333 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything
3336 Sound card modem support for 4800 baud HAPN-1 modulation
3337 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_HAPN4800
3338 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud HAPN-1
3339 compatible modem. This modulation seems to be widely used 'down
3340 under' and in the Netherlands. Here, nobody uses it, so I could not
3341 test if it works. It is compatible to itself, however :-)
3343 Sound card modem support for 9600 baud FSK G3RUH modulation
3344 CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_FSK9600
3345 This option enables the soundmodem driver 9600 baud FSK modem,
3346 compatible to the G3RUH standard. The demodulator requires about 4%
3347 of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU per channel. You can say Y to
3348 both 1200 baud AFSK and 9600 baud FSK if you want (but obviously you
3349 can only use one protocol at a time, depending on what the other end
3352 CCITT X.25 Packet Layer
3354 X.25 is a set of standardized network protocols, similar in scope to
3355 frame relay; the one physical line from your box to the X.25 network
3356 entry point can carry several logical point-to-point connections
3357 (called "virtual circuits") to other computers connected to the X.25
3358 network. Governments, banks, and other organizations tend to use it
3359 to connect to each other or to form Wide Area Networks (WANs). Many
3360 countries have public X.25 networks. X.25 consists of two
3361 protocols: the higher level Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) (say Y here
3362 if you want that) and the lower level data link layer protocol LAPB
3363 (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" below if you want that).
3365 You can read more about X.25 at http://www.sangoma.com/x25.html and
3366 http://www.cisco.com/univercd/data/doc/software/11_0/rpcg/cx25.htm
3367 (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
3368 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape). Information
3369 about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files
3370 Documentation/networking/x25.txt and
3371 Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt.
3373 One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card
3374 using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do
3375 X.25 over a standard telephone line using an ordinary modem (say Y
3376 to "X.25 async driver" below) or over Ethernet using an ordinary
3377 Ethernet card and either the 802.2 LLC protocol (say Y to "802.2
3378 LLC" below) or LAPB over Ethernet (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver"
3379 and "LAPB over Ethernet driver" below).
3381 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3382 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3383 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3384 called x25.o. If unsure, say N.
3386 LAPB Data Link Driver (EXPERIMENTAL)
3388 Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) is the data link layer (i.e.
3389 the lower) part of the X.25 protocol. It offers a reliable
3390 connection service to exchange data frames with one other host, and
3391 it is used to transport higher level protocols (mostly X.25 Packet
3392 Layer, the higher part of X.25, but others are possible as well).
3393 Usually, LAPB is used with specialized X.21 network cards, but Linux
3394 currently supports LAPB only over Ethernet connections. If you want
3395 to use LAPB connections over Ethernet, say Y here and to "LAPB over
3396 Ethernet driver" below. Read
3397 Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt for technical details.
3399 If you want to compile this driver as a module though ( = code which
3400 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
3401 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
3402 will be called lapb.o. If unsure, say N.
3404 802.2 LLC (VERY EXPERIMENTAL)
3406 This is a Logical Link Layer protocol used for X.25 connections over
3407 Ethernet, using ordinary Ethernet cards.
3409 Bridging (EXPERIMENTAL)
3411 If you say Y here, then your Linux box will be able to act as an
3412 Ethernet bridge, which means that the different Ethernet segments it
3413 is connected to will appear as one Ethernet to the participants.
3414 Several such bridges can work together to create even larger
3415 networks of Ethernets using the IEEE802.1 spanning tree algorithm.
3416 As this is a standard, Linux bridges will interwork properly with
3417 other third party bridge products.
3419 In order to use this, you'll need the bridge configuration tools
3420 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
3421 ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux. Please read the Bridge mini-HOWTO
3422 for more information. Note that if your box acts as a bridge, it
3423 probably contains several Ethernet devices, but the kernel is not
3424 able to recognize more than one at boot time without help; for
3425 details read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
3426 in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. The Bridging code is
3427 still in test. If unsure, say N.
3431 The Packet protocol is used by applications which communicate
3432 directly with network devices without an intermediate network
3433 protocol implemented in the kernel, e.g. tcpdump. If you want them
3434 to work, choose Y. This driver is also available as a module called
3435 af_packet.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
3436 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
3437 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
3440 Kernel/User network link driver
3442 This driver allows for two-way communication between certain parts
3443 of the kernel or modules and user processes; the user processes are
3444 able to read from and write to character special files in the /dev
3445 directory having major mode 36. So far, the kernel uses it to
3446 publish some network related information if you say Y to "Routing
3447 messages", below. It is also used by the firewall code to publish
3448 information about possible attacks if you say Y to "IP: firewall
3449 packet netlink device" further down. You also need to say Y here if
3450 you want to use arpd, a daemon that helps keep the internal ARP
3451 cache (a mapping between IP addresses and hardware addresses on the
3452 local network) small. The ethertap device, which lets user space
3453 programs read and write raw Ethernet frames, also needs the network
3454 link driver. If unsure, say Y.
3458 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/route
3459 with major number 36 and minor number 0 using mknod ("man mknod"),
3460 you (or some user space utility) can read some network related
3461 routing information from that file. Everything you write to that
3462 file will be discarded.
3464 Netlink device emulation
3466 This is a backward compatibility option, choose Y for now.
3467 This option will be removed soon.
3471 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk, SCSI tape drive, SCSI CDROM or
3472 any other SCSI device under Linux, say Y and make sure that you know
3473 the name of your SCSI host adapter (the card inside your computer
3474 that "speaks" the SCSI protocol, also called SCSI controller),
3475 because you will be asked for it.
3477 You also need to say Y here if you want support for the parallel
3478 port version of the 100 MB IOMEGA ZIP drive.
3480 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3481 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. The
3482 SCSI-Programming-HOWTO contains information about how to add or
3483 remove an SCSI device from a running Linux machine without
3486 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3487 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3488 The module will be called scsi_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3489 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3490 Documentation/scsi.txt. However, do not compile this as a module if
3491 your root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located
3496 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk or the SCSI or parallel port
3497 version of the IOMEGA ZIP drive under Linux, say Y and read the
3498 SCSI-HOWTO, the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available via
3499 FTP (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3500 This is NOT for SCSI CDROMs.
3502 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3503 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3504 The module will be called sd_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3505 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3506 Documentation/scsi.txt. Do not compile this driver as a module if
3507 your root filesystem (the one containing the directory /) is located
3508 on a SCSI disk. In this case, do not compile the driver for your
3509 SCSI host adapter (below) as a module either.
3513 If you want to use a SCSI tape drive under Linux, say Y and read the
3514 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3515 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and
3516 drivers/scsi/README.st in the kernel source. This is NOT for SCSI
3519 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3520 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3521 The module will be called st.o. If you want to compile it as a
3522 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3523 Documentation/scsi.txt .
3527 If you want to use a SCSI CDROM under Linux, say Y and read the
3528 SCSI-HOWTO and the CDROM-HOWTO from
3529 ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Also make sure to say Y
3530 or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" later.
3532 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3533 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3534 The module will be called sr_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a
3535 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3536 Documentation/scsi.txt .
3538 Enable vendor-specific extensions (for SCSI CDROM)
3539 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR
3540 This enables the usage of vendor specific SCSI commands. This is
3541 required to support multisession CDs with old NEC/TOSHIBA cdrom
3542 drives (and HP Writers). If you have such a drive and get the first
3543 session only, try saying Y here; everybody else says N.
3545 SCSI generic support
3547 If you want to use SCSI scanners, synthesizers or CD-writers or just
3548 about anything having "SCSI" in its name other than hard disks,
3549 CDROMs or tapes, say Y here. These won't be supported by the kernel
3550 directly, so you need some additional software which knows how to
3551 talk to these devices using the SCSI protocol. For CD-writers, you
3552 would need the program cdwrite, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
3553 from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/disk-management; for
3554 other devices, it's possible that you'll have to write the driver
3555 software yourself, so have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO and at the
3556 SCSI-Programming-HOWTO, both available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
3557 ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3559 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3560 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3561 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt and
3562 Documentation/scsi.txt. The module will be called sg.o. If unsure,
3565 Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device
3566 CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN
3567 If you have a SCSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
3568 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, and only one LUN is detected, you
3569 can say Y here to force the SCSI driver to probe for multiple LUNs.
3570 A SCSI device with multiple LUNs acts logically like multiple SCSI
3571 devices. The vast majority of SCSI devices have only one LUN, and
3572 so most people can say N here and should in fact do so, because it
3575 Verbose SCSI error reporting (kernel size +=12K)
3576 CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS
3577 The error messages regarding your SCSI hardware will be easier to
3578 understand if you say Y here; it will enlarge your kernel by about
3579 12 KB. If in doubt, say Y.
3581 SCSI logging facility
3583 This turns on a logging facility that can be used to debug a number
3584 of SCSI related problems.
3586 If you say Y here, no logging output will appear by default, but you
3587 can enable logging by saying Y to "/proc filesystem support" and
3588 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command
3590 echo "scsi log token [level]" > /proc/scsi/scsi
3592 at boot time after the /proc filesystem has been mounted.
3594 There are a number of things that can be used for 'token' (you can
3595 find them in the source: drivers/scsi/scsi.c), and this allows you
3596 to select the types of information you want, and the level allows
3597 you to select the level of verbosity.
3599 If you say N here, it may be harder to track down some types of SCSI
3600 problems. If you say Y here your kernel will be somewhat larger, but
3601 there should be no noticeable performance impact as long as you have
3604 AdvanSys SCSI support
3605 CONFIG_SCSI_ADVANSYS
3606 This is a driver for all SCSI host adapters manufactured by
3607 AdvanSys. It is documented in the kernel source in
3608 drivers/scsi/advansys.c.
3610 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3611 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3612 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
3613 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called advansys.o.
3615 Adaptec AHA152X/2825 support
3617 This is a driver for the AHA-1510, AHA-1520, AHA-1522, and AHA-2825
3618 SCSI host adapters. It also works for the AVA-1505, but the IRQ etc.
3619 must be manually specified in this case.
3621 It is explained in section 3.3 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
3622 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You
3623 might also want to read the comments at the top of
3624 drivers/scsi/aha152x.c.
3626 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3627 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3628 The module will be called aha152x.o. If you want to compile it as a
3629 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3631 Adaptec AHA1542 support
3633 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
3634 3.4 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3635 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that Trantor was
3636 recently purchased by Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are
3637 being sold under the Adaptec name. If it doesn't work out of the
3638 box, you may have to change some settings in drivers/scsi/aha1542.h.
3640 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3641 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3642 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3645 Adaptec AHA1740 support
3647 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
3648 3.5 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3649 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
3650 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
3651 drivers/scsi/aha1740.h.
3653 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3654 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3655 The module will be called aha1740.o. If you want to compile it as a
3656 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3658 Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI controller support
3660 This is support for the various aic7xxx based Adaptec SCSI
3661 controllers. These include the 274x EISA cards; 284x VLB cards;
3662 2902, 2910, 293x, 294x, 394x, 3985 and several other PCI and
3663 motherboard based SCSI controllers from Adaptec. It does not support
3664 the AAA-13x RAID controllers from Adaptec, nor will it likely ever
3665 support them. It does not support the 2920 cards from Adaptec that
3666 use the Future Domain SCSI controller chip. For those cards, you
3667 need the "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" driver.
3669 In general, if the controller is based on an Adaptec SCSI controller
3670 chip from the aic777x series or the aic78xx series, this driver
3671 should work. The only exception is the 7810 which is specifically
3672 not supported (that's the RAID controller chip on the AAA-13x
3675 Note that the AHA2920 SCSI host adapter is *not* supported by this
3676 driver; choose "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" instead if you have
3679 Information on the configuration options for this controller can be
3680 found by checking the help file for each of the available
3681 configuration options. You should read drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx
3682 at a minimum before contacting the maintainer with any questions.
3683 The SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3684 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO can also be of great
3687 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3688 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3689 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3692 Override driver defaults for commands per LUN
3693 CONFIG_OVERRIDE_CMDS
3694 Say Y here if you want to override the default maximum number of
3695 commands that a single device on the aic7xxx controller is allowed
3696 to have active at one time. This option only affects tagged queueing
3697 capable devices. The driver uses a value of 24 by default.
3698 If you say Y here, you can adjust the number of commands per LUN
3699 with the following configuration option.
3703 Maximum number of commands per LUN
3704 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_CMDS_PER_LUN
3705 Specify the maximum number of commands you would like to allocate
3706 per LUN (a LUN is a Logical Unit Number -- some physical SCSI
3707 devices, e.g. CD jukeboxes, act logically as several separate units,
3708 each of which gets its own number).
3710 Reasonable figures are in the range of 14 to 32 commands per device,
3711 but depending on hardware could be increased or decreased from that
3712 figure. If the number is too high for any particular device, the
3713 driver will automatically compensate usually after only 10 minutes
3714 of uptime and will issue a message to alert you to the fact that the
3715 number of commands for that device has been reduced. It will not
3716 hinder performance if some of your devices eventually have their
3717 commands per LUN reduced, but is a waste of memory if all of your
3718 devices end up reducing this number down to a more reasonable
3721 Collect statistics to report in /proc
3722 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_PROC_STATS
3723 This option tells the driver to keep track of how many commands have
3724 been sent to each particular device and report that information to
3725 the user via the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/n file, where n is the number of
3726 the aic7xxx controller you want the information on. This adds a
3727 small amount of overhead to each and every SCSI command the aic7xxx
3728 driver handles, so if you aren't really interested in this
3729 information, it is best to leave it disabled. This will only work if
3730 you also say Y to "/proc filesystem support", below.
3734 Delay in seconds after SCSI bus reset
3735 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY
3736 This sets how long the driver will wait after resetting the SCSI bus
3737 before attempting to communicate with the devices on the SCSI bus
3738 again. This delay will be used during the reset phase at bootup time
3739 as well as after any reset that might occur during normal operation.
3740 Reasonable numbers range anywhere from 5 to 15 seconds depending on
3741 your devices. DAT tape drives are notorious for needing more time
3742 after a bus reset to be ready for the next command, but most hard
3743 drives and CD-ROM devices are ready in only a few seconds. This
3744 option has a maximum upper limit of 20 seconds to avoid bad
3745 interactions between the aic7xxx driver and the rest of the linux
3746 kernel. The default value has been reduced to 5 seconds. If this
3747 doesn't work with your hardware, try increasing this value.
3749 BusLogic SCSI support
3750 CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC
3751 This is support for BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host
3752 Adapters. Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available via anonymous FTP from
3753 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, and the files
3754 README.BusLogic and README.FlashPoint in drivers/scsi for more
3755 information. If this driver does not work correctly without
3756 modification, please contact the author, Leonard N. Zubkoff, by
3757 email to lnz@dandelion.com.
3759 You can also build this driver as a module ( = code which can be
3760 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3761 but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it
3762 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The
3763 module will be called BusLogic.o.
3765 Omit BusLogic SCSI FlashPoint support
3766 CONFIG_SCSI_OMIT_FLASHPOINT
3767 This option allows you to omit the FlashPoint support from the
3768 BusLogic SCSI driver. The FlashPoint SCCB Manager code is
3769 substantial, so users of MultiMaster Host Adapters may wish to omit
3772 DTC3180/3280 SCSI support
3774 This is support for DTC 3180/3280 SCSI Host Adapters. Please read
3775 the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3776 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and the file
3777 drivers/scsi/README.dtc3x80.
3779 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3780 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3781 The module will be called dtc.o. If you want to compile it as a
3782 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3784 EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, Alphatronix) support
3785 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_DMA
3786 This is support for the EATA-DMA protocol compliant SCSI Host
3787 Adapters like the SmartCache III/IV, SmartRAID controller families
3788 and the DPT PM2011B and PM2012B controllers.
3790 Note that this driver is obsolete; if you have one of the above SCSI
3791 Host Adapters, you should normally say N here and Y to "EATA
3792 ISA/EISA/PCI support", below. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available
3793 via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3794 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3796 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3797 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3798 The module will be called eata_dma.o. If you want to compile it as a
3799 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3801 EATA-PIO (old DPT PM2001, PM2012A) support
3802 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_PIO
3803 This driver supports all EATA-PIO protocol compliant SCSI Host
3804 Adapters like the DPT PM2001 and the PM2012A. EATA-DMA compliant
3805 host adapters could also use this driver but are discouraged from
3806 doing so, since this driver only supports hard disks and lacks
3807 numerous features. You might want to have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO,
3808 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3809 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3811 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
3812 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
3813 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
3816 UltraStor 14F/34F support
3818 This is support for the UltraStor 14F and 34F SCSI-2 host adapters.
3819 The source at drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c contains some information about
3820 this hardware. If the driver doesn't work out of the box, you may
3821 have to change some settings in drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c. Read the
3822 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
3823 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that there is also
3824 another driver for the same hardware: "UltraStor SCSI support",
3825 below. You should say Y to both only if you want 24F support as
3828 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3829 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3830 The module will be called u14-34f.o. If you want to compile it as a
3831 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3833 enable elevator sorting
3834 CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_LINKED_COMMANDS
3835 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
3836 CDROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
3837 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
3838 performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
3840 The safe answer is N.
3842 maximum number of queued commands
3843 CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_MAX_TAGS
3844 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
3845 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 8
3846 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
3847 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 14. This value is also the window size
3848 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
3849 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
3851 Future Domain 16xx SCSI/AHA-2920A support
3852 CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN
3853 This is support for Future Domain's 16-bit SCSI host adapters
3854 (TMC-1660/1680, TMC-1650/1670, TMC-3260, TMC-1610M/MER/MEX) and
3855 other adapters based on the Future Domain chipsets (Quantum
3856 ISA-200S, ISA-250MG; Adaptec AHA-2920A; and at least one IBM board).
3857 It is explained in section 3.7 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
3858 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
3860 NOTE: Newer Adaptec AHA-2920C boards use the Adaptec AIC-7850 chip
3861 and should use the aic7xxx driver ("Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI
3862 controller support"). This Future Domain driver works with the older
3863 Adaptec AHA-2920A boards with a Future Domain chip on them.
3865 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3866 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3867 The module will be called fdomain.o. If you want to compile it as a
3868 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3870 Future Domain MCS-600/700 SCSI support
3872 This is support for Future Domain MCS 600/700 MCA SCSI adapters. Some
3873 PS/2 computers are equipped with IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A which is
3874 identical to the MCS 700 and hence also supported by this driver.
3875 This driver also supports the Reply SB16/SCSI card (the SCSI part).
3876 It supports multiple adapters in the same system.
3878 Generic NCR5380/53c400 SCSI support
3879 CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR5380
3880 This is the generic NCR family of SCSI controllers, not to be
3881 confused with the NCR 53c7 or 8xx controllers. It is explained in
3882 section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
3883 at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work
3884 out of the box, you may have to change some settings in
3885 drivers/scsi/g_NCR5380.h.
3887 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3888 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3889 The module will be called g_NCR5380.o. If you want to compile it as
3890 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3892 Enable NCR53c400 extensions
3893 CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR53C400
3894 This enables certain optimizations for the NCR53c400 SCSI cards. You
3895 might as well try it out. Note that this driver will only probe for
3896 the Trantor T130B in its default configuration; you might have to
3897 pass a command line option to the kernel at boot time if it doesn't
3898 detect your card. See the file drivers/scsi/README.g_NCR5380 for
3901 NCR5380/53c400 mapping method (use Port for T130B)
3902 CONFIG_SCSI_G_NCR5380_PORT
3903 The NCR5380 and NCR53c400 SCSI controllers come in two varieties:
3904 port or memory mapped. You should know what you have. The most
3905 common card, Trantor T130B, uses port mapped mode.
3907 NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support
3908 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx
3909 This is a driver for the 53c7 and 8xx NCR family of SCSI
3910 controllers, not to be confused with the NCR 5380 controllers. It is
3911 explained in section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
3912 anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it
3913 doesn't work out of the box, you may have to change some settings in
3914 drivers/scsi/53c7,8xx.h. Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c7xx
3915 for the available boot time command line options.
3917 Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers
3918 ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" below). If you want to use them both, you
3919 need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one may be
3920 active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's better to use the
3923 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
3924 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
3925 The module will be called 53c7,8xx.o. If you want to compile it as a
3926 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
3928 always negotiate synchronous transfers
3929 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_sync
3930 In general, this is good; however, it is a bit dangerous since there
3931 are some broken SCSI devices out there. Take your chances. Safe bet
3934 allow FAST-SCSI [10MHz]
3935 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_FAST
3936 This will enable 10MHz FAST-SCSI transfers with your host
3937 adapter. Some systems have problems with that speed, so it's safest
3941 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_DISCONNECT
3942 This enables the disconnect/reconnect feature of the NCR SCSI
3943 controller. When you say Y here, a slow SCSI device will not lock
3944 the SCSI bus while processing a request, allowing simultaneous use
3945 of e.g. a SCSI hard disk and SCSI tape or CD-ROM drive, and
3946 providing much better performance when using slow and fast SCSI
3947 devices at the same time. Some devices, however, do not operate
3948 properly with this option enabled, and will cause your SCSI system
3949 to hang, which might cause a system crash. The safe answer
3950 therefore is to say N.
3952 NCR53C8XX SCSI support
3953 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX
3954 This is the BSD ncr driver adapted to Linux for the NCR53C8XX family
3955 of PCI-SCSI controllers. This driver supports parity checking,
3956 tagged command queuing and fast synchronous data transfers up to 80
3957 MB/s with wide FAST-40 LVD devices and controllers.
3959 The NCR53C860 and NCR53C875 support FAST-20 transfers. The NCR53C895
3960 supports FAST-40 transfers with Ultra2 LVD devices.
3962 Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers
3963 ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support" above). If you want to use them both,
3964 you need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one
3965 may be active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's best to
3968 Please read drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx for more information.
3970 synchronous data transfers frequency
3971 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC
3972 The SCSI Parallel Interface-2 Standard defines 4 classes of transfer
3973 rates: FAST-5, FAST-10, FAST-20 and FAST-40. The numbers are
3974 respectively the maximum data transfer rates in mega-transfers per
3975 second for each class. For example, a FAST-20 Wide 16 device is able
3976 to transfer data at 20 million 16 bit packets per second for a total
3979 You may specify 0 if you want to only use asynchronous data
3980 transfers. This is the safest and slowest option. Otherwise, specify
3981 a value between 5 and 40, depending on the capability of your SCSI
3982 controller. The higher the number, the faster the data transfer.
3983 Note that 40 should normally be ok since the driver decreases the
3984 value automatically according to the controller's capabilities.
3986 Your answer to this question is ignored for controllers with NVRAM,
3987 since the driver will get this information from the user set-up. It
3988 also can be overridden using a boot setup option, as follows
3989 (example): 'ncr53c8xx=sync:12' will allow the driver to negotiate
3990 for FAST-20 synchronous data transfer (20 mega-transfers per
3993 The normal answer therefore is not to go with the default but to
3994 select the maximum value 40 allowing the driver to use the maximum
3995 value supported by each controller. If this causes problems with
3996 your SCSI devices, you should come back and decrease the value.
3998 There is no safe option other than using good cabling, right
3999 terminations and SCSI conformant devices.
4002 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED
4003 If you say Y here, the driver will use normal IO, as opposed to
4004 memory mapped IO. Memory mapped IO has less latency than normal IO
4005 and works for most Intel-based hardware. Under Linux/Alpha only
4006 normal IO is currently supported by the driver and so, this option
4007 has no effect on those systems.
4009 The normal answer therefore is N; try Y only if you encounter SCSI
4012 not allow targets to disconnect
4013 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT
4014 This option is only provided for safety if you suspect some SCSI
4015 device of yours to not support properly the target-disconnect
4016 feature. In that case, you would say Y here. In general however, to
4017 not allow targets to disconnect is not reasonable if there is more
4018 than 1 device on a SCSI bus. The normal answer therefore is N.
4020 default tagged command queue depth
4021 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS
4022 "Tagged command queuing" is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves
4023 performance: the host adapter can send several SCSI commands to a
4024 device's queue even if previous commands haven't finished yet. Some
4025 SCSI devices don't implement this properly; if you want to disable
4026 this feature, enter 0 or 1 here (it doesn't matter which).
4028 The default value is 8 and should be supported by most hard disks.
4029 This value can be overridden from the boot command line using the
4030 'tags' option as follows (example):
4031 'ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q16/t0u2q10' will set default queue depth to
4032 4, set queue depth to 16 for target 2 and target 3 on controller 0
4033 and set queue depth to 10 for target 0 / lun 2 on controller 1.
4035 The normal answer therefore is to go with the default 8 and to use
4036 a boot command line option for devices that need to use a different
4037 command queue depth.
4039 There is no safe option other than using good SCSI devices.
4041 maximum number of queued commands
4042 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS
4043 This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands
4044 that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is
4045 possible. The default value is 32. Minimum is 2, maximum is 64.
4046 Modern hard disks are able to support 64 tags and even more, but
4047 do not seem to be faster when more than 32 tags are being used.
4049 So, the normal answer here is to go with the default value 32 unless
4050 you are using very large hard disks with large cache (>= 1 MB) that
4051 are able to take advantage of more than 32 tagged commands.
4053 There is no safe option and the default answer is recommended.
4055 assume boards are SYMBIOS compatible
4056 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT
4057 This option allows you to enable some features depending on GPIO
4058 wiring. These General Purpose Input/Output pins can be used for
4059 vendor specific features or implementation of the standard SYMBIOS
4060 features. Genuine SYMBIOS controllers use GPIO0 in output for
4061 controller LED and GPIO3 bit as a flag indicating
4062 singled-ended/differential interface. The Tekram DC-390U/F boards
4063 uses a different GPIO wiring.
4065 Your answer to this question is ignored if all your controllers have
4066 NVRAM, since the driver is able to detect the board type from the
4069 If all the controllers in your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or
4070 use BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to say Y here,
4071 otherwise N. N is the safe answer.
4073 enable profiling statistics gathering
4074 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE
4075 This option allows you to enable profiling information gathering.
4076 These statistics are not very accurate due to the low frequency
4077 of the kernel clock (100 Hz on i386) and have performance impact
4078 on systems that use very fast devices.
4080 The normal answer therefore is N.
4084 This is support for the IBM SCSI adapter found in many of the PS/2
4085 series computers. These machines have an MCA bus, so you need to
4086 answer Y to "MCA support" as well and read Documentation/mca.txt.
4088 If the adapter isn't found during boot (a common problem for models
4089 56, 57, 76, and 77) you'll need to use the 'ibmmcascsi=<pun>' kernel
4090 option, where <pun> is the id of the SCSI subsystem (usually 7, but
4091 if that doesn't work check your reference diskette). Owners of model
4092 95 with a LED-matrix-display can in addition activate some activity
4093 info like under OS/2, but more informative, by setting
4094 'ibmmcascsi=display' as an additional kernel parameter. Try "man
4095 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to
4096 pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also explained in
4097 the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
4098 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4100 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4101 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4102 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4106 CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD
4107 In the PC-world and in most modern SCSI-BIOS-setups, SCSI-hard disks
4108 are assigned to the drive letters, starting with the lowest SCSI-id
4109 (physical number -- pun) to be drive C:, as seen from DOS and
4110 similar operating systems. When looking into papers describing the
4111 ANSI-SCSI-standard, this assignment of drives appears to be wrong.
4112 The SCSI-standard follows a hardware-hierarchy which says that id 7
4113 has the highest priority and id 0 the lowest. Therefore, the host
4114 adapters are still today everywhere placed as SCSI-id 7 by default.
4115 In the SCSI-standard, the drive letters express the priority of the
4116 disk. C: should be the hard disk, or a partition on it, with the
4117 highest priority. This must therefore be the disk with the highest
4118 SCSI-id (e.g. 6) and not the one with the lowest! IBM-BIOS kept the
4119 original definition of the SCSI-standard as also industrial- and
4120 process-control-machines, like VME-CPUs running under realtime-OSs
4121 (e.g. LynxOS, OS9) do.
4123 If you like to run Linux on your MCA-machine with the same
4124 assignment of hard disks as seen from e.g. DOS or OS/2 on your
4125 machine, which is in addition conformant to the SCSI-standard, you
4126 must say Y here. This is also necessary for MCA-Linux users who want
4127 to keep downward compatibility to older releases of the
4128 IBM-MCA-SCSI-driver (older than driver-release 2.00 and older than
4131 If you like to have the lowest SCSI-id assigned as drive C:, as
4132 modern SCSI-BIOSes do, which does not conform to the standard, but
4133 is widespread and common in the PC-world of today, you must say N
4134 here. If unsure, say Y.
4136 Reset SCSI-devices at boot time
4137 CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET
4138 By default, SCSI-devices are reset when the machine is powered on.
4139 However, some devices exist, like special-control-devices,
4140 SCSI-CNC-machines, SCSI-printer or scanners of older type, that do
4141 not reset when switched on. If you say Y here, each device connected
4142 to your SCSI-bus will be issued a reset-command after it has been
4143 probed, while the kernel is booting. This may cause problems with
4144 more modern devices, like hard disks, which do not appreciate these
4145 reset commands, and can cause your system to hang. So say Y only if
4146 you know that one of your older devices needs it; N is the safe
4149 NCR 53C9x MCA support
4150 CONFIG_SCSI_MCA_53C9X
4151 Some Microchannel machines, notably the NCR 35xx line, use a SCSI
4152 controller based on the NCR 53C94. This driver will allow use of
4153 the controller on the 3550, and very possibly others.
4155 If you want to compile this as a module (= code which can be
4156 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say
4157 M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
4160 Always IN2000 SCSI support
4162 This is support for an ISA bus SCSI host adapter. You'll find more
4163 information in drivers/scsi/in2000.readme. If it doesn't work out of
4164 the box, you may have to change the jumpers for IRQ or address
4167 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4168 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4169 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4172 Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support
4174 This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter.
4175 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4176 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4178 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4179 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4180 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4183 Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support
4185 This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter.
4186 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4187 ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4189 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4190 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4191 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4196 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4197 3.10 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4198 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4199 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4200 drivers/scsi/pas16.h.
4202 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4203 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4204 The module will be called pas16.o. If you want to compile it as a
4205 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4207 Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI support
4209 This is support for the Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI host adapter.
4210 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4211 ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4213 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4214 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4215 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4220 This is support for the PCI2000I EIDE interface card which acts as a
4221 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
4222 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4224 This driver is also available as a module called pci2000.o ( = code
4225 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4226 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4227 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4230 CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2220I
4231 This is support for the PCI2220i EIDE interface card which acts as a
4232 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
4233 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4235 This driver is also available as a module called pci2220i.o ( = code
4236 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4237 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4238 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4242 This is support for the PSI240i EIDE interface card which acts as a
4243 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP
4244 (user: anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4246 This driver is also available as a module called psi240i.o ( = code
4247 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
4248 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
4249 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4251 Qlogic FAS SCSI support
4252 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FAS
4253 This is a driver for the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic
4254 FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip
4255 (including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards).
4257 This driver does NOT support the PCI versions of these cards. The
4258 PCI versions are supported by the Qlogic ISP driver ("Qlogic ISP
4259 SCSI support"), below.
4261 Information about this driver is contained in
4262 drivers/scsi/README.qlogicfas. You should also read the SCSI-HOWTO,
4263 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4264 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4266 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4267 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4268 The module will be called qlogicfas.o. If you want to compile it as
4269 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4271 Qlogic ISP SCSI support (EXPERIMENTAL)
4272 CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_ISP
4273 This driver works for all QLogic PCI SCSI host adapters (IQ-PCI,
4274 IQ-PCI-10, IQ_PCI-D) except for the PCI-basic card. (This latter
4275 card is supported by the "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI" driver).
4277 If you say Y here, make sure to say Y to choose "BIOS" at the
4278 question "PCI access mode".
4280 Please read the file drivers/scsi/README.qlogicisp. You should also
4281 read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4282 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4284 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4285 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4286 The module will be called qlogicisp.o. If you want to compile it as
4287 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4289 Seagate ST-02 and Future Domain TMC-8xx SCSI support
4291 These are 8-bit SCSI controllers; the ST-01 is also supported by
4292 this driver. It is explained in section 3.9 of the SCSI-HOWTO,
4293 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4294 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4295 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4296 drivers/scsi/seagate.h.
4298 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4299 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4300 The module will be called seagate.o. If you want to compile it as a
4301 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4303 Trantor T128/T128F/T228 SCSI support
4305 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section
4306 3.11 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4307 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4308 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4309 drivers/scsi/t128.h. Note that Trantor was purchased by Adaptec, and
4310 some former Trantor products are being sold under the Adaptec name.
4312 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4313 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4314 The module will be called t128.o. If you want to compile it as a
4315 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4317 UltraStor SCSI support
4318 CONFIG_SCSI_ULTRASTOR
4319 This is support for the UltraStor 14F, 24F and 34F SCSI-2 host
4320 adapter family. This driver is explained in section 3.12 of the
4321 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4322 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If it doesn't work out
4323 of the box, you may have to change some settings in
4324 drivers/scsi/ultrastor.h.
4326 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware:
4327 "UltraStor 14F/34F support", above.
4329 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4330 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4331 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4334 7000FASST SCSI support
4335 CONFIG_SCSI_7000FASST
4336 This driver supports the Western Digital 7000 SCSI host adapter
4337 family. Some information is in the source: drivers/scsi/wd7000.c.
4339 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4340 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
4341 want). The module will be called wd7000.o. If you want to compile it
4342 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4346 This driver supports the ACARD 870U/W SCSI host adapter.
4348 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4349 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4350 The module will be called atp870u.o. If you want to compile it as a
4351 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
4353 EATA ISA/EISA/PCI (DPT and generic EATA/DMA-compliant boards) support
4355 This driver supports all EATA/DMA-compliant SCSI host adapters. DPT
4356 ISA and all EISA i/o addresses are probed looking for the "EATA"
4357 signature. If you chose "BIOS" at the question "PCI access mode",
4358 the addresses of all the PCI SCSI controllers reported by the PCI
4359 subsystem are probed as well.
4361 You want to read the start of drivers/scsi/eata.c and the
4362 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4363 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4365 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware
4366 available: "EATA-DMA support". You should say Y to only one of them.
4368 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4369 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4370 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4373 enable tagged command queuing
4374 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_TAGGED_QUEUE
4375 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
4376 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
4377 previous commands haven't finished yet. Most EATA adapters negotiate
4378 this feature automatically with the device, even if your answer is
4379 N. The safe answer is N.
4381 enable elevator sorting
4382 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_LINKED_COMMANDS
4383 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and
4384 CDROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing
4385 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable
4386 performance improvement: your mileage may vary...
4387 The safe answer is N.
4389 maximum number of queued commands
4390 CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_MAX_TAGS
4391 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for
4392 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 16
4393 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support.
4394 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 62. This value is also the window size
4395 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used
4396 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time.
4398 NCR53c406a SCSI support
4399 CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C406A
4400 This is support for the NCR53c406a SCSI host adapter. For user
4401 configurable parameters, check out drivers/scsi/NCR53c406.c in the
4402 kernel source. Also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
4403 anonymous) at ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4405 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4406 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4407 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4410 Symbios Logic sym53c416 support
4411 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C416
4412 This is support for the sym53c416 SCSI host adapter. This is the
4413 SCSI adapter that comes with some hp scanners. This driver requires that
4414 the sym53c416 is configured first using some sort of pnp configuration
4415 program (e.g. isapnp) or by a PnP aware BIOS. If you are using isapnp then
4416 you need to compile it as a module and then load it using insmod after
4417 isapnp has run. The parameters of the configured card(s) should be passed
4418 to the driver. The format is:
4420 insmod sym53c416 sym53c416=<base>,<irq> [sym53c416_1=<base>,<irq>]
4422 There is support for up to four adapters. If you want to compile this
4423 driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from
4424 the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
4425 Documentation/modules.txt.
4427 Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support
4429 This driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Am53C974A
4430 chip, e.g. Tekram DC390(T), DawiControl 2974 and some onboard
4431 PCscsi/PCnet (Am53/79C974) solutions.
4433 Documentation can be found in linux/drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim.
4435 Note that this driver does NOT support Tekram DC390W/U/F, which are
4436 based on NCR/Symbios chips. Use "NCR53C8XX SCSI support" for those.
4437 Also note that there is another generic Am53C974 driver,
4438 "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support" below. You can pick either one.
4440 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4441 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4442 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4445 Omit support for other Am53/79C974 based SCSI adapters
4446 CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T_NOGENSUPP
4447 If you say N here, the DC390(T) SCSI driver relies on the DC390
4448 EEPROM to get initial values for its settings, such as speed,
4449 termination, etc. If it can't find this EEPROM, it will use defaults
4450 or the user supplied boot/module parameters. For details on driver
4451 configuration see linux/drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim.
4453 If you say Y here and if no EEPROM is found, the driver gives up and
4454 thus only supports Tekram DC390(T) adapters. This can be useful if
4455 you have a DC390(T) and another Am53C974 based adapter, which, for
4456 some reason, you want to drive with the other AM53C974 driver.
4460 AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support
4461 CONFIG_SCSI_AM53C974
4462 This is support for the AM53/79C974 SCSI host adapters. Please read
4463 drivers/scsi/README.AM53C974 for details. Also, the SCSI-HOWTO,
4464 available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
4465 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, is for you.
4467 Note that there is another driver for AM53C974 based adapters:
4468 "Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support", above. You
4469 can pick either one.
4471 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4472 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4473 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4476 AMI MegaRAID support
4477 CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID
4478 This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 428 and 438 (and maybe 466)
4481 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4482 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4483 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4486 GDT SCSI Disk Array Controller support
4488 This is a driver for all SCSI Disk Array Controllers (EISA/ISA/PCI)
4489 manufactured by ICP vortex. It is documented in the kernel source in
4490 drivers/scsi/gdth.c and drivers/scsi/gdth.h.
4492 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4493 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4494 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
4495 Documentation/modules.txt.
4497 IOMEGA parallel port (ppa - older drives)
4499 This driver supports older versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
4500 drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
4502 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
4503 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
4504 generic "SCSI disk support", above.
4506 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
4507 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
4508 then you should say N here and Y to "IOMEGA parallel port (imm -
4509 newer drives)", below.
4511 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
4512 read the file drivers/scsi/README.ppa. You should also read the
4513 SCSI-HOWTO, which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
4514 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If you use this driver,
4515 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
4516 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
4519 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
4520 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile
4521 this driver as a module, say M here and read
4522 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called ppa.o.
4524 IOMEGA parallel port (imm - newer drives)
4526 This driver supports newer versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP
4527 drive (a 100 MB removable media device).
4529 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP
4530 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the
4531 generic "SCSI disk support", above.
4533 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP
4534 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect")
4535 then you should say Y here; if you have an older ZIP drive, say N
4536 here and Y to "IOMEGA Parallel Port (ppa - older drives)", above.
4538 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should
4539 read the file drivers/scsi/README.ppa. You should also read the
4540 SCSI-HOWTO, which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
4541 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If you use this driver,
4542 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks,
4543 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the
4546 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in
4547 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile
4548 this driver as a module, say M here and read
4549 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called imm.o.
4551 Force the Iomega ZIP drivers to use EPP-16
4552 CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_EPP16
4553 EPP (Enhanced Parallel Port) is a standard for parallel ports which
4554 allows them to act as expansion buses that can handle up to 64
4557 Some parallel port chipsets are slower than their motherboard, and
4558 so we have to control the state of the chipset's FIFO queue every
4559 now and then to avoid data loss. This will be done if you say Y
4562 Generally, saying Y is the safe option and slows things down a bit.
4564 Assume slow parallel port control register
4565 CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_SLOW_CTR
4566 Some parallel ports are known to have excessive delays between
4567 changing the parallel port control register and good data being
4568 available on the parallel port data/status register. This option
4569 forces a small delay (1.0 usec to be exact) after changing the
4570 control register to let things settle out. Enabling this option may
4571 result in a big drop in performance but some very old parallel ports
4572 (found in 386 vintage machines) will not work properly.
4574 Generally, saying N is fine.
4576 SCSI Debug host simulator.
4578 This is a host adapter simulator that can be programmed to simulate
4579 a large number of conditions that could occur on a real bus. The
4580 advantage is that many hard to reproduce problems can be tested in a
4581 controlled environment where there is reduced risk of losing
4582 important data. This is primarily of use to people trying to debug
4583 the middle and upper layers of the SCSI subsystem. If unsure, say N.
4585 Fibre Channel support
4587 This is an experimental support for storage arrays connected to
4588 the system using Fibre Optic and the "X3.269-199X Fibre Channel
4589 Protocol for SCSI" specification. You'll also need the generic SCSI
4590 support, as well as the drivers for the storage array itself and
4591 for the interface adapter such as SOC. This subsystem could even
4592 serve for IP networking, with some code extensions.
4598 Serial Optical Channel is an interface card with one or two Fibre
4599 Optic ports, each of which can be connected to a disk array. Only
4600 the SBus incarnation of the adapter is supported at the moment.
4602 SparcSTORAGE Array 100 and 200 series
4604 If you never bought a disk array made by Sun, go with N.
4607 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_3
4608 This enables support for the Acorn SCSI card (aka30). If you have an
4609 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
4611 Acorn SCSI tagged queue support
4612 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_TAGGED_QUEUE
4613 Say Y here to enable tagged queuing support on the Acorn SCSI card.
4615 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host
4616 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if
4617 previous commands haven't finished yet. Some SCSI devices don't
4618 implement this properly, so the safe answer is N.
4620 Acorn SCSI Synchronous transfers support
4621 CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_SYNC
4622 Say Y here to enable synchronous transfer negotiation with all
4623 targets on the Acorn SCSI card.
4625 In general, this improves performance; however some SCSI devices
4626 don't implement it properly, so the safe answer is N.
4630 This enables support for the Oak SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
4631 system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
4633 Cumana SCSI I support
4634 CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_1
4635 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI I card. If you have an
4636 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
4638 Cumana SCSI II support
4639 CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_2
4640 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI II card. If you have an
4641 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
4645 This enables support for the EcoSCSI card -- a small card that sits
4646 in the Econet socket. If you have an Acorn system with one of these,
4647 say Y. If unsure, say N.
4650 CONFIG_SCSI_EESOXSCSI
4651 This enables support for the EESOX SCSI card. If you have an Acorn
4652 system with one of these, say Y, otherwise say N.
4654 Powertec SCSI support
4655 CONFIG_SCSI_POWERTECSCSI
4656 This enables support for the Powertec SCSI card on Acorn systems. If
4657 you have one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N.
4659 Network device support?
4661 You can say N here if you don't intend to connect your Linux box to
4662 any other computer at all or if all your connections will be over a
4663 telephone line with a modem either via UUCP (UUCP is a protocol to
4664 forward mail and news between unix hosts over telephone lines; read
4665 the UUCP-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
4666 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO) or dialing up a shell
4667 account or a BBS, even using term (term is a program which gives you
4668 almost full Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up
4669 shell account on some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
4670 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html (to browse
4671 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
4672 has a program like lynx or netscape)).
4674 You'll have to say Y if your computer contains a network card that
4675 you want to use under Linux (make sure you know its name because you
4676 will be asked for it and read the Ethernet-HOWTO (especially if you
4677 plan to use more than one network card under Linux), available from
4678 ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini) or if you want to
4679 use SLIP (Serial Line Internet Protocol is the protocol used to send
4680 Internet traffic over telephone lines or null modem cables) or CSLIP
4681 (compressed SLIP) or PPP (Point to Point Protocol, a better and
4682 newer replacement for SLIP) or PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol
4683 is mainly used to create a mini network by connecting the parallel
4684 ports of two local machines) or AX.25/KISS (protocol for sending
4685 Internet traffic over amateur radio links).
4687 Make sure to read the NET-3-HOWTO. Eventually, you will have to read
4688 Olaf Kirch's excellent and free book "Network Administrator's
4689 Guide", to be found in ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/LDP. If
4692 Dummy net driver support
4694 This is essentially a bit-bucket device (i.e. traffic you send to
4695 this device is consigned into oblivion) with a configurable IP
4696 address. It is most commonly used in order to make your currently
4697 inactive SLIP address seem like a real address for local programs.
4698 If you use SLIP or PPP, you might want to say Y here. Read about it
4699 in the Network Administrator's Guide, available via FTP (user:
4700 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP. Since this
4701 thing often comes in handy, the default is Y. It won't enlarge your
4702 kernel either. What a deal.
4704 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4705 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4706 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4707 called dummy.o. If you want to use more than one dummy device at a
4708 time, you need to compile this driver as a module. Instead of
4709 'dummy', the devices will then be called 'dummy0', 'dummy1' etc.
4711 SLIP (serial line) support
4713 Say Y if you intend to use SLIP or CSLIP (compressed SLIP) to
4714 connect to your Internet service provider or to connect to some
4715 other local Unix box or if you want to configure your Linux box as a
4716 Slip/CSlip server for other people to dial in. SLIP (Serial Line
4717 Internet Protocol) is a protocol used to send Internet traffic over
4718 serial connections such as telephone lines or null modem cables;
4719 nowadays, the protocol PPP is more commonly used for this same
4722 Normally, your access provider has to support SLIP in order for you
4723 to be able to use it, but there is now a SLIP emulator called SLiRP
4724 around (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
4725 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/ ) which
4726 allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection. If
4727 you plan to use SLiRP, make sure to say Y to CSLIP, below. The
4728 NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
4729 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, explains how to
4730 configure SLIP. Note that you don't need this option if you just
4731 want to run term (term is a program which gives you almost full
4732 Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on
4733 some Internet connected Unix computer. Read
4734 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html (to browse
4735 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
4736 has a program like lynx or netscape)). SLIP support will enlarge
4737 your kernel by about 4 KB. If unsure, say N.
4739 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4740 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4741 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
4742 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
4745 CSLIP compressed headers
4746 CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED
4747 This protocol is faster than SLIP because it uses compression on the
4748 TCP/IP headers (not on the data itself), but it has to be supported
4749 on both ends. Ask your access provider if you are not sure and
4750 answer Y, just in case. You will still be able to use plain SLIP. If
4751 you plan to use SLiRP, the SLIP emulator (available via FTP (user:
4753 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/) which allows
4754 you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection, you
4755 definitely want to say Y here. The NET-3-HOWTO, available via FTP
4756 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO,
4757 explains how to configure CSLIP. This won't enlarge your kernel.
4759 Keepalive and linefill
4761 Adds additional capabilities to the SLIP driver to support the
4762 RELCOM line fill and keepalive monitoring. Ideal on poor quality
4765 Six bit SLIP encapsulation
4766 CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6
4767 Just occasionally you may need to run IP over hostile serial
4768 networks that don't pass all control characters or are only seven
4769 bit. Saying Y here adds an extra mode you can use with SLIP:
4770 "slip6". In this mode, SLIP will only send normal ASCII symbols over
4771 the serial device. Naturally, this has to be supported at the other
4772 end of the link as well. It's good enough, for example, to run IP
4773 over the async ports of a Camtec JNT Pad. If unsure, say N.
4775 PPP (point-to-point) support
4777 PPP (Point to Point Protocol) is a newer and better SLIP. It serves
4778 the same purpose: sending Internet traffic over telephone (and other
4779 serial) lines. Ask your access provider if they support it, because
4780 otherwise you can't use it (not quite true any more: the free
4781 program SLiRP can emulate a PPP line if you just have a regular dial
4782 up shell account on some UNIX computer; get it via FTP (user:
4784 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/). Note that
4785 you don't need "PPP support" if you just want to run term (term is a
4786 program which gives you almost full Internet connectivity if you
4787 have a regular dial up shell account on some Internet connected UNIX
4789 http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html (to browse
4790 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
4791 has a program like lynx or netscape)).
4793 To use PPP, you need an additional program called pppd as described
4794 in Documentation/networking/ppp.txt and in the PPP-HOWTO, available
4795 from ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If you upgrade
4796 from an older kernel, you might need to upgrade pppd as well. The
4797 PPP option enlarges your kernel by about 16 KB.
4799 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4800 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4801 If you said Y to "Version information on all symbols" above, then
4802 you cannot compile the PPP driver into the kernel; you can then only
4803 compile it as a module. The module will be called ppp.o. If you want
4804 to compile it as a module, say M here and read
4805 Documentation/modules.txt as well as
4806 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. Note that, no matter what
4807 you do, the BSD compression code (used to compress the IP packets
4808 sent over the serial line; has to be supported at the other end as
4809 well) will always be compiled as a module; it is called bsd_comp.o
4810 and will show up in the directory modules once you have said "make
4811 modules". If unsure, say N.
4813 Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
4815 Support for wireless LANs and everything having to do with radio,
4816 but not with amateur radio. Note that the answer to this question
4817 won't directly affect the kernel: saying N will just cause this
4818 configure script to skip all the questions about radio
4821 Some user-level drivers for scarab devices which don't require
4822 special kernel support are available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
4823 ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux.
4825 STRIP (Metricom Starmode radio IP)
4827 Say Y if you have a Metricom radio and intend to use Starmode Radio
4828 IP. STRIP is a radio protocol developed for the MosquitoNet project
4829 (On the WWW at http://mosquitonet.stanford.edu/; to browse the WWW,
4830 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
4831 program like lynx or netscape) to send Internet traffic using
4832 Metricom radios. Metricom radios are small, battery powered,
4833 100kbit/sec packet radio transceivers, about the size and weight of
4834 a cellular telephone. (You may also have heard them called
4835 "Metricom modems" but we avoid the term "modem" because it misleads
4836 many people into thinking that you can plug a Metricom modem into a
4837 phone line and use it as a modem.)
4839 You can use STRIP on any Linux machine with a serial port, although
4840 it is obviously most useful for people with laptop computers. If you
4841 think you might get a Metricom radio in the future, there is no harm
4842 in saying Y to STRIP now, except that it makes the kernel a bit
4845 You can also compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted
4846 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M
4847 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
4850 AT&T WaveLAN & DEC RoamAbout DS support
4852 The Lucent WaveLAN (formerly NCR and AT&T; or DEC RoamAbout DS) is
4853 a Radio LAN (wireless Ethernet-like Local Area Network) using the
4854 radio frequencies 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz.
4856 This driver support the ISA version of the WaveLAN card. A separate
4857 driver for the PCMCIA (PC-card) hardware is available in David
4858 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file Documentation/Changes for
4861 If you want to use an ISA WaveLAN card under Linux, say Y and read
4862 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
4863 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Some more specific
4864 information is contained in Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt and
4865 in the source code drivers/net/wavelan.p.h.
4867 You will also need the wireless tools package available from
4868 ftp://ftp.inka.de/pub/comp/Linux/networking/NetTools/contrib/.
4869 Please read the man pages contained therein.
4871 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4872 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4873 The module will be called wavelan.o. If you want to compile it as a
4874 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
4875 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
4877 LAPB over Ethernet driver
4879 This is a driver for a pseudo device (typically called /dev/lapb0)
4880 which allows you to open an LAPB point-to-point connection to some
4881 other computer on your Ethernet network. In order to do this, you
4882 need to say Y or M to the driver for your Ethernet card as well as
4883 to "LAPB Data Link Driver".
4885 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4886 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4887 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4888 called lapbether.o. If unsure, say N.
4892 This is a driver for sending and receiving X.25 frames over regular
4893 asynchronous serial lines such as telephone lines equipped with
4894 ordinary modems. Experts should note that this driver doesn't
4895 currently comply with the asynchronous HDLS framing protocols in
4896 CCITT recommendation X.25.
4898 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
4899 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4900 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
4901 called x25_asy.o. If unsure, say N.
4903 Shortwave radio modem driver
4905 This experimental driver is used by a package (to be released)
4906 that implements the shortwave radio protocols RTTY, Sitor (Amtor),
4907 Pactor 1 and GTOR using a standard PC sound card. If unsure,
4910 Shortwave radio modem driver support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards
4912 This option enables the hfmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and
4913 compatible cards. It requires a 16bit capable card, i.e.
4914 SB16 or better, or ESS1688 or newer.
4916 Shortwave radio modem driver support for WSS and Crystal cards
4918 This option enables the hfmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem
4919 compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either
4920 Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845) or Crystal Semiconductors
4921 (such as CS4248, CS423x).
4923 PLIP (parallel port) support
4925 PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol) is used to create a
4926 reasonably fast mini network consisting of two (or, rarely, more)
4927 local machines. A PLIP link from a Linux box is a popular means to
4928 install a Linux distribution on a machine which doesn't have a CDROM
4929 drive (a minimal system has to be transferred with floppies first).
4930 The kernels on both machines need to have this PLIP option enabled
4933 The PLIP driver has two modes, mode 0 and mode 1. The parallel ports
4934 (the connectors at the computers with 25 holes) are connected with
4935 "null printer" or "Turbo Laplink" cables which can transmit 4 bits
4936 at a time (mode 0) or with special PLIP cables, to be used on
4937 bidirectional parallel ports only, which can transmit 8 bits at a
4938 time (mode 1); you can find the wiring of these cables in
4939 Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt. The cables can be up to 15m long.
4940 Mode 0 works also if one of the machines runs DOS/Windows and has
4941 some PLIP software installed, e.g. the Crynwr PLIP packet driver
4942 (http://oak.oakland.edu/simtel.net/msdos/pktdrvr-pre.html; to browse
4943 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
4944 has a program like lynx or netscape) and winsock or NCSA's telnet.
4946 If you want to use PLIP, say Y and read the PLIP mini-HOWTO,
4947 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
4948 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini as well as the
4949 NET-3-HOWTO in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that
4950 the PLIP protocol was changed and this PLIP driver won't work
4951 together with the PLIP support in Linux versions 1.0.x. This option
4952 enlarges your kernel by about 8 KB.
4954 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
4955 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
4956 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
4957 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
4958 plip.o. If unsure, say Y or M, in case you buy a laptop later.
4960 EQL (serial line load balancing) support
4962 If you have two serial connections to some other computer (this
4963 usually requires two modems and two telephone lines) and you use
4964 SLIP (the protocol for sending Internet traffic over telephone
4965 lines) or PPP (a better SLIP) on them, you can make them behave like
4966 one double speed connection using this driver. Naturally, this has
4967 to be supported at the other end as well, either with a similar EQL
4968 Linux driver or with a Livingston Portmaster 2e.
4970 Say Y if you want this and read Documentation/networking/eql.txt.
4971 You may also want to read section 6.2 of the NET-3-HOWTO, available
4972 via FTP (user: anonymous) from
4973 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
4975 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4976 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4977 The module will be called eql.o. If you want to compile it as a
4978 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
4981 Ethertap network tap
4983 If you say Y here (and have said Y to "Kernel/User network link
4984 driver", above) and create a character special file /dev/tap0 with
4985 major number 36 and minor number 16 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
4986 will be able to have a user space program read and write raw
4987 Ethernet frames from/to that special file. tap0 can be configured
4988 with ifconfig and route like any other Ethernet device but it is not
4989 connected to any physical LAN; everything written by the user to
4990 /dev/tap0 is treated by the kernel as if it had come in from a LAN
4991 to the device tap0; everything the kernel wants to send out over the
4992 device tap0 can instead be read by the user from /dev/tap0: the user
4993 mode program replaces the LAN that would be attached to an ordinary
4994 Ethernet device. Please read the file
4995 Documentation/networking/ethertap.txt for more information.
4997 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
4998 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
4999 The module will be called ethertap.o. If you want to compile it as a
5000 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If you don't
5001 know what to use this for, you don't need it.
5003 Frame Relay (DLCI) support
5005 This is support for the frame relay protocol; frame relay is a fast
5006 low-cost way to connect to a remote Internet access provider or to
5007 form a private wide area network. The one physical line from your
5008 box to the local "switch" (i.e. the entry point to the frame relay
5009 network, usually at the phone company) can carry several logical
5010 point-to-point connections to other computers connected to the frame
5011 relay network. For a general explanation of the protocol, check out
5012 http://www.frforum.com/ on the WWW. (To browse the WWW, you need to
5013 have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program like
5014 lynx or netscape.) To use frame relay, you need supporting hardware
5015 (called FRAD) and certain programs from the net-tools package as
5016 explained in Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt.
5018 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5019 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5020 The module will be called dlci.o. If you want to compile it as a
5021 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5025 This is the maximal number of logical point-to-point frame relay
5026 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) that
5027 the driver can handle. The default is probably fine.
5031 You can specify here how many logical point-to-point frame relay
5032 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) should be
5033 handled by each of your hardware frame relay access devices. Go with
5036 Sangoma S502A FRAD support
5038 Say Y here if you need a driver for the Sangoma S502A, S502E, and
5039 S508 Frame Relay Access Devices. These are multi-protocol cards, but
5040 only frame relay is supported by the driver at this time. Please
5041 read Documentation/framerelay.txt.
5043 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5044 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5045 The module will be called sdla.o. If you want to compile it as a
5046 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5048 Acorn Econet/AUN protocols (EXPERIMENTAL)
5050 Econet is a fairly old and slow networking protocol mainly used by
5051 Acorn computers to access file and print servers. It uses native
5052 Econet network cards. AUN is an implementation of the higher level
5053 parts of Econet that runs over ordinary Ethernet connections, on
5054 top of the UDP packet protocol, which in turn runs on top of the
5055 Internet protocol IP.
5057 If you say Y here, you can choose with the next two options whether
5058 to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP Ethernet connection or over
5059 a native Econet network card.
5061 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5062 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5063 The module will be called econet.o. If you want to compile it as a
5064 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5067 CONFIG_ECONET_AUNUDP
5068 Say Y here if you want to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP
5069 connection (UDP is a packet based protocol that runs on top of the
5070 Internet protocol IP) using an ordinary Ethernet network card.
5073 CONFIG_ECONET_NATIVE
5074 Say Y here if you have a native Econet network card installed in
5079 Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased
5080 lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast
5081 distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those
5082 achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections.
5083 Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is
5084 needed to connect to a WAN.
5086 As an alternative, WAN routing can be built into the Linux kernel.
5087 With relatively inexpensive WAN interface cards available on the
5088 market, a perfectly usable router can be built for less than half
5089 the price of an external router. If you have one of those cards and
5090 wish to use your Linux box as a WAN router, say Y here and also to
5091 the WAN driver for your card, below. You will then need the
5092 wan-tools package which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
5093 ftp://ftp.sangoma.com. Read Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt
5094 for more information.
5096 The WAN routing support is also available as a module called
5097 wanrouter.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
5098 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
5099 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5103 Fast switching (read help!)
5104 CONFIG_NET_FASTROUTE
5105 Saying Y here enables direct NIC-to-NIC (NIC = Network Interface
5106 Card) data transfers, which is fast.
5108 *** This option is NOT COMPATIBLE with several important ***
5109 *** networking options: especially CONFIG*FIREWALL. ***
5111 However, it will work with all options in CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER
5112 section (except for CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_TOS&FWMARK). At the moment, few devices
5113 support fast switching (tulip is one of them, modified 8390 can be
5114 found at ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute-8390.tar.gz).
5118 Forwarding between high speed interfaces
5119 CONFIG_NET_HW_FLOWCONTROL
5120 This option enables NIC (Network Interface Card) hardware throttling
5121 during periods of extremal congestion. At the moment only a couple
5122 of device drivers support it (really only one -- tulip, modified
5123 8390 can be found at
5124 ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute-8390.tar.gz). Really, this
5125 option is applicable to any machine attached to a fast enough
5126 network, and even a 10 Mb NIC is able to kill a not very slow box,
5127 such as a 120MHz Pentium.
5129 However, do not say Y here if you did not experience any serious
5132 CPU is too slow to handle full bandwidth
5134 If you suspect that your CPU is not fast enough to handle the
5135 full bandwidth of your network connection, try saying Y here. If
5138 QoS and/or fair queueing
5140 When the kernel has several packets to send out over the network
5141 devices, it has to make a decision which one to send first. This is
5142 especially important if some of the network devices are real time
5143 devices that need a certain minimum data flow rate. There are
5144 several different algorithms for how to do this "fairly"; they are
5145 called packet schedulers. If you want to stick to the default
5146 scheduling algorithm, say N here. If you want to experiment with a
5147 couple of different algorithms, say Y. You can then attach different
5148 schedulers to different network devices. Currently, this is only
5149 recommended for experts.
5151 To administer these schedulers, you'll need the user-level utilities
5152 from the package iproute2+tc at ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/
5154 If you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem" below, you will be able
5155 to read status information about priority schedulers from the file
5158 The available schedulers are listed in the following questions; you
5159 can say Y to as many as you like. If unsure, say N now.
5161 CBQ packet scheduler
5163 Say Y here if you want to use the Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) packet
5164 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. This
5165 algorithm classifies the waiting packets into a tree-like hierarchy
5166 of classes; the leaves of this tree are in turn scheduled by
5167 separate algorithms (called "disciplines" in this context) which you
5168 can choose below from among the various queueing algorithms. See the
5169 top of net/sched/sch_cbq.c for references about the CBQ algorithm.
5171 This code is also available as a module called sch_cbq.o ( = code
5172 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5173 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5174 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5176 CSZ packet scheduler
5178 Say Y here if you want to use the Clark-Shenker-Zhang (CSZ) packet
5179 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. At the
5180 moment, this is the only algorithm that can guarantee service for
5181 real-time applications (see the top of net/sched/sch_csz.c for
5182 details and references about the algorithm).
5184 Note: this scheduler is currently broken.
5186 This code is also available as a module called sch_csz.o ( = code
5187 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5188 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5189 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5191 The simplest PRIO pseudo scheduler
5193 Say Y here if you want to use an n-band priority queue packet
5194 "scheduler" for some of your network devices or as a leaf discipline
5195 for the CBQ scheduling algorithm.
5197 This code is also available as a module called sch_prio.o ( = code
5198 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5199 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5200 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5204 Say Y here if you want to use the Random Early Detection (RED)
5205 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices (see
5206 the top of net/sched/sch_red.c for details and references about the
5209 This code is also available as a module called sch_red.o ( = code
5210 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5211 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5212 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5216 Say Y here if you want to use the Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ)
5217 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
5218 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
5219 net/sched/sch_sfq.c for details and references about the SFQ
5222 This code is also available as a module called sch_sfq.o ( = code
5223 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5224 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5225 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5229 Say Y here if you want to use the True Link Equalizer (TLE) packet
5230 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a leaf
5231 discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. This queueing
5232 discipline allows the combination of several physical devices into
5233 one virtual device. (see the top of net/sched/sch_teql.c for
5236 This code is also available as a module called sch_teql.o ( = code
5237 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5238 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5239 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5243 Say Y here if you want to use the Simple Token Bucket Filter (TBF)
5244 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a
5245 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of
5246 net/sched/sch_tbf.c for a description of the TBF algorithm).
5248 This code is also available as a module called sch_tbf.o ( = code
5249 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5250 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5251 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5255 Say Y here if you want to include Quality Of Service scheduling
5256 features, which means that you will be able to request certain
5257 rate-of-flow limits for your net devices.
5259 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5260 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5261 the questions about QoS support.
5264 CONFIG_NET_ESTIMATOR
5265 In order for Quality of Service scheduling to work, the current
5266 rate-of-flow for a network device has to be estimated; if you say Y
5267 here, the kernel will do just that.
5269 Packet classifier API
5271 The CBQ scheduling algorithm requires that network packets which are
5272 scheduled to be sent out over a network device be classified in some
5273 way. If you say Y here, you will get a choice of several different
5274 packet classifiers with the following questions.
5276 # Routing tables based classifier
5277 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE
5279 # Firewall based classifier
5283 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_U32
5285 # Special RSVP classifier
5286 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP
5288 # Special RSVP classifier for IPv6
5289 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6
5291 # Ingres traffic policing
5292 # CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE
5294 ### Some expert please fill these in
5297 Network code profiler
5299 If you say Y here and to "/proc filesystem support" below, some
5300 obscure and undocumented information about the network code's
5301 performance will be written to /proc/net/profile. If you don't know
5302 what it is about, you don't need it: say N.
5304 Comtrol Hostess SV-11 support
5306 This is a network card for low speed synchronous serial links, at
5307 up to 256Kbps. It supports both PPP and Cisco HDLC.
5309 At this point, the driver can only be compiled as a module.
5311 COSA/SRP sync serial boards support
5313 This is a driver for COSA and SRP synchronous serial boards. These
5314 boards allow to connect synchronous serial devices (for example
5315 base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, V.35 or
5316 V.36 interface) to your Linux box. The cards can work as the
5317 character device, synchronous PPP network device, or the Cisco HDLC
5320 To actually use the COSA or SRP board, you will need user-space
5321 utilities for downloading the firmware to the cards and to set them
5322 up. Look at the http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/cosa/ for more
5323 information about the cards (including the pointer to the user-space
5324 utilities). You can also read the comment at the top of the
5325 drivers/net/cosa.c for details about the cards and the driver
5328 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5329 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5330 The module will be called cosa.o. For general information about
5331 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
5333 Red Creek Hardware VPN (EXPERIMENTAL)
5335 This is a driver for hardware which provides a Virtual Private
5336 Network (VPN). Say Y if you have it.
5338 This code is also available as a module called rcpci.o ( = code
5339 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
5340 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
5341 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5345 Say Y to this option if your Linux box contains a WAN card and you
5346 are planning to use the box as a WAN ( = Wide Area Network) router
5347 ( = device used to interconnect local area networks over wide area
5348 communication links, such as leased lines or public data networks,
5349 e.g. X.25 or frame relay) and you will be offered a list of drivers
5350 for WAN cards currently available. For more information, read
5351 Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt.
5353 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5354 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5355 the questions about WAN card drivers. If unsure, say N.
5357 Sangoma WANPIPE(tm) multiprotocol cards
5358 CONFIG_VENDOR_SANGOMA
5359 WANPIPE from Sangoma Technologies Inc. (http://www.sangoma.com; to
5360 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
5361 that has a program like lynx or netscape) is a family of intelligent
5362 multiprotocol WAN adapters with data transfer rates up to T1 (1.544
5363 Mbps). They are also known as Synchronous Data Link Adapters (SDLA)
5364 and designated S502E(A), S503 or S508. These cards support the X.25,
5365 Frame Relay, and PPP protocols. If you have one or more of these
5366 cards, say Y to this option; you may then also want to read the file
5367 Documentation/networking/wanpipe.txt. The next questions will ask
5368 you about the protocols you want the driver to support.
5370 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be
5371 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5372 The module will be called wanpipe.o. For general information about
5373 modules read Documentation/modules.txt.
5375 Maximum number of cards
5376 CONFIG_WANPIPE_CARDS
5377 Enter number of WANPIPE adapters installed in your machine. The
5378 driver can support up to 8 cards. You may enter more than you
5379 actually have if you plan to add more cards in the future without
5380 re-compiling the driver, but remember that in this case you'll waste
5381 some kernel memory (about 1K per card).
5383 WANPIPE X.25 support
5385 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
5386 to an X.25 network. You should then also have said Y to "CCITT X.25
5387 Packet Layer" and "LAPB Data Link Driver", above. If you say N, the
5388 X.25 support will not be included in the driver (saves about 16 KB
5391 WANPIPE Frame Relay support
5393 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
5394 to a frame relay network. You should then also have said Y to "Frame
5395 Relay (DLCI) support", above. If you say N, the frame relay
5396 support will not be included in the driver (saves about 16 KB of
5401 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card
5402 to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). You should
5403 then also have said Y to "PPP (point-to-point) support", above. If
5404 you say N, the PPP support will not be included in the driver (saves
5405 about 16 KB of kernel memory).
5407 Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
5409 Ethernet (also called IEEE 802.3 or ISO 8802-2) is the most common
5410 type of Local Area Network (LAN) in universities and companies.
5412 Common varieties of Ethernet are: 10BASE-2 or Thinnet (10 Mbps over
5413 coaxial cable, linking computers in a chain), 10BASE-T or twisted
5414 pair (10 Mbps over twisted pair cable, linking computers to central
5415 hubs), 10BASE-F (10 Mbps over optical fiber links, using hubs),
5416 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps over two twisted pair cables, using hubs),
5417 100BASE-T4 (100 Mbps over 4 standard voice-grade twisted pair
5418 cables, using hubs), 100BASE-FX (100 Mbps over optical fiber links)
5419 [the 100BASE varieties are also known as Fast Ethernet], and Gigabit
5420 Ethernet (1 Gbps over optical fiber or short copper links).
5422 If your Linux machine will be connected to an Ethernet and you have
5423 an Ethernet network interface card (NIC) installed in your computer,
5424 say Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
5425 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. You will
5426 then also have to say Y to the driver for your particular NIC.
5428 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
5429 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5430 the questions about Ethernet network cards. If unsure, say N.
5432 Sun LANCE Ethernet support
5434 This is support for lance Ethernet cards on Sun workstations such as
5435 the SPARCstation IPC (any SPARC with a network interface 'le0' under
5438 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5439 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5440 The module will be called lance.o. If you want to compile it as a
5441 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
5443 Sun Intel Ethernet support
5445 This is support for the Intel Ethernet cards on some Sun
5446 workstations (all those with a network interface 'ie0' under SunOS).
5448 Western Digital/SMC cards
5449 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMC
5450 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
5451 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5452 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5454 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
5455 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5456 the questions about Western Digital cards. If you say Y, you will be
5457 asked for your specific card in the following questions.
5461 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5462 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5463 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5465 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5466 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5467 The module will be called wd.o. If you want to compile it as a
5468 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5469 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5471 SMC Ultra MCA support
5473 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type and are running
5474 an MCA based system (PS/2), say Y and read
5475 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5476 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5478 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5479 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5480 The module will be called smc-mca.o. If you want to compile it as a
5481 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5482 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5486 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5487 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5488 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5490 Important: There have been many reports that, with some motherboards
5491 mixing an SMC Ultra and an Adaptec AHA154x SCSI card (or compatible,
5492 such as some BusLogic models) causes corruption problems with many
5493 operating systems. The Linux smc-ultra driver has a work-around for
5494 this but keep it in mind if you have such a SCSI card and have
5497 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5498 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5499 The module will be called smc-ultra.o. If you want to compile it as
5500 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5501 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5503 SMC Ultra32 EISA support
5505 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5506 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5507 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5509 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5510 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5511 The module will be called smc-ultra32.o. If you want to compile it
5512 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well
5513 as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5517 This is support for the SMC9xxx based Ethernet cards. Choose this
5518 option if you have a DELL laptop with the docking station, or
5519 another SMC9192/9194 based chipset. Say Y if you want it compiled
5520 into the kernel, and read the file
5521 Documentation/networking/smc9.txt and the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
5522 via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5523 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5525 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5526 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
5527 want). The module will be called smc9194.o. If you want to compile
5528 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as
5529 well as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5533 This driver is for NE2000 compatible PCI cards. It will not work
5534 with ISA NE2000 cards (they have their own driver, "NE2000/NE1000
5535 support" below). If you have a PCI NE2000 network (Ethernet) card,
5536 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
5537 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5539 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5540 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5541 The module will be called ne2k-pci.o. If you want to compile it as a
5542 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5543 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5545 Racal-Interlan (Micom) NI cards
5546 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RACAL
5547 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, such
5548 as the NI5010, NI5210 or NI6210, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
5549 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5550 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5552 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
5553 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5554 the questions about NI cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
5555 your specific card in the following questions.
5559 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5560 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5561 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that this is still
5564 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5565 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5566 The module will be called ni5010.o. If you want to compile it as a
5567 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5568 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5572 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5573 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5574 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5576 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5577 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5578 The module will be called ni52.o. If you want to compile it as a
5579 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5580 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5584 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5585 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5586 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5588 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5589 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5590 The module will be called ni65.o. If you want to compile it as a
5591 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5592 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5594 RealTek 8129/8139 (not 8019/8029!) support
5596 This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on
5597 the RTL8129 and RTL8139 chips. If you have one of those, say Y and
5598 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5599 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5601 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5602 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5603 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
5604 The module will be called rtl8139.o.
5606 Packet Engines Yellowfin Gigabit-NIC support
5608 Say Y here if you have a Packet Engines G-NIC PCI Gigabit Ethernet
5609 adapter. This adapter is used by the Beowulf Linux cluster project.
5610 See http://cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov/linux/drivers/yellowfin.html for
5611 more information about this driver in particular and Beowulf in
5612 general (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on
5613 the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
5615 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5616 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5617 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
5618 The module will be called yellowfin.o.
5620 Alteon AceNIC / 3Com 3C985 Gigabit Ethernet support.
5622 Say Y here if you have an Alteon AceNIC or 3Com 3C985 PCI Gigabit
5623 Ethernet adapter. The driver allows for using the Jumbo Frame
5624 option (9000 bytes/frame) however it requires that your switches
5625 can handle this as well. To enable Jumbo Frames, add `mtu 9000' to
5628 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5629 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5630 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
5631 The module will be called acenic.o.
5633 AMD LANCE and PCnet (AT1500 and NE2100) support
5635 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5636 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5637 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Some LinkSys cards are
5640 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5641 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5642 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended.
5643 The module will be called lance.o.
5646 CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM
5647 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y
5648 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5649 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5651 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
5652 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5653 the questions about 3COM cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for
5654 your specific card in the following questions.
5658 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5659 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5660 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Also, consider buying a
5661 new card, since the 3c501 is slow, broken, and obsolete: you will
5662 have problems. Some people suggest to ping ("man ping") a nearby
5663 machine every minute ("man cron") when using this card.
5665 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5666 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5667 The module will be called 3c501.o. If you want to compile it as a
5668 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5669 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5673 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5674 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5675 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5677 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5678 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5679 The module will be called 3c503.o. If you want to compile it as a
5680 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5681 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5685 Information about this network (Ethernet) card can be found in
5686 Documentation/networking/3c505.txt. If you have a card of this type,
5687 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
5688 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5690 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5691 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5692 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5693 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5698 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5699 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5700 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5702 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5703 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5704 The module will be called 3c507.o. If you want to compile it as a
5705 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5706 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5710 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5711 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5712 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5714 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5715 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5716 The module will be called 3c523.o. If you want to compile it as a
5717 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5718 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5722 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to the 3Com
5723 EtherLinkIII series, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
5724 via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5725 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5727 If your card is not working you may need to use the DOS
5728 setup disk to disable Plug & Play mode, and to select the default
5731 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5732 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5733 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5734 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5737 3c590 series (592/595/597) "Vortex" support
5739 If you have a 3Com "Vortex" (Fast EtherLink 3c590/3c592/3c595/3c597)
5740 or "Boomerang" series (EtherLink XL 3c900 or 3c905) network
5741 (Ethernet) card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via
5742 FTP (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5743 More specific information is in Documentation/networking/vortex.txt
5744 and in the comments at the beginning of drivers/net/3c59x.c.
5746 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5747 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5748 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5749 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5753 If your network (Ethernet) card hasn't been mentioned yet and its
5754 bus system (that's the way the cards talks to the other components
5755 of your computer) is ISA (as opposed to EISA, VLB or PCI), say Y.
5756 Make sure you know the name of your card. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
5757 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5758 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. If unsure, say Y.
5760 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
5761 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
5762 the remaining ISA network card questions. If you say Y, you will be
5763 asked for your specific card in the following questions.
5765 Generic ARCnet support
5767 If you have a network card of this type, say Y and check out the
5768 (arguably) beautiful poetry in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt.
5770 You need both this driver, and the driver for the particular ARCnet
5771 chipset of your card. If you don't know, then it's probably a
5772 COM90xx type card, so say Y (or M) to "ARCnet COM90xx chipset
5775 You might also want to have a look at the Ethernet-HOWTO, available
5776 via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5777 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO (even though ARCnet is
5778 not really Ethernet).
5780 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5781 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5782 The module will be called arcnet.o. If you want to compile it as a
5783 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5784 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5786 Enable arc0e (ARCnet "ether-encap" packet format)
5788 This allows you to use "Ethernet encapsulation" with your ARCnet
5789 card via the virtual arc0e device. You only need arc0e if you want
5790 to talk to nonstandard ARCnet software, specifically,
5791 DOS/Windows-style "NDIS" drivers. You do not need to say Y here to
5792 communicate with industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the
5793 arcether.com packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201
5794 is included automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the
5795 ARCnet documentation in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt for more
5796 information about using arc0e and arc0s.
5798 Enable arc0s (ARCnet RFC1051 packet format)
5800 This allows you to use RFC1051 with your ARCnet card via the virtual
5801 arc0s device. You only need arc0s if you want to talk to ARCnet
5802 software complying with the "old" standard, specifically, the DOS
5803 arcnet.com packet driver, Amigas running AmiTCP, and some variants
5804 of NetBSD. You do not need to say Y here to communicate with
5805 industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com
5806 packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201 is included
5807 automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the ARCnet
5808 documentation in Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt for more
5809 information about using arc0e and arc0s.
5811 ARCnet COM90xx (normal) chipset driver
5812 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xx
5813 This is the chipset driver for the standard COM90xx cards. If you
5814 have always used the old ARCnet driver without knowing what type of
5815 card you had, this is probably the one for you.
5817 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5818 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5819 The module will be called com90xx.o. If you want to compile it as a
5820 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5821 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5823 ARCnet COM90xx (IO mapped) chipset driver
5824 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xxIO
5825 This is the chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, using them in
5826 IO-mapped mode instead of memory-mapped mode. This is slower than
5827 the normal driver. Only use it if your card doesn't support shared
5830 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5831 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5832 The module will be called com90io.o. If you want to compile it as a
5833 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5834 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5836 ARCnet COM90xx (RIM I) chipset driver
5838 This is yet another chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, but this
5839 time only using memory-mapped mode, and no IO ports at all. This
5840 driver is completely untested, so if you have one of these cards,
5841 please mail David.Woodhouse@mvhi.com, especially if it works!
5843 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5844 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
5845 want). The module will be called arc-rimi.o. If you want to compile
5846 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as
5847 well as Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5849 ARCnet COM20020 chipset driver
5850 CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020
5851 This is the driver for the new COM20020 chipset. It supports such
5852 things as promiscuous mode, so packet sniffing is possible, and
5853 extra diagnostic information.
5855 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5856 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5857 The module will be called com20020.o. If you want to compile it as a
5858 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5859 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5861 Cabletron E21xx support
5863 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5864 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5865 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5867 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5868 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5869 The module will be called e2100.o. If you want to compile it as a
5870 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5871 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5875 Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a
5876 network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read the
5877 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5878 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO as well as
5879 Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt.
5881 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5882 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5883 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5884 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5889 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5890 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5891 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO as well as
5892 drivers/net/depca.c.
5894 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5895 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5896 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5897 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5900 EtherWorks 3 support
5902 This driver supports the DE203, DE204 and DE205 network (Ethernet)
5903 cards. If this is for you, say Y and read
5904 Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt in the kernel source as well as
5905 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
5906 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5908 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
5909 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5910 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5911 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5916 This is a driver for the SEEQ 8005 network (Ethernet) card. If this
5917 is for you, read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
5918 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5922 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5923 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5924 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5926 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5927 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5928 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
5929 Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5930 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5933 FMV-181/182/183/184 support
5935 If you have a Fujitsu FMV-181/182/183/184 network (Ethernet) card,
5936 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
5937 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5939 If you use an FMV-183 or FMV-184 and it is not working, you may need
5940 to disable Plug & Play mode of the card.
5942 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5943 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5944 The module will be called fmv18x.o. If you want to compile it as a
5945 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5946 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5948 EtherExpress PRO support
5950 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y. Note
5951 however that the EtherExpress PRO/100 Ethernet card has its own
5952 separate driver. Please read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP
5953 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5955 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5956 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5957 The module will be called eepro.o. If you want to compile it as a
5958 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5959 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5961 EtherExpress support
5963 If you have an EtherExpress16 network (Ethernet) card, say Y and
5964 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5965 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that the Intel
5966 EtherExpress16 card used to be regarded as a very poor choice
5967 because the driver was very unreliable. We now have a new driver
5968 that should do better.
5970 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
5971 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
5972 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5973 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
5976 HP PCLAN+ (27247B and 27252A) support
5978 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5979 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5980 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5982 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5983 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5984 The module will be called hp-plus.o. If you want to compile it as a
5985 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5986 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
5988 HP PCLAN (27245 and other 27xxx series) support
5990 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
5991 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
5992 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
5994 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
5995 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
5996 The module will be called hp.o. If you want to compile it as a
5997 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
5998 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6000 HP 10/100VG PCLAN (ISA, EISA, PCI) support
6002 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6003 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6004 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6006 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6007 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6008 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6009 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6012 NE2000/NE1000 support
6014 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6015 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6016 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Many Ethernet cards
6017 without a specific driver are compatible with NE2000.
6019 If you have a PCI NE2000 card however, say N here and Y to "PCI
6020 NE2000 support", above. If you have a NE2000 card and are running on
6021 an MCA system (a bus system used on some IBM PS/2 computers and
6022 laptops), say N here and Y to "NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support",
6025 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6026 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6027 The module will be called ne.o. If you want to compile it as a
6028 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6029 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6033 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6034 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6035 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6037 NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support
6039 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6040 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6041 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6043 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6044 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6045 The module will be called ne2.o. If you want to compile it as a
6046 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6047 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6049 EISA, VLB, PCI and on board controllers
6051 This is another class of network cards which attach directly to the
6052 bus. If you have one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6053 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6054 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6056 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6057 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6058 the questions about this class of network cards. If you say Y, you
6059 will be asked for your specific card in the following questions. If
6060 you are unsure, say Y.
6062 AMD PCnet32 (VLB and PCI) support
6064 If you have a PCnet32 or PCnetPCI based network (Ethernet) card,
6065 answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6066 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6068 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6069 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6070 The module will be called pcnet32.o. If you want to compile it as a
6071 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6072 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6074 Ansel Communications EISA 3200 support
6076 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6077 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6078 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6080 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6081 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6082 The module will be called ac3200.o. If you want to compile it as a
6083 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6084 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6086 Mylex EISA LNE390A/LNE390B support
6088 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6089 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6090 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6092 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6093 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6094 The module will be called lne390.o. If you want to compile it as a
6095 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6096 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6098 Novell/Eagle/Microdyne NE3210 EISA support
6100 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6101 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6102 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Note that this driver
6103 will NOT WORK for NE3200 cards as they are completely different.
6105 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6106 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6107 The module will be called ne3210.o. If you want to compile it as a
6108 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6109 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6111 Apricot Xen-II on board Ethernet
6113 If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and
6114 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6115 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6117 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6118 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6119 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6120 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt. The module will be called
6123 Generic DECchip & DIGITAL EtherWORKS PCI/EISA
6125 This is support for the DIGITAL series of PCI/EISA Ethernet cards.
6126 These include the DE425, DE434, DE435, DE450 and DE500 models. If
6127 you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
6128 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6129 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. More specific
6130 information is contained in Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt.
6132 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6133 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6134 The module will be called de4x5.o. If you want to compile it as a
6135 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6136 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6138 DECchip Tulip (dc21x4x) PCI support
6140 This driver is developed for the SMC EtherPower series Ethernet
6141 cards and also works with cards based on the DECchip
6142 21040/21041/21140 (Tulip series) chips. Some LinkSys PCI cards are
6143 of this type. (If your card is NOT SMC EtherPower 10/100 PCI
6144 (smc9332dst), you can also try the driver for "Generic DECchip"
6145 cards, above. However, most people with a network card of this type
6146 will say Y here.) Do read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP
6147 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6148 More specific information is contained in
6149 Documentation/networking/tulip.txt.
6151 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6152 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6153 The module will be called tulip.o. If you want to compile it as a
6154 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6155 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6157 Digi Intl. RightSwitch support
6159 This is support for the Digi International RightSwitch series of
6160 PCI/EISA Ethernet switch cards. These include the SE-4 and the SE-6
6161 models. If you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the
6162 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6163 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. More specific
6164 information is contained in Documentation/networking/dgrs.txt.
6166 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6167 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6168 The module will be called dgrs.o. If you want to compile it as a
6169 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6170 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6172 EtherExpress PRO/100 support
6173 CONFIG_EEXPRESS_PRO100
6174 If you have an Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network (Ethernet)
6175 card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6176 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6178 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6179 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6180 The module will be called eepro100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6181 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6182 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6184 ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support
6186 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6187 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6188 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6190 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6191 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6192 The module will be called eth16i.o. If you want to compile it as a
6193 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6194 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6196 TI ThunderLAN support (EXPERIMENTAL)
6198 If you have a PCI Ethernet network card based on the ThunderLAN chip
6199 which is supported by this driver, say Y and read the
6200 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6201 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6203 Devices currently supported by this driver are Compaq Netelligent,
6204 Compaq NetFlex and Olicom cards. Please read the file
6205 Documentation/networking/tlan.txt for more details.
6207 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6208 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6209 The module will be called tlan.o. If you want to compile it as a
6210 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6211 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6213 Please email feedback to james.banks@caldera.com.
6217 If you have a VIA "rhine" based network card (Rhine-I (3043) or
6218 Rhine-2 (VT86c100A)), say Y here.
6220 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6221 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6222 The module will be called via-rhine.o. If you want to compile it as
6223 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6224 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6226 Racal-Interlan EISA ES3210 support
6228 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read
6229 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6230 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6232 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6233 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6234 The module will be called es3210.o. If you want to compile it as a
6235 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6236 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6238 SMC EtherPower II (EXPERIMENTAL)
6240 If you have an SMC EtherPower II 9432 PCI Ethernet network card
6241 which is based on the SMC83c170, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6242 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6243 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6245 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6246 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6247 The module will be called epic100.o. If you want to compile it as a
6248 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
6249 Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
6251 SGI Seeq ethernet controller support
6253 Say Y here if you have an Seeq based Ethernet network card. This is
6254 used in many Silicon Graphics machines.
6256 Zenith Z-Note support
6258 The Zenith Z-Note notebook computer has a built-in network
6259 (Ethernet) card, and this is the Linux driver for it. Note that the
6260 IBM Thinkpad 300 is compatible with the Z-Note and is also supported
6261 by this driver. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6262 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6264 Pocket and portable adapters
6266 Cute little network (Ethernet) devices which attach to the parallel
6267 port ("pocket adapters"), commonly used with laptops. If you have
6268 one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP
6269 (user: anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6271 If you want to plug a network (or some other) card into the PCMCIA
6272 (or PC-card) slot of your laptop instead (PCMCIA is the standard for
6273 credit card size extension cards used by all modern laptops), you
6274 need the pcmcia-cs package (location contained in the file
6275 Documentation/Changes) and you can say N here.
6277 Laptop users should read the Linux Laptop home page at
6278 http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/ (to browse the
6279 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
6280 program like lynx or netscape).
6282 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6283 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6284 the questions about this class of network devices. If you say Y, you
6285 will be asked for your specific device in the following questions.
6287 AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter support
6289 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
6290 port. Read drivers/net/atp.c as well as the Ethernet-HOWTO,
6291 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6292 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO if you want to use this.
6293 If you intend to use this driver, you should have said N to the
6294 Parallel Printer support, because the two drivers don't like each
6297 D-Link DE600 pocket adapter support
6299 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
6300 port. Read Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt as well as the
6301 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6302 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO if you want to use this.
6303 It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel port
6304 and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the kernel.
6306 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
6307 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
6308 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6309 The module will be called de600.o.
6311 D-Link DE620 pocket adapter support
6313 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel
6314 port. Read Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt as well as the
6315 Ethernet-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6316 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO if you want to use this.
6317 It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel port
6318 and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the kernel.
6320 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code
6321 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
6322 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6323 The module will be called de620.o.
6325 Token Ring driver support
6327 Token Ring is IBM's way of communication on a local network; the
6328 rest of the world uses Ethernet. To participate on a Token Ring
6329 network, you need a special Token ring network card. If you are
6330 connected to such a Token Ring network and want to use your Token
6331 Ring card under Linux, say Y here and to the driver for your
6332 particular card below and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available
6333 via FTP (user:anonymous) from
6334 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. Most people can say N
6337 IBM Tropic chipset based adapter support
6339 This is support for all IBM Token Ring cards that don't use DMA. If
6340 you have such a beast, say Y and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO,
6341 available via FTP (user:anonymous) from
6342 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6344 Warning: this driver will almost definitely fail if more than one
6345 active Token Ring card is present.
6347 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6348 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6349 The module will be called ibmtr.o. If you want to compile it as a
6350 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6352 SysKonnect adapter support
6354 This is support for all SysKonnect Token Ring cards, specifically
6355 SysKonnect TR4/16(+) ISA (SK-4190), SysKonnect TR4/16(+) PCI
6356 (SK-4590), SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4591) adapters.
6358 If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y or M and
6359 read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
6360 from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6362 Also read the file linux/Documentation/networking/sktr.txt or check
6363 the Linux-SNA WWW site for the latest information at
6364 http://samba.anu.edu.au/linux-sna/documents/drivers/SysKonnect/
6366 Traffic Shaper (EXPERIMENTAL)
6368 The traffic shaper is a virtual network device that allows you to
6369 limit the rate of outgoing data flow over some other network
6370 device. See Documentation/networking/shaper.txt for more
6371 information. To set up and configure shaper devices, you need the
6372 shapecfg program, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6373 ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux in the shaper package.
6375 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6376 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6377 The module will be called shaper.o. If you want to compile it as a
6378 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
6383 Fiber Distributed Data Interface is a high speed local area network
6384 design; essentially a replacement for high speed Ethernet. FDDI can
6385 run over copper or fiber. If you are connected to such a network and
6386 want a driver for the FDDI card in your computer, say Y here (and
6387 then also Y to the driver for your FDDI card, below). Most people
6390 Digital DEFEA and DEFPA adapter support
6392 This is support for the DIGITAL series of EISA (DEFEA) and PCI
6393 (DEFPA) controllers which can connect you to a local FDDI network.
6395 HIgh Performance Parallel Interface support (EXPERIMENTAL)
6397 HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) is a 800Mbit/sec and
6398 1600Mbit/sec dual-simplex switched or point-to-point network. HIPPI
6399 can run over copper (25m) or fiber (300m on multi-mode or 10km on
6400 single-mode). HIPPI networks are commonly used for clusters and to
6401 connect to super computers. If you are connected to a HIPPI network
6402 and have a HIPPI network card in your computer that you want to use
6403 under Linux, say Y here (you must also remember to enable the driver
6404 for your HIPPI card below). Most people will say N here.
6406 CERN HIPPI PCI adapter support
6408 Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card.
6410 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6411 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6412 The module will be called cern_hippi.o. If you want to compile it as
6413 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
6416 Essential RoadRunner HIPPI PCI adapter support
6418 Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card.
6420 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6421 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6422 The module will be called rrunner.o. If you want to compile it as
6423 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure,
6426 Use large TX/RX rings
6427 CONFIG_ROADRUNNER_LARGE_RINGS
6428 If you say Y here, the RoadRunner driver will preallocate up to 2 MB
6429 of additional memory to allow for fastest operation, both for
6430 transmitting and receiving. This memory cannot be used by any other
6431 kernel code or by user space programs. Say Y here only if you have
6436 If you have an Acorn system with one of these (AKA25) network cards,
6437 you should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
6439 Acorn/ANT Ether3 card
6441 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
6442 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
6446 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you
6447 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux.
6449 EBSA-110 Ethernet interface
6450 CONFIG_ARM_AM79C961A
6451 If you wish to compile a kernel for the EBSA-110, then you should
6452 always answer Y to this.
6454 Support CDROM drives that are not SCSI or IDE/ATAPI
6455 CONFIG_CD_NO_IDESCSI
6456 If you have a CDROM drive that is neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI, say Y
6457 here, otherwise N. Read the CDROM-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6458 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
6460 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6461 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6462 the questions about these CDROM drives. If you are unsure what you
6463 have, say Y and find out whether you have one of the following
6466 For each of these drivers, a file Documentation/cdrom/<driver_name>
6467 exists. Especially in cases where you do not know exactly which kind
6468 of drive you have you should read there. Most of these drivers use a
6469 file drivers/cdrom/<driver_name>.h where you can define your
6470 interface parameters and switch some internal goodies.
6472 All these CDROM drivers are also usable as a module ( = code which
6473 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6474 want). If you want to compile them as module, say M instead of Y and
6475 read Documentation/modules.txt.
6477 If you want to use any of these CDROM drivers, you also have to
6478 answer Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below (this
6479 answer will get "defaulted" for you if you enable any of the Linux
6482 Sony CDU31A/CDU33A CDROM support
6484 These CDROM drives have a spring-pop-out caddyless drawer, and a
6485 rectangular green LED centered beneath it. NOTE: these CDROM drives
6486 will not be auto detected by the kernel at boot time; you have to
6487 provide the interface address as an option to the kernel at boot
6488 time as described in Documentation/cdrom/cdu31a or fill in your
6489 parameters into drivers/cdrom/cdu31a.c. Try "man bootparam" or
6490 see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about
6491 how to pass options to the kernel. The lilo procedure is also
6492 explained in the SCSI-HOWTO.
6494 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6495 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6498 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6499 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6500 The module will be called cdu31a.o. If you want to compile it as a
6501 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6503 Standard Mitsumi [no XA/Multisession] CDROM support
6505 This is the older of the two drivers for the older Mitsumi models
6506 LU-005, FX-001 and FX-001D. This is not the right driver for the
6507 FX-001DE and the triple or quad speed models (all these are
6508 IDE/ATAPI models). Please also the file Documentation/cdrom/mcd.
6510 With the old LU-005 model, the whole drive chassis slides out for cd
6511 insertion. The FX-xxx models use a motorized tray type mechanism.
6512 Note that this driver does not support XA or MultiSession CDs
6513 (PhotoCDs). There is a new driver (next question) which can do
6514 this. If you want that one, say N here.
6516 If the driver doesn't work out of the box, you might want to have a
6517 look at drivers/cdrom/mcd.h.
6519 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6520 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6523 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6524 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6525 The module will be called mcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
6526 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6528 Mitsumi [XA/MultiSession] support
6530 Use this driver if you want to be able to read XA or MultiSession
6531 CDs (PhotoCDs) as well as ordinary CDs with your Mitsumi LU-005,
6532 FX-001 or FX-001D CDROM drive. In addition, this driver uses much
6533 less kernel memory than the old one, if that is a concern. This
6534 driver is able to support more than one drive, but each drive needs
6535 a separate interface card. Please read the file
6536 Documentation/cdrom/mcdx.
6538 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6539 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6542 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6543 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6544 The module will be called mcdx.o. If you want to compile it as a
6545 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6547 Matsushita/Panasonic/Creative, Longshine, TEAC CDROM support
6549 This driver supports most of the drives which use the Panasonic or
6550 Sound Blaster interface. Please read the file
6551 Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
6553 The Matsushita CR-521, CR-522, CR-523, CR-562, CR-563 drives
6554 (sometimes labeled "Creative"), the Creative Labs CD200, the
6555 Longshine LCS-7260, the "IBM External ISA CDROM" (in fact a CR-56x
6556 model), the TEAC CD-55A fall under this category. Some other
6557 "electrically compatible" drives (Vertos, Genoa, some Funai models)
6558 are currently not supported; for the Sanyo H94A drive currently a
6559 separate driver (asked later) is responsible. Most drives have a
6560 uniquely shaped faceplate, with a caddyless motorized drawer, but
6561 without external brand markings. The older CR-52x drives have a
6562 caddy and manual loading/eject, but still no external markings. The
6563 driver is able to do an extended auto-probing for interface
6564 addresses and drive types; this can help to find facts in cases you
6565 are not sure, but can consume some time during the boot process if
6566 none of the supported drives gets found. Once your drive got found,
6567 you should enter the reported parameters into drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
6568 and set "DISTRIBUTION 0" there.
6570 This driver can support up to four CDROM controller cards, and each
6571 card can support up to four CDROM drives; if you say Y here, you
6572 will be asked how many controller cards you have. If compiled as a
6573 module, only one controller card (but with up to four drives) is
6576 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6577 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6580 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6581 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6582 The module will be called sbpcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
6583 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6585 Matsushita/Panasonic, ... second CDROM controller support
6587 Say Y here only if you have two CDROM controller cards of this type
6588 (usually only if you have more than four drives). You should enter
6589 the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card into
6590 linux/include/linux/sbpcd.h before compiling the new kernel. Read
6591 the file Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd.
6593 Aztech/Orchid/Okano/Wearnes/TXC/CyDROM CDROM support
6595 This is your driver if you have an Aztech CDA268-01A, Orchid
6596 CD-3110, Okano or Wearnes CDD110, Conrad TXC, or CyCDROM CR520 or
6597 CR540 CDROM drive. This driver -- just like all these CDROM drivers
6598 -- is NOT for CDROM drives with IDE/ATAPI interfaces, such as Aztech
6599 CDA269-031SE. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/aztcd.
6601 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6602 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6605 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6606 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6607 The module will be called aztcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
6608 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6610 Sony CDU535 CDROM support
6612 This is the driver for the older Sony CDU-535 and CDU-531 CDROM
6613 drives. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/sonycd535.
6615 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6616 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6619 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6620 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6621 The module will be called sonycd535.o. If you want to compile it as
6622 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6624 Goldstar R420 CDROM support
6626 If this is your CDROM drive, say Y here. As described in the file
6627 linux/Documentation/cdrom/gscd, you might have to change a setting
6628 in the file linux/drivers/cdrom/gscd.h before compiling the
6629 kernel. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/gscd.
6631 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6632 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6635 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6636 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6637 The module will be called gscd.o. If you want to compile it as a
6638 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6640 Philips/LMS CM206 CDROM support
6642 If you have a Philips/LMS CDROM drive cm206 in combination with a
6643 cm260 host adapter card, say Y here. Please also read the file
6644 Documentation/cdrom/cm206.
6646 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6647 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6650 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6651 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6652 The module will be called cm206.o. If you want to compile it as a
6653 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6655 Optics Storage DOLPHIN 8000AT CDROM support
6657 This is the driver for the 'DOLPHIN' drive with a 34-pin Sony
6658 compatible interface. It also works with the Lasermate CR328A. If
6659 you have one of those, say Y. This driver does not work for the
6660 Optics Storage 8001 drive; use the IDE-ATAPI CDROM driver for that
6661 one. Please read the file Documentation/cdrom/optcd.
6663 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CDROM
6664 filesystem support" below, because that's the filesystem used on
6667 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6668 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6669 The module will be called optcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
6670 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6672 Sanyo CDR-H94A CDROM support
6674 If this is your CDROM drive, say Y here and read the file
6675 Documentation/cdrom/sjcd. You should then also say Y or M to
6676 "ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support" below, because that's the
6677 filesystem used on CDROMs.
6679 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6680 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6681 The module will be called sjcd.o. If you want to compile it as a
6682 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6684 Soft configurable cdrom interface card support
6686 If you want to include boot-time initialization of any cdrom
6687 interface card that is software configurable, say Y here. Currently
6688 only the ISP16/MAD16/Mozart sound cards with built-in cdrom
6689 interfaces are supported.
6691 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the
6692 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
6693 the questions about these CDROM drives.
6695 ISP16/MAD16/Mozart soft configurable cdrom interface support
6697 These are sound cards with built-in cdrom interfaces using the OPTi
6698 82C928 or 82C929 chips. Say Y here to have them detected and
6699 possibly configured at boot time. In addition, You'll have to say Y
6700 to a driver for the particular cdrom drive you have attached to the
6701 card. Read Documentation/cdrom/isp16 for details.
6703 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6704 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6705 The module will be called isp16.o. If you want to compile it as a
6706 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6710 If you say Y here, you will be able to set per user limits for disk
6711 usage (also called disk quotas). Currently, it works only for the
6712 ext2 filesystem. You need additional software in order to use quota
6713 support; for details, read the Quota mini-HOWTO, available via FTP
6714 (user: anonymous) in
6715 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini. Probably the quota
6716 support is only useful for multi user systems. If unsure, say N.
6720 Minix is a simple operating system used in many classes about OS's.
6721 The minix filesystem (method to organize files on a hard disk
6722 partition or a floppy disk) was the original filesystem for Linux,
6723 but has been superseded by the second extended filesystem ext2fs.
6724 You don't want to use the minix filesystem on your hard disk because
6725 of certain built-in restrictions, but it is sometimes found on older
6726 Linux floppy disks. This option will enlarge your kernel by about
6727 25 kB. If unsure, say N.
6729 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6730 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6731 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
6732 called minix.o. Note that the filesystem of your root partition (the
6733 one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as a module.
6735 Second extended fs support
6737 This is the de facto standard Linux filesystem (method to organize
6738 files on a storage device) for hard disks.
6740 You want to say Y here, unless you intend to use Linux exclusively
6741 from inside a DOS partition using the umsdos filesystem. The
6742 advantage of the latter is that you can get away without
6743 repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies backing
6744 everything up and restoring afterwards); the disadvantage is that
6745 Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and that umsdos is somewhat
6746 slower than ext2fs. Even if you want to run Linux in this fashion,
6747 it might be a good idea to have ext2fs around: it enables you to
6748 read more floppy disks and facilitates the transition to a *real*
6749 Linux partition later. Another (rare) case which doesn't require
6750 ext2fs is a diskless Linux box which mounts all files over the
6751 network using NFS (in this case it's sufficient to say Y to "NFS
6752 filesystem support" below). Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel
6755 The Ext2fs-Undeletion mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
6756 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini,
6757 gives information about how to retrieve deleted files on ext2fs
6760 To change the behavior of ext2 filesystems, you can use the tune2fs
6761 utility ("man tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and
6762 directories on ext2 filesystems, use chattr ("man chattr").
6764 Ext2fs partitions can be read from within DOS using the ext2tool
6765 command line tool package (available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6766 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/ext2) and from
6767 within Windows NT using the ext2nt command line tool package from
6768 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/dos. Explore2fs is a graphical
6769 explorer for ext2fs partitions which runs on Windows 95 and Windows
6770 NT and includes experimental write support; it is available from
6771 http://jnewbigin-pc.it.swin.edu.au/Linux/Explore2fs.htm.
6773 If you want to compile this filesystem as a module ( = code which
6774 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6775 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
6776 will be called ext2.o. Be aware however that the filesystem of your
6777 root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be
6778 compiled as a module, and so this could be dangerous. Most everyone
6779 wants to say Y here.
6781 ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem support
6783 This is the standard filesystem used on CDROMs. It was previously
6784 known as "High Sierra Filesystem" and is called "hsfs" on other Unix
6785 systems. The so-called Rock-Ridge extensions which allow for long
6786 Unix filenames and symbolic links are also supported by this driver.
6787 If you have a CDROM drive and want to do more with it than just
6788 listen to audio CDs and watch its LEDs, say Y (and read
6789 Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt and the CDROM-HOWTO, available
6790 via FTP (user: anonymous) from
6791 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO), thereby enlarging your
6792 kernel by about 27 kB; otherwise say N.
6794 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6795 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6796 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
6799 Microsoft Joliet cdrom extensions
6801 Joliet is a Microsoft extension for the ISO 9660 CDROM filesystem
6802 which allows for long filenames in unicode format (unicode is the
6803 new 16 bit character code, successor to ASCII, which encodes the
6804 characters of almost all languages of the world; see
6805 http://www.unicode.org for more information; to browse the WWW, you
6806 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
6807 like lynx or netscape). Say Y here if you want to be able to read
6808 Joliet CDROMs under Linux.
6812 If you want to use one of the FAT-based filesystems (the MS-DOS,
6813 VFAT (Windows 95) and UMSDOS (used to run Linux on top of an
6814 ordinary DOS partition) filesystems), then you must say Y or M here
6815 to include FAT support. You will then be able to mount partitions or
6816 diskettes with FAT-based filesystems and transparently access the
6817 files on them, i.e. MSDOS files will look and behave just like all
6820 This FAT support is not a filesystem in itself, it only provides the
6821 foundation for the other filesystems. You will have to say Y or M to
6822 at least one of "msdos fs support" or "vfat fs support" in order to
6825 Another way to read and write MSDOS floppies and hard drive
6826 partitions from within Linux (but not transparently) is with the
6827 mtools ("man mtools") program suite. This doesn't require the FAT
6830 It is now also becoming possible to read and write compressed FAT
6831 filesystems; read Documentation/filesystems/fat_cvf.txt for details.
6833 The FAT support will enlarge your kernel by about 24 kB. If unsure,
6836 If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which can
6837 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6838 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
6839 will be called fat.o. Note that if you compile the FAT support as a
6840 module, you cannot compile any of the FAT-based filesystems into the
6841 kernel -- they will have to be modules as well. The filesystem of
6842 your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a
6843 module, so don't say M here if you intend to use UMSDOS as your root
6848 This allows you to mount MSDOS partitions of your hard drive (unless
6849 they are compressed; to access compressed MSDOS partitions under
6850 Linux, you can either use the DOS emulator DOSEMU, described in the
6851 DOSEMU-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) at
6852 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO, or try dmsdosfs in
6853 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/dosfs. If you
6854 intend to use dosemu with a non-compressed MSDOS partition, say Y
6855 here) and MSDOS floppies. This means that file access becomes
6856 transparent, i.e. the MSDOS files look and behave just like all
6859 If you want to use umsdos, the Unix-like filesystem on top of DOS,
6860 which allows you to run Linux from within a DOS partition without
6861 repartitioning, you'll have to say Y or M here.
6863 If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT installed on your MSDOS
6864 partitions, you should use the VFAT filesystem (say Y to "vfat fs
6865 support" below), or you will not be able to see the long filenames
6866 generated by Windows 95 / Windows NT.
6868 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 7 kB. If unsure,
6869 answer Y. This will only work if you said Y to "fat fs support" as
6870 well. If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which
6871 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
6872 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
6873 will be called msdos.o.
6877 This option provides support for normal Windows filesystems with
6878 long filenames. That includes non-compressed FAT-based filesystems
6879 used by Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, and mtools.
6881 You cannot use the VFAT filesystem for your Linux root partition
6882 (the one containing the directory /); use UMSDOS instead if you
6883 want to run Linux from within a DOS partition (i.e. say Y to
6884 "umsdos: Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs", below).
6886 The VFAT support enlarges your kernel by about 10 kB and it only
6887 works if you said Y to the "fat fs support" above. Please read the
6888 file Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt for details. If unsure,
6891 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
6892 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
6893 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
6896 umsdos: Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs
6898 Say Y here if you want to run Linux from within an existing DOS
6899 partition of your hard drive. The advantage of this is that you can
6900 get away without repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies
6901 backing everything up and restoring afterwards) and hence you're
6902 able to quickly try out Linux or show it to your friends; the
6903 disadvantage is that Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and
6904 that UMSDOS is somewhat slower than ext2fs. Another use of UMSDOS
6905 is to write files with long unix filenames to MSDOS floppies; it
6906 also allows Unix-style softlinks and owner/permissions of files on
6907 MSDOS floppies. You will need a program called umssync in order to
6908 make use of umsdos; read Documentation/filesystems/umsdos.txt.
6910 This option enlarges your kernel by about 25 kB and it only works if
6911 you said Y to both "fat fs support" and "msdos fs support" above. If
6912 you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted
6913 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M
6914 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
6915 umsdos.o. Note that the filesystem of your root partition (the one
6916 containing the directory /) cannot be a module, so saying M could be
6917 dangerous. If unsure, say N.
6919 /proc filesystem support
6921 This is a virtual filesystem providing information about the status
6922 of the system. "Virtual" means that it doesn't take up any space on
6923 your hard disk: the files are created on the fly by the kernel when
6924 you try to access them. Also, you cannot read the files with older
6925 version of the program less: you need to use more or cat.
6927 It's totally cool; for example, "cat /proc/interrupts" gives
6928 information about what the different IRQs are used for at the moment
6929 (there is a small number of Interrupt ReQuest lines in your computer
6930 that are used by the attached devices to gain the CPU's attention --
6931 often a source of trouble if two devices are mistakenly configured
6932 to use the same IRQ).
6934 The /proc filesystem is explained in the file
6935 Documentation/proc.txt, in the Kernel Hacker's Guide at
6936 http://www.redhat.com:8080/HyperNews/get/khg.html on the WWW (to
6937 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
6938 that has a program like lynx or netscape), and also on the proc(8)
6939 manpage ("man 8 proc").
6941 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 18 KB. Several
6942 programs depend on this, so everyone should say Y here.
6944 NFS filesystem support
6946 If you are connected to some other (usually local) Unix computer
6947 (using SLIP, PLIP, PPP or Ethernet) and want to mount files residing
6948 on that computer (the NFS server) using the Network File Sharing
6949 protocol, say Y. "Mounting files" means that the client can access
6950 the files with usual UNIX commands as if they were sitting on the
6951 client's hard disk. For this to work, the server must run the
6952 programs nfsd and mountd (but does not need to have NFS filesystem
6953 support enabled in its kernel). NFS is explained in the Network
6954 Administrator's Guide, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
6955 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/LDP, on its man page: "man
6956 nfs", and in the NFS-HOWTO.
6958 A superior but less widely used alternative to NFS is provided by
6959 the Coda filesystem; see "Coda filesystem support" below.
6961 If you say Y here, you should have said Y to TCP/IP networking also.
6962 This option would enlarge your kernel by about 27 kB.
6964 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
6965 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
6966 The module is called nfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
6967 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
6969 If you are configuring a diskless machine which will mount its root
6970 filesystem over NFS at boot time, say Y here and to "IP: kernel
6971 level autoconfiguration" above and to "Root file system on NFS"
6972 below. You cannot compile this driver as a module in this case.
6973 There are two packages designed for booting diskless machines over
6974 the net: netboot and etherboot, both available via FTP from
6975 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/boot/ethernet/ .
6977 If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
6979 Root file system on NFS
6981 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root filesystem (the
6982 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the
6983 net via NFS (presumably because your box doesn't have a hard disk),
6984 say Y. Read Documentation/nfsroot.txt for details. It is likely that
6985 in this case, you also want to say Y to "IP: kernel level
6986 autoconfiguration" so that your box can discover its network address
6989 Most people say N here.
6993 If you want your Linux box to act as a NFS *server*, so that other
6994 computers on your local network which support NFS can access certain
6995 directories on your box transparently, you have two options: you can
6996 use the self-contained user space program nfsd, in which case you
6997 should say N here, or you can say Y and use this new experimental
6998 kernel based NFS server. The advantage of the kernel based solution
6999 is that it is faster; it might not be completely stable yet, though.
7000 You will need the support software from the linux-nfs package
7001 available at ftp://ftp.mathematik.th-darmstadt.de/pub/linux/okir/.
7002 Please read the NFS-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
7003 ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
7005 The NFS server is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7006 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7007 The module is called nfsd.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7008 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
7010 Emulate Sun NFS daemon
7012 If you would like for the server to allow clients to access
7013 directories that are mount points on the local filesystem (this is
7014 how nfsd behaves on Sun systems), say yes here. If unsure, say N.
7016 OS/2 HPFS filesystem support (read only)
7018 OS/2 is IBM's operating system for PC's, the same as Warp, and HPFS
7019 is the filesystem used for organizing files on OS/2 hard disk
7020 partitions. Say Y if you want to be able to read files from an OS/2
7021 HPFS partition of your hard drive. OS/2 floppies however are in
7022 regular MSDOS format, so you don't need this option in order to be
7023 able to read them. Read Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt.
7025 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7026 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7027 The module is called hpfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7028 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
7030 Windows NT NTFS support (read only)
7032 NTFS is the file system of Microsoft Windows NT. Say Y if you want
7033 to get read access to files on NTFS partitions of your hard drive.
7034 The Linux NTFS driver supports most of the mount options of the VFAT
7035 driver, see Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt. Saying Y here will
7036 give you read-only access to NTFS partitions.
7038 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7039 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7040 The module will be called ntfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
7041 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7043 NTFS read-write support (experimental)
7045 If you say Y here, you will (hopefully) be able to write to NTFS
7046 file systems as well as read from them. The read-write support
7047 in NTFS is far from being complete and is not well tested. If you
7048 enable this, back up your NTFS volume first since it may get
7053 System V and Coherent filesystem support
7055 SCO, Xenix and Coherent are commercial Unix systems for Intel
7056 machines. Saying Y here would allow you to read to and write from
7057 their floppies and hard disk partitions.
7059 If you have floppies or hard disk partitions like that, it is likely
7060 that they contain binaries from those other Unix systems; in order
7061 to run these binaries, you will want to install iBCS2 (Intel Binary
7062 Compatibility Standard is a kernel module which lets you run SCO,
7063 Xenix, Wyse, UnixWare, Dell Unix and System V programs under Linux
7064 and is often needed to run commercial software that's only available
7065 for those systems. It's available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
7066 ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/BETA).
7068 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
7069 network using NFS, you don't need the System V filesystem support
7070 (but you need NFS filesystem support obviously).
7072 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
7073 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
7074 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
7075 tar" or preferably "info tar"). Note also that this option has
7076 nothing whatsoever to do with the option "System V IPC". Read about
7077 the System V filesystem in Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt.
7078 Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel by about 34 KB.
7080 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7081 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7082 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7085 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
7087 Amiga FFS filesystem support
7089 The Fast File System (FFS) is the common filesystem used on hard
7090 disks by Amiga(tm) systems since AmigaOS Version 1.3 (34.20). Say Y
7091 if you want to be able to read and write files from and to an Amiga
7092 FFS partition on your hard drive. Amiga floppies however cannot be
7093 read with this driver due to an incompatibility of the floppy
7094 controller used in an Amiga and the standard floppy controller in
7095 PCs and workstations. Read Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt and
7098 With this driver you can also mount disk files used by Bernd
7099 Schmidt's Un*X Amiga Emulator (http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/;
7100 to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the
7101 Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape). If you want to
7102 do this, you will also need to say Y or M to "Loop device support",
7105 This filesystem is also available as a module ( = code which can be
7106 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
7107 The module is called affs.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
7108 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say N.
7110 Apple Macintosh filesystem support (experimental)
7112 If you say Y here, you will be able to mount Macintosh-formatted
7113 floppy disks and hard drive partitions with full read-write access.
7114 Please read fs/hfs/HFS.txt to learn about the available mount
7117 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
7118 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7119 want). The module is called hfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
7120 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7122 ROM filesystem support
7124 This is a very small read-only filesystem mainly intended for
7125 initial ram disks of installation disks, but it could be used for
7126 other read-only media as well. Read
7127 Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt for details.
7129 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
7130 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7131 want). The module is called romfs.o. If you want to compile it as a
7132 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7134 If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it:
7137 QNX filesystem support (EXPERIMENTAL)
7139 This is the filesystem used by the operating system QNX 4. Say Y if
7140 you intend to mount QNX hard disks or floppies. Unless you say Y to
7141 "QNXFS read-write support" below, you will only be able to read
7144 This filesystem support is also available as a module ( = code which
7145 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7146 want). The module is called qnx4.o. If you want to compile it as a
7147 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7151 QNXFS read-write support (FOR TESTING ONLY)
7153 Say Y if you want to test write support for QNX filesystems.
7155 Kernel automounter support
7157 The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote filesystems
7158 on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce
7159 overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD
7160 automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon.
7162 To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from
7163 ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs; you also want to
7164 answer Y to "NFS filesystem support", below.
7166 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7167 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7168 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7171 If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network, you
7172 probably do not need an automounter, and can say N here.
7174 UFS filesystem support
7176 BSD and derivate versions of Unix (such as SunOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
7177 OpenBSD and NeXTstep) use a filesystem called UFS. Some System V
7178 Unixes can create and mount hard disk partitions and diskettes using
7179 this filesystem as well. Saying Y here will allow you to read from
7180 these partitions; if you also want to write to them, say Y to the
7181 experimental "UFS filesystem write support", below.
7183 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the
7184 network using NFS, you don't need the UFS filesystem support (but
7185 you need NFS filesystem support obviously).
7187 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a
7188 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes
7189 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man
7190 tar" or preferably "info tar").
7192 When accessing NeXTstep files, you may need to convert them from the
7193 NeXT character set to the Latin1 character set; use the program
7194 recode ("info recode") for this purpose.
7196 If you want to compile the UFS filesystem support as a module ( =
7197 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
7198 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7199 The module will be called ufs.o.
7201 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N.
7203 UFS filesystem write support (experimental)
7205 Say Y here if you want to try writing to UFS partitions. This is
7206 experimental, so you should back up your UFS partitions beforehand.
7208 BSD disklabel (FreeBSD partition tables) support
7209 CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL
7210 FreeBSD uses its own hard disk partition scheme on your PC. It
7211 requires only one entry in the primary partition table of your disk
7212 and manages it similarly to DOS extended partitions, putting in its
7213 first sector a new partition table in BSD disklabel format. Saying Y
7214 here allows you to read these disklabels and further mount FreeBSD
7215 partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
7216 filesystem support", above. If you don't know what all this is
7219 SMD disklabel (Sun partition tables) support
7220 CONFIG_SMD_DISKLABEL
7221 Like most systems, SunOS uses its own hard disk partition table
7222 format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you to
7223 read these partition tables and further mount SunOS disks from
7224 within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem support",
7225 above. This is mainly used to carry data from a SPARC under SunOS to
7226 your Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical or ZIP
7227 drives; note however that a good portable way to transport files and
7228 directories between unixes (and even other operating systems) is
7229 given by the tar program ("man tar" or preferably "info tar"). If
7230 you don't know what all this is about, say N.
7232 Solaris (x86) partition table support
7233 CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION
7234 Like most systems, Solaris x86 uses its own hard disk partition
7235 table format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you
7236 to read these partition tables and further mount Solaris x86 disks
7237 from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem
7240 ADFS filesystem support (read only) (EXPERIMENTAL)
7242 The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard filesystem of the
7243 RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC
7244 systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say Y
7245 here, Linux will be able to read from ADFS partitions on hard drives
7246 and from ADFS-formatted floppy discs.
7248 The ADFS partition should be the first partition (i.e.,
7249 /dev/[hs]d?1) on each of your drives.
7251 This code is also available as a module called adfs.o ( = code which
7252 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7253 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
7254 Documentation/modules.txt.
7258 /dev/pts filesystem for Unix98 PTYs
7260 You should say Y here if you said Y to "Unix98 PTY support" above.
7261 You'll then get a virtual filesystem which can be mounted on
7262 /dev/pts with "mount -t devpts". This, together with the pseudo
7263 terminal master multiplexer /dev/ptmx, is used for pseudo terminal
7264 support as described in The Open Group's Unix98 standard: in order
7265 to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number
7266 of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the
7267 pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
7268 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
7270 The GNU C library glibc 2.1 contains the requisite support for this
7271 mode of operation; you also need client programs that use the Unix98
7274 UnixWare slices support (EXPERIMENTAL)
7275 CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL
7276 Like some systems, UnixWare uses its own slice table inside a
7277 partition (VTOC - Virtual Table of Contents). Its format is
7278 incompatible with all other OSes. Saying Y here allows you to read
7279 VTOC and further mount UnixWare partitions read-only from within
7280 Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS filesystem support" or "System
7281 V and Coherent filesystem support", above.
7283 This is mainly used to carry data from a UnixWare box to your
7284 Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical, ZIP or
7285 removable IDE drives. Note, however, that a good portable way to
7286 transport files and directories between unixes (and even other
7287 operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man tar" or
7288 preferably "info tar").
7290 If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
7292 Macintosh partition map support
7293 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION
7294 Say Y here if you want your Linux system to be able to read the
7295 partition tables of Macintosh hard drives, and thus use partitions
7298 SMB filesystem support (to mount Windows shares etc...)
7300 SMB (Server Message Block) is the protocol Windows for Workgroups
7301 (WfW), Windows 95, Windows NT and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share
7302 files and printers over local networks. Saying Y here allows you to
7303 mount their filesystems (often called "shares" in this context) and
7304 access them just like any other Unix directory. Currently, this
7305 works only if the Windows machines use TCP/IP as the underlying
7306 transport protocol, and not NetBEUI. For details, read
7307 Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt and the SMB-HOWTO, available via
7308 FTP (user: anonymous) from
7309 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
7311 Note: if you just want your box to act as an SMB *server* and make
7312 files and printing services available to Windows clients (which need
7313 to have a TCP/IP stack), you don't need to say Y here; you can use
7314 the program samba (available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
7315 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/network/samba) for that.
7317 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
7318 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html (to
7319 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
7320 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
7322 If you want to compile the SMB support as a module ( = code which
7323 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
7324 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
7325 will be called smbfs.o. Most people say N, however.
7327 SMB Win95 bug work-around
7329 If you want to connect to a share exported by Windows 95, you should
7330 say Y here. The Windows 95 server contains a bug that makes listing
7331 directories unreliable. This option slows down the listing of
7332 directories. This makes the Windows 95 server a bit more stable.
7334 Coda filesystem support
7336 Coda is an advanced network filesystem, similar to NFS in that it
7337 enables you to mount filesystems of a remote server and access them
7338 with regular Unix commands as if they were sitting on your hard
7339 disk. Coda has several advantages over NFS: support for disconnected
7340 operation (e.g. for laptops), read/write server replication,
7341 security model for authentication and encryption, persistent client
7342 caches and write back caching.
7344 If you say Y here, your Linux box will be able to act as a Coda
7345 *client*. You will need user level code as well, both for the client
7346 and server. Servers are currently user level, i.e. need no kernel
7347 support. Please read Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt and check
7348 out the Coda home page http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu (to browse the
7349 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
7350 program like lynx or netscape).
7352 If you want to compile the coda client support as a module ( = code
7353 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
7354 whenever you want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
7355 The module will be called coda.o.
7357 NCP filesystem support (to mount NetWare volumes)
7359 NCP (NetWare Core Protocol) is a protocol that runs over IPX and is
7360 used by Novell NetWare clients to talk to file servers. It is to IPX
7361 what NFS is to TCP/IP, if that helps. Saying Y here allows you to
7362 mount NetWare file server volumes and to access them just like any
7363 other Unix directory. For details, please read the file
7364 Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt in the kernel source and the
7365 IPX-HOWTO on ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/howto.
7367 You do not have to say Y here if you want your Linux box to act as a
7368 file *server* for Novell NetWare clients.
7370 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and
7371 Macs is on the WWW at http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html (to
7372 browse the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet
7373 that has a program like lynx or netscape).
7375 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7376 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7377 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7378 called ncpfs.o. Say N unless you are connected to a Novell network.
7381 CONFIG_NCPFS_PACKET_SIGNING
7382 NCP allows packets to be signed for stronger security. If you want
7383 security, say Y. Normal users can leave it off. To be able to use
7384 packet signing you must use ncpfs > 2.0.12.
7386 Proprietary file locking
7387 CONFIG_NCPFS_IOCTL_LOCKING
7388 Allows locking of records on remote volumes. Say N unless you have
7389 special applications which are able to utilize this locking scheme.
7391 Clear remove/delete inhibit when needed
7393 Allows manipulation of files flagged as Delete or Rename Inhibit. To
7394 use this feature you must mount volumes with the ncpmount parameter
7395 "-s" (ncpfs-2.0.12 and newer). Say Y unless you are not mounting
7396 volumes with -f 444.
7398 Use NFS namespace when available
7400 Allows you to utilize NFS namespace on NetWare servers. It brings
7401 you case sensitive filenames. Say Y. You can disable it at
7402 mount-time with the `-N nfs' parameter of ncpmount.
7404 Use OS2/LONG namespace when available
7406 Allows you to utilize OS2/LONG namespace on NetWare servers.
7407 Filenames in this namespace are limited to 255 characters, they are
7408 case insensitive, and case in names is preserved. Say Y. You can
7409 disable it at mount time with the -N os2 parameter of ncpmount.
7411 Allow mounting of volume subdirectories
7412 CONFIG_NCPFS_MOUNT_SUBDIR
7413 Allows you to mount not only whole servers or whole volumes, but
7414 also subdirectories from a volume. It can be used to reexport data
7415 and so on. There is no reason to say N, so Y is recommended unless
7416 you count every byte.
7418 To utilize this feature you must use ncpfs-2.0.12 or newer.
7420 NDS interserver authentication domains
7421 CONFIG_NCPFS_NDS_DOMAINS
7422 This allows storing NDS private keys in kernel space where they
7423 can be used to authenticate another server as interserver NDS
7424 accesses need it. You must use ncpfs-2.0.12.1 or newer to utilize
7425 this feature. Say Y if you are using NDS connections to NetWare
7426 servers. Do not say Y if security is primary for you because root
7427 can read your session key (from /proc/kcore).
7430 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437
7431 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7432 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
7433 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7434 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7435 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7436 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7437 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used in
7438 the United States and parts of Canada. This is recommended.
7441 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737
7442 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7443 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
7444 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7445 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7446 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7447 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7448 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
7449 Greek. If unsure, say N.
7452 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775
7453 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7454 native language character sets. These character sets are stored
7455 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7456 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7457 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7458 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7459 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used
7460 for the Baltic Rim Languages. If unsure, say N.
7463 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850
7464 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7465 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7466 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7467 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7468 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7469 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7470 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for
7471 much of Europe -- United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Italy, and [add
7472 more countries here]. It has some characters useful to many European
7473 languages that are not part of the US codepage 437.
7478 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852
7479 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7480 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7481 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7482 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7483 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7484 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7485 say Y here if you want to include the Latin 2 codepage used by DOS
7486 for much of Central and Eastern Europe. It has all the required
7487 characters for these languages: Albanian, Croatian, Czech, English,
7488 Finnish, Hungarian, Irish, German, Polish, Romanian, Serbian (Latin
7489 transcription), Slovak, Slovenian, and Sorbian.
7492 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855
7493 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7494 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7495 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7496 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7497 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7498 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7499 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Cyrillic.
7502 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857
7503 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7504 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7505 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7506 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7507 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7508 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7509 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Turkish.
7512 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860
7513 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7514 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7515 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7516 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7517 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7518 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7519 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Portuguese.
7522 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861
7523 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7524 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7525 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7526 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7527 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7528 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7529 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Icelandic.
7532 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862
7533 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7534 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7535 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7536 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7537 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7538 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7539 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Hebrew.
7542 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863
7543 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7544 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7545 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7546 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7547 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7548 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7549 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Canadian
7553 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864
7554 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7555 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7556 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7557 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7558 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7559 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7560 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Arabic.
7563 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865
7564 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7565 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7566 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7567 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7568 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7569 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7570 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for the Nordic
7574 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866
7575 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7576 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7577 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7578 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7579 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7580 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7581 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for
7585 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869
7586 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7587 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7588 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7589 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7590 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7591 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7592 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Greek.
7594 ### Why do we have two codepages for Greek and Cyrillic?
7598 CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874
7599 The Microsoft fat filesystem family can deal with filenames in
7600 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in
7601 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate
7602 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on
7603 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames
7604 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages;
7605 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Thai.
7608 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1
7609 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7610 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7611 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7612 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 1 character
7613 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
7614 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faeroese, Finnish, French, German,
7615 Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish,
7616 Swedish, and Valencian. It is also the default for the US. If
7620 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2
7621 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7622 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7623 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7624 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 2 character
7625 set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central European
7626 languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian,
7630 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3
7631 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7632 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7633 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7634 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 3 character
7635 set, which is popular with authors of Esperanto, Galician, Maltese,
7639 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4
7640 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7641 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7642 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7643 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 4 character
7644 set which introduces letters for Estonian, Latvian, and
7645 Lithuanian. It is an incomplete predecessor of Latin 6.
7648 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5
7649 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7650 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7651 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7652 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-5, a Cyrillic
7653 character set with which you can type Bulgarian, Byelorussian,
7654 Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, and Ukrainian. Note that the charset
7655 KOI8-R is preferred in Russia.
7658 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6
7659 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7660 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7661 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7662 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-6, the Arabic
7666 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7
7667 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7668 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7669 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7670 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-7, the Modern
7671 Greek character set.
7674 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8
7675 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7676 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7677 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7678 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-8, the Hebrew
7682 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9
7683 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7684 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7685 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7686 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 5 character
7687 set, and it replaces the rarely needed Icelandic letters in Latin 1
7688 with the Turkish ones. Useful in Turkey.
7691 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_10
7692 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7693 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7694 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7695 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 6 character
7696 set, which adds the last Inuit (Greenlandic) and Sami (Lappish)
7697 letters that were missing in Latin 4 to cover the entire Nordic
7701 CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15
7702 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7703 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7704 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7705 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 9 character
7706 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian,
7707 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faeroese, Finnish,
7708 French, German, Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian,
7709 Portuguese, Spanish, Swedish, and Valencian. Latin 9 is an update to
7710 Latin 1 (ISO 8859-1) that removes a handful of rarely used
7711 characters and instead adds support for Estonian, corrects the
7712 support for French and Finnish, and adds the new Euro character. If
7717 If you want to display filenames with native language characters
7718 from the Microsoft fat filesystem family or from JOLIET CDROMs
7719 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate
7720 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Russian
7725 If you say Y here, you will get support for terminal devices with
7726 display and keyboard devices. These are called "virtual" because you
7727 can run several virtual terminals (also called virtual consoles) on
7728 one physical terminal. This is rather useful, for example one
7729 virtual terminal can collect system messages and warnings, another
7730 one can be used for a text-mode user session, and a third could run
7731 an X session, all in parallel. Switching between virtual terminals
7732 is done with certain key combinations, usually Alt-<function key>.
7734 The setterm command ("man setterm") can be used to change the
7735 properties (such as colors) of a virtual terminal.
7737 You need at least one virtual terminal device in order to make use
7738 of your keyboard and monitor. Therefore, only people configuring an
7739 embedded system would want to say N here in order to save some
7740 memory; the only way to log into such a system is then via a serial
7741 or network connection.
7743 If unsure, say Y, or else you won't be able to do much with your new
7744 shiny Linux system :-)
7746 Support for console on virtual terminal
7748 The system console is the device which receives all kernel messages
7749 and warnings and which allows logins in single user mode. If you
7750 answer Y here, a virtual terminal (the device used to interact with
7751 a physical terminal) can be used as system console. This is the most
7752 common mode of operations, so you should say Y here unless you want
7753 the kernel messages be output only to a serial port (in which case
7754 you should say Y to "Console on serial port", below).
7756 If you do say Y here, by default the currently visible virtual
7757 terminal (/dev/tty0) will be used as system console. You can change
7758 that with a kernel command line option such as "console=tty3" which
7759 would use the third virtual terminal as system console. (Try "man
7760 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or
7761 loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at boot time. The
7762 lilo procedure is also explained in the SCSI-HOWTO, available via
7763 FTP (user: anonymous) in
7764 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.)
7768 Software generated cursor
7770 If you say Y here, you'll be able to do lots of nice things with the
7771 cursors of your virtual consoles -- for example turn them into
7772 non-blinking block cursors which are more visible on laptop screens,
7773 or change their colors depending on the virtual console they're on.
7774 See Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt for more information.
7776 Support for PowerMac keyboard
7778 This option allows you to use an ADB keyboard attached to your
7779 machine. Note that this disables any other (ie. PS/2) keyboard
7780 support, even if your machine is physically capable of using both at
7783 If you use an ADB keyboard (4 pin connector), say Y here.
7784 If you use a PS/2 keyboard (6 pin connector), say N here.
7786 Standard/generic serial support
7788 This selects whether you want to include the driver for the standard
7789 serial ports. The standard answer is Y. People who might say N here
7790 are those that are setting up dedicated Ethernet WWW/FTP servers, or
7791 users that have one of the various bus mice instead of a serial
7792 mouse and don't intend to use their machine's standard serial port
7793 for anything. (Note that the Cyclades and Stallion multi serial port
7794 drivers do not need this driver built in for them to work.)
7796 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
7797 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called serial.o.
7798 [WARNING: Do not compile this driver as a module if you are using
7799 non-standard serial ports, since the configuration information will
7800 be lost when the driver is unloaded. This limitation may be lifted
7803 BTW1: If you have a mouseman serial mouse which is not recognized by
7804 the X window system, try running gpm first.
7806 BTW2: If you intend to connect a so-called Winmodem to your
7807 machine's serial port, forget it. These modems are crippled and
7808 require proprietary drivers which are only available under Windows.
7810 Most people will say Y or M here, so that they can use serial mice,
7811 modems and similar devices connecting to the standard serial ports.
7813 Support for console on serial port
7814 CONFIG_SERIAL_CONSOLE
7815 If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the
7816 system console (the system console is the device which receives all
7817 kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user
7818 mode). This could be useful if some terminal or printer is connected
7819 to that serial port.
7821 Even if you say Y here, the currently visible virtual console
7822 (/dev/tty0) will still be used as the system console by default, but
7823 you can alter that using a kernel command line option such as
7824 "console=ttyS1". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of
7825 your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the
7826 kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure is also explained in the
7827 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
7828 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.)
7830 If you don't have a VGA card installed and you say Y here, the
7831 kernel will automatically use the first serial line, /dev/ttyS0, as
7836 Support for PowerMac serial ports
7838 If you have Macintosh style serial ports (8 pin mini-DIN), say Y
7839 here. If you also have regular serial ports and enable the driver
7840 for them, you can't currently use the serial console feature.
7842 Comtrol Rocketport support
7844 This is a driver for the Comtrol Rocketport cards which provide
7845 multiple serial ports. You would need something like this to connect
7846 more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in order to
7847 become a dial-in server.
7849 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
7850 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called rocket.o.
7852 Digiboard Intelligent async support
7854 This is a driver for Digi International's Xx, Xeve, and Xem series
7855 of cards which provide multiple serial ports. You would need
7856 something like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux
7857 box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver
7858 supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If
7859 you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file
7860 Documentation/digiepca.txt.
7862 NOTE: There is another, separate driver for the Digiboard PC boards:
7863 "Digiboard PC/Xx Support" below. You should (and can) only select
7864 one of the two drivers.
7866 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
7867 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called epca.o.
7869 Digiboard PC/Xx Support
7871 This is a driver for the Digiboard PC/Xe, PC/Xi, and PC/Xeve cards
7872 that give you many serial ports. You would need something like this
7873 to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in
7874 order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say
7875 Y here and read the file Documentation/digiboard.txt.
7877 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read
7878 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called pcxx.o.
7880 SDL RISCom/8 card support
7882 This is a driver for the SDL Communications RISCom/8 multiport card,
7883 which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like
7884 this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance
7885 in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that,
7886 say Y here and read the file Documentation/riscom8.txt.
7888 Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel
7889 loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.o.
7891 Specialix IO8+ card support
7893 This is a driver for the Specialix IO8+ multiport card (both the
7894 ISA and the PCI version) which gives you many serial ports. You
7895 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
7896 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
7898 If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file
7899 Documentation/specialix.txt. Also it's possible to say M here and
7900 compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be called
7903 Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS
7904 CONFIG_SPECIALIX_RTSCTS
7905 The Specialix card can only support either RTS or DTR. If you say N
7906 here, the driver will use the pin as "DTR" when the tty is in
7907 software handshake mode. If you say Y here or hardware handshake is
7908 on, it will always be RTS. Read the file Documentation/specialix.txt
7909 for more information.
7911 Cyclades async mux support
7913 This is a driver for a card that gives you many serial ports. You
7914 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to
7915 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
7916 For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read
7917 drivers/char/README.cycladesZ.
7919 As of 1.3.9x kernels, this driver's minor numbers start at 0 instead
7922 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7923 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7924 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7927 If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N.
7929 Stallion multiport serial support
7931 Stallion cards give you many serial ports. You would need something
7932 like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for
7933 instance in order to become a dial-in server. If you say Y here, you
7934 will be asked for your specific card model in the next questions.
7935 Make sure to read drivers/char/README.stallion in this case. If you
7936 have never heard about all this, it's safe to say N.
7938 Stallion EasyIO or EC8/32 support
7940 If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion
7941 card, then this is for you; say Y. Make sure to read
7942 Documentation/stallion.txt.
7944 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
7945 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
7946 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
7949 Stallion EC8/64, ONboard, Brumby support
7951 If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion
7952 serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read
7953 Documentation/stallion.txt.
7955 To compile it as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
7956 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
7957 read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
7960 Microgate SyncLink adapter support
7962 Provides support for the SyncLink ISA and PCI
7963 multiprotocol serial adapters. These adapters
7964 support asynchronous and HDLC bit synchronous
7965 communication up to 10Mbps (PCI adapter)
7967 Synchronous HDLC line discipline support
7969 Allows synchronous HDLC communications with
7970 tty device drivers that support synchronous
7971 HDLC such as the Microgate SyncLink adapter.
7973 Hayes ESP serial port support
7975 This is a driver which supports Hayes ESP serial ports. Both single
7976 port cards and multiport cards are supported. Make sure to read
7977 Documentation/hayes-esp.txt.
7979 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
7980 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
7981 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called esp.o.
7984 Multi-Tech multiport card support
7986 This is a driver for the Multi-Tech cards which provide several
7987 serial ports. The driver is experimental and can currently only be
7988 built as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from
7989 the running kernel whenever you want). Please read
7990 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called isicom.o
7994 A pseudo terminal (PTY) is a software device consisting of two
7995 halves: a master and a slave. The slave device behaves identical to
7996 a physical terminal; the master device is used by a process to
7997 read data from and write data to the slave, thereby emulating a
7998 terminal. Typical programs for the master side are telnet servers
8001 Linux has traditionally used the BSD-like names /dev/ptyxx for
8002 masters and /dev/ttyxx for slaves of pseudo terminals. This scheme
8003 has a number of problems. The GNU C library glibc 2.1 and later,
8004 however, supports the Unix98 naming standard: in order to acquire a
8005 pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number of the pseudo
8006 terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo
8007 terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was
8008 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example.
8010 The entries in /dev/pts/ are created on the fly by a virtual
8011 filesystem; therefore, if you say Y here you should say Y to
8012 "/dev/pts filesystem for Unix98 PTYs" as well.
8014 If you want to say Y here, you need to have the C library glibc 2.1
8015 or later (equal to libc-6.1, check with "ls -l /lib/libc.so.*").
8016 Read the instructions in Documentation/Changes pertaining to pseudo
8017 terminals. It's save to say N.
8019 Maximum number of Unix98 PTYs in use (0-2048)
8020 CONFIG_UNIX98_PTY_COUNT
8021 The maximum number of Unix98 PTYs that can be used at any one time.
8022 The default is 256, and should be enough for desktop systems. Server
8023 machines which support incoming telnet/rlogin/ssh connections and/or
8024 serve several X terminals may want to increase this: every incoming
8025 connection and every xterm uses up one PTY.
8027 When not in use, each additional set of 256 PTYs occupy
8028 approximately 8 KB of kernel memory on 32-bit architectures.
8030 Parallel printer support
8032 If you intend to attach a printer to the parallel port of your Linux
8033 box (as opposed to using a serial printer; if the connector at the
8034 printer has 9 or 25 holes ["female"], then it's serial), say Y. Also
8035 read the Printing-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
8036 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8038 It is possible to share one parallel port among several devices
8039 (e.g. printer and ZIP drive) and it is safe to compile the
8040 corresponding drivers into the kernel. If you want to compile this
8041 driver as a module however ( = code which can be inserted in and
8042 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and
8043 read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called lp.o.
8045 If you have several parallel ports, you should specify the base
8046 address for the port to be used by the printer with the "lp" kernel
8047 command line option. (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation
8048 of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to
8049 the kernel at boot time. The lilo procedure is also explained in the
8050 SCSI-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
8051 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.) The standard base
8052 addresses as well as the syntax of the "lp" command line option can
8053 be found in drivers/char/lp.c.
8055 If you have more than 3 printers, you need to increase the LP_NO
8058 Support IEEE1284 status readback
8059 CONFIG_PRINTER_READBACK
8060 If your printer conforms to IEEE 1284, it may be able to provide a
8061 status indication when you read from it (for example, with `cat
8062 /dev/lp1'). To use this feature, say Y here.
8064 Mouse Support (not serial mice)
8066 This is for machines with a bus mouse or a PS/2 mouse as opposed to
8067 a serial mouse. Most people have a regular serial MouseSystem or
8068 Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a COM port
8069 (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here. If you
8070 have something else, read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP
8071 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO and
8074 If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or
8075 experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse
8076 or not; it's best to say Y here for you.
8078 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
8079 kernel: saying N will just cause this configure script to skip all
8080 the questions about non-serial mice. If unsure, say Y.
8082 Logitech busmouse support
8084 Logitech mouse connected to a proprietary interface card. It's
8085 generally a round connector with 9 pins. Note that the newer mice
8086 made by Logitech don't use the Logitech protocol anymore; for those,
8087 you don't need this option. You want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO,
8088 available via FTP (user: anonymous) in
8089 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8091 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8092 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8093 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8094 called busmouse.o. If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO
8095 nevertheless: it will tell you what you have.
8097 PS/2 mouse (aka "auxiliary device") support
8099 The PS/2 mouse connects to a special mouse port that looks much like
8100 the keyboard port (small circular connector with 6 pins). This way,
8101 the mouse does not use any serial ports. This port can also be used
8102 for other input devices like light pens, tablets, keypads. Compaq,
8103 AST and IBM all use this as their mouse port on currently shipping
8104 machines. The trackballs of some laptops are PS/2 mice also. In
8105 particular, the C&T 82C710 mouse on TI Travelmates is a PS/2 mouse.
8107 Although PS/2 mice are not technically bus mice, they are explained
8108 in detail in the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP (user: anonymous)
8109 in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8111 When using a PS/2 mouse, you can get problems if you want to use the
8112 mouse both on the Linux console and under X. Using the "-R" option
8113 of the Linux mouse managing program gpm (available from
8114 ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/system/Daemons) solves this
8115 problem, or you can get the "mconv" utility also from metalab.
8117 C&T 82C710 mouse port support (as on TI Travelmate)
8119 This is a certain kind of PS/2 mouse used on the TI Travelmate. If
8120 you are unsure, try first to say N here and come back if the mouse
8121 doesn't work. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
8122 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8124 PC110 digitizer pad support
8126 This drives the digitizer pad on the IBM PC110 palmtop (see
8127 http://toy.cabi.net; to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a
8128 machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or
8129 netscape). It can turn the digitizer pad into a PS/2 mouse emulation
8130 with tap gestures or into an absolute pad.
8132 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8133 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8134 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8137 Microsoft busmouse support
8139 These animals (also called Inport mice) are connected to an
8140 expansion board using a round connector with 9 pins. If this is what
8141 you have, say Y and read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP
8142 (user: anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8144 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
8145 tell you what you have. Also be aware that several vendors talk
8146 about 'Microsoft busmouse' and actually mean PS/2 busmouse -- so
8147 count the pins on the connector.
8149 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8150 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8151 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8152 called msbusmouse.o.
8154 ATIXL busmouse support
8155 CONFIG_ATIXL_BUSMOUSE
8156 This is a rare type of busmouse that is connected to the back of an
8157 ATI video card. Note that most ATI mice are actually Microsoft
8158 busmice. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
8159 anonymous) in ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
8161 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8162 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8163 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8164 called atixlmouse.o.
8166 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will
8167 tell you what you have.
8169 Support for PowerMac ADB mouse
8171 If you have an ADB mouse (4 pin connector) as is common on
8172 Macintoshes, say Y here.
8176 If you have a non-SCSI tape drive like that, say Y. Or, if you want
8177 to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in
8178 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here
8179 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
8182 Do you want runtime configuration for QIC-02
8183 CONFIG_QIC02_DYNCONF
8184 You can either configure this driver once and for all by editing a
8185 header file (include/linux/tpqic02.h), in which case you should
8186 say N, or you can fetch a program via anonymous FTP which is able
8187 to configure this driver during runtime. The program to do this is
8188 called 'qic02conf' and it is part of the tpqic02-support-X.Y.tar.gz
8191 If you want to use the qic02conf program, say Y.
8193 Floppy tape drive (QIC-80/40/3010/3020/TR-1/TR-2/TR-3) support
8195 If you have a tape drive that is connected to your floppy
8196 controller, say Y here.
8198 Some tape drives (like the Seagate "Tape Store 3200" or the Iomega
8199 "Ditto 3200" or the Exabyte "Eagle TR-3") come with a "high speed"
8200 controller of their own. These drives (and their companion
8201 controllers) are also supported if you say Y here.
8203 If you have a special controller (such as the CMS FC-10, FC-20,
8204 Mountain Mach-II, or any controller that is based on the Intel 82078
8205 FDC like the high speed controllers by Seagate and Exabyte and
8206 Iomega's "Ditto Dash") you must configure it by selecting the
8207 appropriate entries from the "Floppy tape controllers" sub-menu
8208 below and possibly modify the default values for the IRQ and DMA
8209 channel and the IO base in ftape's configuration menu.
8211 If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a PCI-bus based system,
8212 please read the file drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI.
8214 The ftape kernel driver is also available as a runtime loadable
8215 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
8216 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a
8217 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
8218 will be called ftape.o.
8220 Note that the Ftape-HOWTO is out of date (sorry) and documents the
8221 older version 2.08 of this software but still contains useful
8222 information. There is a web page with more recent documentation at
8223 http://www-math.math.rwth-aachen.de/~LBFM/claus/ftape/ . This page
8224 always contains the latest release of the ftape driver and useful
8225 information (backup software, ftape related patches and
8226 documentation, FAQ). (To browse the WWW, you need to have access to
8227 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape.)
8228 Note that the file system interface has changed quite a bit compared
8229 to previous versions of ftape. Please read Documentation/ftape.txt.
8231 The file system interface for ftape
8233 Normally, you want to say Y or M. DON'T say N here or you
8234 WON'T BE ABLE TO USE YOUR FLOPPY TAPE DRIVE.
8236 The ftape module itself no longer contains the routines necessary
8237 to interface with the kernel VFS layer (i.e. to actually write data
8238 to and read data from the tape drive). Instead the file system
8239 interface (i.e. the hardware independent part of the driver) has
8240 been moved to a separate module.
8242 If you say M zftape will be compiled as a runtime loadable
8243 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
8244 running kernel whenever you want). In this case you should read
8245 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called zftape.o.
8247 Regardless of whether you say Y or M here, an additional runtime
8248 loadable module called `zft-compressor.o' which contains code to
8249 support user transparent on-the-fly compression based on Ross
8250 William's lzrw3 algorithm will be produced. If you have enabled the
8251 kernel module loader (i.e. have said Y to "Kernel module loader
8252 support", above) then `zft-compressor.o' will be loaded
8253 automatically by zftape when needed.
8255 Despite its name, zftape does NOT use compression by default. The
8256 file Documentation/ftape.txt contains a short description of the
8257 most important changes in the file system interface compared to
8258 previous versions of ftape. The ftape home page
8259 http://www-math.math.rwth-aachen.de/~LBFM/claus/ftape/ contains
8260 further information (to browse the WWW, you need to have access to a
8261 machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape).
8263 IMPORTANT NOTE: zftape can read archives created by previous
8264 versions of ftape and provide file mark support (i.e. fast skipping
8265 between tape archives) but previous version of ftape will lack file
8266 mark support when reading archives produced by zftape.
8268 Default block size for zftape
8269 CONFIG_ZFT_DFLT_BLK_SZ
8270 If unsure leave this at its default value, i.e. 10240. Note that
8271 you specify only the default block size here. The block size can be
8272 changed at run time using the MTSETBLK tape operation with the
8273 MTIOCTOP ioctl (i.e. with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setblk #BLKSZ" from the
8274 shell command line).
8276 The probably most striking difference between zftape and previous
8277 versions of ftape is the fact that all data must be written or read
8278 in multiples of a fixed block size. The block size defaults to
8279 10240 which is what GNU tar uses. The values for the block size
8280 should be either 1 or multiples of 1024 up to a maximum value of
8281 63488 (i.e. 62 K). If you specify `1' then zftape's builtin
8282 compression will be disabled.
8284 Reasonable values are `10240' (GNU tar's default block size),
8285 `5120' (afio's default block size), `32768' (default block size some
8286 backup programs assume for SCSI tape drives) or `1' (no restriction
8287 on block size, but disables builtin compression).
8289 Number of DMA buffers
8290 CONFIG_FT_NR_BUFFERS
8291 Please leave this at `3' unless you REALLY know what you are doing.
8292 It is not necessary to change this value. Values below 3 make the
8293 proper use of ftape impossible, values greater than 3 are a waste of
8294 memory. You can change the amount of DMA memory used by ftape at
8295 runtime with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setdrvbuffer #NUMBUFFERS". Each buffer
8296 wastes 32 KB of memory. Please note that this memory cannot be
8299 Procfs entry for ftape
8301 Optional. Saying Y will result in creation of a directory
8302 `/proc/ftape' under the proc file system. The files can be viewed
8303 with your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/ftape/history" or
8304 "less /proc/ftape/history" or simply "cat /proc/ftape/history"). The
8305 file will contain some status information about the inserted
8306 cartridge, the kernel driver, your tape drive, the floppy disk
8307 controller and the error history for the most recent use of the
8308 kernel driver. Saying Y will enlarge the size of the ftape driver
8309 by approximately 2 KB.
8311 WARNING: When compiling ftape as a module (i.e. saying M to
8312 "Floppy tape drive") it is dangerous to use ftape's proc file system
8313 interface. Accessing `/proc/ftape' while the module is unloaded will
8314 result in a kernel Oops. This cannot be fixed from inside ftape.
8316 Controlling the amount of debugging output of ftape
8317 CONFIG_FT_NORMAL_DEBUG
8318 This option controls the amount of debugging output the ftape driver
8319 is ABLE to produce; it does not increase or diminish the debugging
8320 level itself. If unsure, leave this at its default setting,
8321 i.e. choose "Normal".
8323 Ftape can print lots of debugging messages to the system console
8324 resp. kernel log files. Reducing the amount of possible debugging
8325 output reduces the size of the kernel module by some KB, so it might
8326 be a good idea to use "None" for emergency boot floppies.
8328 If you want to save memory then the following strategy is
8329 recommended: leave this option at its default setting "Normal" until
8330 you know that the driver works as expected, afterwards reconfigure
8331 the kernel, this time specifying "Reduced" or "None" and recompile
8332 and install the kernel as usual. Note that choosing "Excessive"
8333 debugging output does not increase the amount of debugging output
8334 printed to the console but only makes it possible to produce
8335 "Excessive" debugging output.
8337 Please read Documentation/ftape.txt for a short description
8338 how to control the amount of debugging output.
8340 The floppy drive controller for ftape
8342 Only change this setting if you have a special controller. If you
8343 didn't plug any add-on card into your computer system but just
8344 plugged the floppy tape cable into the already existing floppy drive
8345 controller then you don't want to change the default setting,
8346 i.e. choose "Standard".
8348 Choose "MACH-2" if you have a Mountain Mach-2 controller.
8349 Choose "FC-10/FC-20" if you have a Colorado FC-10 or FC-20
8351 Choose "Alt/82078" if you have another controller that is located at
8352 an IO base address different from the standard floppy drive
8353 controller's base address of `0x3f0', or uses an IRQ (interrupt)
8354 channel different from `6', or a DMA channel different from
8355 `2'. This is necessary for any controller card that is based on
8356 Intel's 82078 FDC such as Seagate's, Exabyte's and Iomega's "high
8359 If you choose something other than "Standard" then please make
8360 sure that the settings for the IO base address and the IRQ and DMA
8361 channel in the configuration menus below are correct. Use the manual
8362 of your tape drive to determine the correct settings!
8364 If you are already successfully using your tape drive with another
8365 operating system then you definitely should use the same settings
8366 for the IO base, the IRQ and DMA channel that have proven to work
8369 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
8370 the hardware setup. The hardware configuration can be changed at
8371 boot time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you
8372 have said Y to "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you
8373 have said M to "Floppy tape drive").
8375 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which
8376 contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at
8377 boot or load time. If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a
8378 PCI-bus based system, please read the file
8379 drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI.
8381 IO base of the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
8383 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
8384 settings for the base IO address are correct:
8385 <<< MACH-2 : 0x1E0 >>>
8386 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 0x180 >>>
8387 <<< Secondary : 0x370 >>>
8388 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
8389 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
8390 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
8391 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
8392 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
8393 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
8394 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
8395 proven to work with that other OS.
8397 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
8398 the IO base. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot time
8399 (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you specified Y to
8400 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you have said M to
8401 "Floppy tape drive").
8403 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
8404 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
8407 IRQ channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
8409 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
8410 settings for the interrupt channel are correct:
8412 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 9 >>>
8413 <<< Secondary : 6 >>>
8414 Secondary refers to secondary a FDC controller like the "high speed"
8415 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
8416 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
8417 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
8418 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
8419 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
8420 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
8421 proven to work with that other OS.
8423 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
8424 the IRQ channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
8425 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
8426 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
8427 "Floppy tape drive").
8429 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
8430 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
8433 DMA channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape
8435 You don't need to specify a value if the following default
8436 settings for the DMA channel are correct:
8438 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 3 >>>
8439 <<< Secondary : 2 >>>
8440 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed"
8441 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash.
8442 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address
8443 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR
8444 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already
8445 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then
8446 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has
8447 proven to work with that other OS.
8449 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for
8450 the DMA channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot
8451 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to
8452 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to
8453 "Floppy tape drive").
8455 Please read also the file Documentation/ftape.txt which contains a
8456 short description of the parameters that can be set at boot or load
8459 FDC FIFO Threshold before requesting DMA service
8461 Set the FIFO threshold of the FDC. If this is higher the DMA
8462 controller may serve the FDC after a higher latency time. If this is
8463 lower, fewer DMA transfers occur leading to less bus contention.
8464 You may try to tune this if ftape annoys you with "reduced data
8465 rate because of excessive overrun errors" messages. However, this
8466 doesn't seem to have too much effect.
8468 If unsure, don't touch the initial value, i.e. leave it at "8".
8470 FDC maximum data rate
8471 CONFIG_FT_FDC_MAX_RATE
8472 With some motherboard/FDC combinations ftape will not be able to
8473 run your FDC/tape drive combination at the highest available
8474 speed. If this is the case you'll encounter "reduced data rate
8475 because of excessive overrun errors" messages and lots of retries
8476 before ftape finally decides to reduce the data rate.
8478 In this case it might be desirable to tell ftape beforehand that
8479 it need not try to run the tape drive at the highest available
8480 speed. If unsure, leave this disabled, i.e. leave it at 2000
8483 MTRR control and configuration
8485 On Intel Pentium Pro and Pentium II systems the Memory Type Range
8486 Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control processor access to memory
8487 ranges. This is most useful when you have a video (VGA) card on a
8488 PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining allows bus write transfers
8489 to be combined into a larger transfer before bursting over the
8490 PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance of image write operations
8491 2.5 times or more. This option creates a /proc/mtrr file which may
8492 be used to manipulate your MTRRs. Typically the X server should use
8493 this. This should have a reasonably generic interface so that
8494 similar control registers on other processors can be easily
8497 Saying Y here also fixes a problem with buggy SMP BIOSes which only
8498 set the MTRRs for the boot CPU and not the secondary CPUs. This can
8499 lead to all sorts of problems.
8501 You can safely say Y even if your machine doesn't have MTRRs, you'll
8502 just add about 3k to your kernel.
8504 See Documentation/mtrr.txt for more information.
8506 Main CPU frequency, only for DEC alpha machine
8507 CONFIG_FT_ALPHA_CLOCK
8508 On some DEC Alpha machines the CPU clock frequency cannot be
8509 determined automatically, so you need to specify it here ONLY if
8510 running a DEC Alpha, otherwise this setting has no effect.
8512 Zilog serial support
8514 This driver does not exist at this point, so you might as well
8517 Double Talk PC internal speech card support
8519 This driver is for the DoubleTalk PC, a speech synthesizer
8520 manufactured by RC Systems (http://www.rcsys.com/). It is also
8521 called the `internal DoubleTalk'. If you want to compile this as a
8522 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
8523 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read
8524 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called dtlk.o.
8526 Advanced Power Management
8528 APM is a BIOS specification for saving power using several different
8529 techniques. This is mostly useful for battery powered laptops with
8530 APM compliant BIOSes. If you say Y here, the system time will be
8531 reset after a USER RESUME operation, the /proc/apm device will
8532 provide battery status information, and user-space programs will
8533 receive notification of APM "events" (e.g., battery status change).
8535 Supporting software is available; for more information, read the
8536 Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
8537 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini.
8539 This driver does not spin down disk drives (see the hdparm(8)
8540 manpage ("man 8 hdparm") for that), and it doesn't turn off
8541 VESA-compliant "green" monitors.
8543 This driver does not support the TI 4000M TravelMate and the ACER
8544 486/DX4/75 because they don't have compliant BIOSes. Many "green"
8545 desktop machines also don't have compliant BIOSes, and this driver
8546 will cause those machines to panic during the boot phase (typically,
8547 these machines are using a data segment of 0040, which is reserved
8548 for the Linux kernel).
8550 If you are running Linux on a laptop, you may also want to read the
8551 Linux Laptop home page on the WWW at
8552 http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/ (to browse the
8553 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
8554 program like lynx or netscape).
8556 Generally, if you don't have a battery in your machine, there isn't
8557 much point in using this driver and you should say N. If you get
8558 random kernel OOPSes or reboots that don't seem to be related to
8559 anything, try disabling/enabling this option (or disabling/enabling
8562 Some other things you should try when experiencing seemingly random,
8565 1) make sure that you have enough swap space and that it is
8567 2) pass the "no-hlt" option to the kernel
8568 3) switch on floating point emulation in the kernel and pass
8569 the "no387" option to the kernel
8570 4) pass the "floppy=nodma" option to the kernel
8571 5) pass the "mem=4M" option to the kernel (thereby disabling
8572 all but the first 4 MB of RAM)
8573 6) make sure that the CPU is not over clocked.
8574 7) read the sig11 FAQ at http://www.bitwizard.nl/sig11/
8575 8) disable the cache from your BIOS settings
8576 9) install a fan for the video card or exchange video RAM
8577 10) install a better fan for the CPU
8578 11) exchange RAM chips
8579 12) exchange the motherboard.
8582 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_USER_SUSPEND
8583 This option will ignore USER SUSPEND requests. On machines with a
8584 compliant APM BIOS, you want to say N. However, on the NEC Versa M
8585 series notebooks, it is necessary to say Y because of a BIOS bug.
8587 Enable APM at boot time
8588 CONFIG_APM_DO_ENABLE
8589 Enable APM features at boot time. From page 36 of the APM BIOS
8590 specification: "When disabled, the APM BIOS does not automatically
8591 power manage devices, enter the Standby State, enter the Suspend
8592 State, or take power saving steps in response to CPU Idle calls."
8593 This driver will make CPU Idle calls when Linux is idle (unless this
8594 feature is turned off -- see "Do CPU IDLE calls", below). This
8595 should always save battery power, but more complicated APM features
8596 will be dependent on your BIOS implementation. You may need to turn
8597 this option off if your computer hangs at boot time when using APM
8598 support, or if it beeps continuously instead of suspending. Turn
8599 this off if you have a NEC UltraLite Versa 33/C or a Toshiba
8600 T400CDT. This is off by default since most machines do fine without
8605 Enable calls to APM CPU Idle/CPU Busy inside the kernel's idle loop.
8606 On some machines, this can activate improved power savings, such as
8607 a slowed CPU clock rate, when the machine is idle. These idle calls
8608 are made after the idle loop has run for some length of time (e.g.,
8609 333 mS). On some machines, this will cause a hang at boot time or
8610 whenever the CPU becomes idle. (On machines with more than one CPU,
8611 this option does nothing.)
8613 Enable console blanking using APM
8614 CONFIG_APM_DISPLAY_BLANK
8615 Enable console blanking using the APM. Some laptops can use this to
8616 turn off the LCD backlight when the screen blanker of the Linux
8617 virtual console blanks the screen. Note that this is only used by
8618 the virtual console screen blanker, and won't turn off the backlight
8619 when using the X Window system. This also doesn't have anything to
8620 do with your VESA-compliant power-saving monitor. Further, this
8621 option doesn't work for all laptops -- it might not turn off your
8622 backlight at all, or it might print a lot of errors to the console,
8623 especially if you are using gpm.
8625 Power off on shutdown
8626 CONFIG_APM_POWER_OFF
8627 Enable the ability to power off the computer after the Linux kernel
8628 is halted. You will need software (e.g., a suitable version of the
8629 halt(8) command ("man 8 halt")) to cause the computer to power down.
8630 Recent versions of the sysvinit package available from
8631 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/system/daemons/init/ (user:
8632 anonymous) contain support for this ("halt -p" shuts down Linux and
8633 powers off the computer, if executed from runlevel 0). As with the
8634 other APM options, this option may not work reliably with some APM
8635 BIOS implementations.
8637 Ignore multiple suspend/standby events
8638 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_MULTIPLE_SUSPEND
8639 This option is necessary on the IBM Thinkpad 560, but should work on
8640 all other laptops. When the APM BIOS returns multiple suspend or
8641 standby events while one is already being processed they will be
8642 ignored. Without this the Thinkpad 560 has troubles with the user
8643 level daemon apmd, and with the PCMCIA package pcmcia-cs.
8645 Ignore multiple suspend/resume cycles
8646 CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_SUSPEND_BOUNCE
8647 This option is necessary on the Dell Inspiron 3200 and others, but
8648 should be safe for all other laptops. When enabled, a system suspend
8649 event that occurs within three seconds of a resume is ignored.
8650 Without this the Inspiron will shut itself off a few seconds after
8651 you open the lid, requiring you to press the power button to resume
8652 it a second time. Say Y.
8654 RTC stores time in GMT
8655 CONFIG_APM_RTC_IS_GMT
8656 Say Y here if your RTC (Real Time Clock a.k.a. hardware clock)
8657 stores the time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). Say N if your RTC
8660 It is in fact recommended to store GMT in your RTC, because then you
8661 don't have to worry about daylight savings time changes. The only
8662 reason not to use GMT in your RTC is if you also run a broken OS
8663 that doesn't understand GMT.
8665 Allow interrupts during APM BIOS calls
8666 CONFIG_APM_ALLOW_INTS
8667 Normally we disable external interrupts while we are making calls to
8668 the APM BIOS as a measure to lessen the effects of a badly behaving
8669 BIOS implementation. The BIOS should reenable interrupts if it
8670 needs to. Unfortunately, some BIOSes do not - especially those in
8671 many of the newer IBM Thinkpads. If you experience hangs when you
8672 suspend, try setting this to Y. Otherwise, say N.
8674 Watchdog Timer Support
8676 If you say Y here (and to one of the following options) and create a
8677 character special file /dev/watchdog with major number 10 and minor
8678 number 130 using mknod ("man mknod"), you will get a watchdog, i.e.:
8679 subsequently opening the file and then failing to write to it for
8680 longer than 1 minute will result in rebooting the machine. This
8681 could be useful for a networked machine that needs to come back
8682 online as fast as possible after a lock-up. There's both a watchdog
8683 implementation entirely in software (which can sometimes fail to
8684 reboot the machine) and a driver for hardware watchdog boards, which
8685 are more robust and can also keep track of the temperature inside
8686 your computer. For details, read Documentation/watchdog.txt in the
8689 The watchdog is usually used together with the watchdog daemon
8690 which is available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
8691 ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/sources/sbin/. This daemon can also
8692 monitor NFS connections and can reboot the machine when the process
8697 Disable watchdog shutdown on close
8698 CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT
8699 The default watchdog behaviour (which you get if you say N here) is
8700 to stop the timer if the process managing it closes the file
8701 /dev/watchdog. It's always remotely possible that this process might
8702 get killed. If you say Y here, the watchdog cannot be stopped once
8703 it has been started.
8707 If you have a WDT500P or WDT501P watchdog board, say Y here,
8708 otherwise N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means
8709 that you have to set the IO port and IRQ it uses in the kernel
8710 source at the top of drivers/char/wdt.c.
8712 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
8713 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
8714 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
8719 Saying Y here and creating a character special file /dev/temperature
8720 with major number 10 and minor number 131 ("man mknod") will give
8721 you a thermometer inside your computer: reading from
8722 /dev/temperature yields one byte, the temperature in degrees
8723 Fahrenheit. This works only if you have a WDT501P watchdog board
8728 Enable the Fan Tachometer on the WDT501. Only do this if you have a
8729 fan tachometer actually set up.
8732 CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG
8733 A software monitoring watchdog. This will fail to reboot your system
8734 from some situations that the hardware watchdog will recover
8735 from. Equally it's a lot cheaper to install.
8737 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8738 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8739 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
8740 Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called softdog.o.
8742 Berkshire Products PC Watchdog
8744 This is the driver for the Berkshire Products PC Watchdog card.
8745 This card simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze,
8746 and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of
8747 time. This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different
8748 hardware. Please read Documentation/pcwd-watchdog.txt. The PC
8749 watchdog cards can be ordered from http://www.berkprod.com. Some
8750 example rc.local files are available from ftp://ftp.bitgate.com.
8752 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8753 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8754 The module is called pcwd.o. If you want to compile it as a module,
8755 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8757 Most people will say N.
8759 Acquire SBC Watchdog Timer
8761 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the PSC-6x86 Single
8762 Board Computer produced by Acquire Inc (and others). This watchdog
8763 simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if
8764 it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time.
8766 This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different hardware.
8767 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8768 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8769 The module is called pscwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a
8770 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. Most people
8773 Enhanced Real Time Clock Support
8775 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with
8776 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you
8777 will get access to the real time clock built into your computer.
8778 Every PC has such a clock built in. It can be used to generate
8779 signals from as low as 1Hz up to 8192Hz, and can also be used as a
8780 24 hour alarm. It reports status information via the file /proc/rtc
8781 and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on /dev/rtc.
8783 If you run Linux on a multiprocessor machine and said Y to
8784 "Symmetric Multi Processing" above, you should say Y here to read
8785 and set the RTC clock in an SMP compatible fashion.
8787 If you think you have a use for such a device (such as periodic data
8788 sampling), then say Y here, and read Documentation/rtc.txt for
8791 Tadpole ANA H8 Support
8793 The Hitachi H8/337 is a microcontroller used to deal with the power
8794 and thermal environment. If you say Y here, you will be able to
8795 communicate with it via a character special device.
8801 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/nvram
8802 with major number 10 and minor number 144 using mknod ("man mknod"),
8803 you get read and write access to the 50 bytes of non-volatile memory
8804 in the real time clock (RTC), which is contained in every PC and
8807 This memory is conventionally called "CMOS RAM" on PCs and "NVRAM"
8808 on Ataris. /dev/nvram may be used to view settings there, or to
8809 change them (with some utility). It could also be used to frequently
8810 save a few bits of very important data that may not be lost over
8811 power-off and for which writing to disk is too insecure. Note
8812 however that most NVRAM space in a PC belongs to the BIOS and you
8813 should NEVER idly tamper with it. See Ralf Brown's interrupt list
8814 for a guide to the use of CMOS bytes by your BIOS.
8816 On Atari machines, /dev/nvram is always configured and does not need
8819 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8820 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8821 The module will be called nvram.o. If you want to compile it as a
8822 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8826 If you have a joystick, you can say Y here to enable generic
8827 joystick support. You will also need to say Y or M to at least one
8828 of the hardware specific joystick drivers. This will make the
8829 joysticks available as /dev/jsX devices. Please read the file
8830 Documentation/joystick.txt which contains more information and the
8831 location of the joystick package that you'll need.
8833 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
8834 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
8835 The module will be called joystick.o. If you want to compile it as a
8836 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
8838 Classic PC analog joysticks and gamepads
8840 Say Y here if you have an analog joystick or gamepad that connects
8841 to the PC gameport. This supports many different types, including
8842 joysticks with throttle control, with rudders, or with extensions
8843 like additional hats and buttons compatible with CH Flightstick Pro,
8844 ThrustMaster FCS or 6 and 8 button gamepads. For more information on
8845 how to use the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
8847 FPGaming and MadCatz A3D controllers
8849 Say Y here if you have an FPGaming Assasin 3D, MadCatz Panther or
8850 MadCatz Panther XL. For more information on how to use the driver
8851 please read Documentation/joystick.txt
8853 Gravis GrIP joysticks and gamepads
8855 Say Y here if you have a Gravis GamePad Pro, Gravis Xterminator or
8856 Gravis Blackhawk Digital. For more information on how to use the
8857 driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
8859 PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards
8860 CONFIG_JOY_LIGHTNING
8861 Say Y here if you have a PDPI Lightning 4 gamecard and an analog
8862 joystick or gamepad connected to it. For more information on how to
8863 use the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
8865 Logitech Digital joysticks and gamepads
8867 Say Y here if you have a Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital,
8868 Logitech ThunderPad Digital or Logitech CyberMan 2. For more
8869 information on how to use the driver please read
8870 Documentation/joystick.txt
8872 Microsoft SideWinder, Genius Digital joysticks and gamepads
8873 CONFIG_JOY_SIDEWINDER
8874 Say Y here if you have a Microsoft SideWinder 3d Pro, Microsoft
8875 SideWinder Precision Pro, Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Pro,
8876 Microsoft Sidewinder GamePad or Genius Flight2000 F-23 Digital. For
8877 more information on how to use the driver please read
8878 Documentation/joystick.txt
8880 ThrustMaster DirectConnect joysticks and gamepads
8881 CONFIG_JOY_THRUSTMASTER
8882 Say Y here if you have a ThrustMaster Millenium 3D Inceptor or a
8883 ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad. For more information on how to use the
8884 driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt
8886 NES, SNES, PSX, Multisystem joysticks and gamepads
8888 Say Y here if you have a Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad,
8889 Super Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad, Sony PlayStation
8890 gamepad or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore, Amstrad CPC
8891 joystick. For more information on how to use the driver please read
8892 Documentation/joystick.txt and Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
8894 Sega, Multisystem joysticks and gamepads
8896 Say Y here if you have a Sega Master System gamepad, Sega Genesis
8897 gamepad, Sega Saturn gamepad, or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga,
8898 Commodore, Amstrad CPC joystick. For more information on how to use
8899 the driver please read Documentation/joystick.txt and
8900 Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
8902 TurboGraFX Multisystem joystick interface
8903 CONFIG_JOY_TURBOGRAFX
8904 Say Y here if you have the TurboGraFX interface by Steffen Schwenke,
8905 and want to use it with Multiststem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore,
8906 Amstrad CPC joystick. For more information on how to use the driver
8907 please read Documentation/joystick.txt and
8908 Documentation/joystick-parport.txt
8912 Say Y here if you have an Amiga with a digital joystick connected
8913 to it. For more information on how to use the driver please read
8914 Documentation/joystick.txt
8916 Atomwide Serial Support
8917 CONFIG_ATOMWIDE_SERIAL
8918 If you have an Atomwide Serial card for an Acorn system, say Y to
8919 this option. The driver can handle 1, 2, or 3 port cards.
8922 The Serial Port Dual Serial Port
8923 CONFIG_DUALSP_SERIAL
8924 If you have the Serial Port's dual serial card for an Acorn system,
8925 say Y to this option. If unsure, say N
8929 If you have a sound card in your computer, i.e. if it can say more
8930 than an occasional beep, say Y. Be sure to have all the information
8931 about your sound card and its configuration down (I/O port,
8932 interrupt and DMA channel), because you will be asked for it.
8934 You want to read the Sound-HOWTO, available via FTP (user:
8935 anonymous) from ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO. General
8936 information about the modular sound system is contained in the files
8937 Documentation/sound/Introduction. The file
8938 Documentation/sound/README.OSS contains some slightly outdated but
8939 still useful information as well.
8941 If you have a PnP sound card and you want to configure it at boot
8942 time using the ISA PnP tools (read
8943 http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/ (to browse the WWW, you
8944 need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a program
8945 like lynx or netscape)), then you need to compile the sound card
8946 support as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
8947 from the running kernel whenever you want) and load that module
8948 after the PnP configuration is finished. To do this, say M here and
8949 read Documentation/modules.txt as well as
8950 Documentation/sound/README.modules; the module will be called
8953 I'm told that even without a sound card, you can make your computer
8954 say more than an occasional beep, by programming the PC speaker.
8955 Kernel patches and supporting utilities to do that are in the pcsp
8956 package, available at http://www.imladris.demon.co.uk/pcsp/.
8960 OSS is the Open Sound System suite of sound card drivers. They make
8961 sound programming easier since they provide a common API. Say Y or M
8962 here (the module will be called sound.o) if you haven't found a
8963 driver for your sound card above, then pick your driver from the
8966 Persistent DMA buffers
8968 Linux can often have problems allocating DMA buffers for ISA cards on
8969 machines with more than 16MB of RAM. This is because ISA DMA buffers
8970 must exist below the 16MB boundry and it is quite possible that we
8971 can't find a large enough free block in this region after the machine
8972 has been running for any amount of time. If you say Y here the DMA
8973 buffers (64Kb) will be allocated at boot time and kept until the
8974 shutdown. This option is only usefull if you say Y to OSS sound
8975 modules. If you say M to OSS sound modules then you can just pass to
8976 the sound.o module a "dmabuf=1" command-line argument.
8978 Say Y unless you have 16MB or less RAM or a PCI sound card.
8980 Support for Aztech Sound Galaxy (non-PnP) cards
8981 CONFIG_SOUND_SGALAXY
8982 This module initializes the older non Plug and Play sound galaxy
8983 cards from Aztech. It supports the Waverider Pro 32 - 3D and the
8984 Galaxy Washington 16.
8986 Support for AD1816(A) based cards (EXPERIMENTAL)
8988 Say M here if you have a sound card based on the Analog Devices
8991 NOTE: This driver is still EXPERIMENTAL.
8992 See Documentation/sound/AD1816 for further information.
8994 Yamaha OPL3-SA1 audio controller
8995 CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA1
8996 Say Y or M if you have a Yamaha OPL3-SA1 sound chip, which is
8997 usually built into motherboards. Read Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA
9000 ProAudioSpectrum 16 support
9002 Answer Y only if you have a Pro Audio Spectrum 16, ProAudio Studio
9003 16 or Logitech SoundMan 16 sound card. Don't answer Y if you have
9004 some other card made by Media Vision or Logitech since they are not
9007 100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support
9009 Answer Y if you have an original Sound Blaster card made by Creative
9010 Labs or a 100% hardware compatible clone (like the Thunderboard or
9011 SM Games). For an unknown card you may answer Y if the card claims
9012 to be Sound Blaster-compatible.
9014 Please read the file Documentation/sound/Soundblaster.
9016 You should also say Y here for cards based on the Avance Logic
9017 ALS-007 chip (read Documentation/sound/ALS007) and for cards based
9018 on ESS chips (read Documentation/sound/ESS1868 and
9019 Documentation/sound/ESS). If you have an SB AWE 32 or SB AWE 64, say
9020 Y here and also to "Additional lowlevel drivers" and to "SB32/AWE
9021 support" below and read Documentation/sound/INSTALL.awe. If you have
9022 an IBM Mwave card, say Y here and read Documentation/sound/mwave.
9024 You can say M here to compile this driver as a module; the module is
9027 Generic OPL2/OPL3 FM synthesizer support
9029 Answer Y if your card has a FM chip made by Yamaha (OPL2/OPL3/OPL4).
9030 Answering Y is usually a safe and recommended choice, however some
9031 cards may have software (TSR) FM emulation. Enabling FM support with
9032 these cards may cause trouble (I don't currently know of any such
9035 Please read the file Documentation/sound/OPL3 if your card has an
9041 #Loopback MIDI device support
9044 ### somebody please fill this in.
9047 Gravis Ultrasound support
9049 Say Y here for any type of Gravis Ultrasound card, including
9050 the GUS or GUS MAX. See also Documentation/sound/ultrasound for
9051 more information on configuring this card with modules.
9053 MPU-401 support (NOT for SB16)
9055 Be careful with this question. The MPU401 interface is supported by
9056 all sound cards. However, some natively supported cards have their
9057 own driver for MPU401. Enabling this MPU401 option with these cards
9058 will cause a conflict. Also, enabling MPU401 on a system that
9059 doesn't really have a MPU401 could cause some trouble. If your card
9060 was in the list of supported cards, look at the card specific
9061 instructions in the drivers/sound/Readme.cards file. It's safe to
9062 answer Y if you have a true MPU401 MIDI interface card.
9065 CONFIG_SOUND_UART6850
9066 This option enables support for MIDI interfaces based on the 6850
9067 UART chip. This interface is rarely found on sound cards. It's safe
9068 to answer N to this question.
9072 Say Y here for ARM systems with the VIDC video controller and 16-bit
9073 Linear sound DACs. If unsure, say N.
9075 PSS (AD1848, ADSP-2115, ESC614) support
9077 Answer Y or M if you have an Orchid SW32, Cardinal DSP16, Beethoven
9078 ADSP-16 or some other card based on the PSS chipset (AD1848 codec +
9079 ADSP-2115 DSP chip + Echo ESC614 ASIC CHIP). For more information on
9080 how to compile it into the kernel or as a module see the file
9081 Documentation/sound/PSS.
9083 Enable PSS mixer (Beethoven ADSP-16 and other compatible)
9085 Answer Y for Beethoven ADSP-16. You may try to say Y also for other
9086 cards if they have master volume, bass, treble, and you can't
9087 control it under Linux. If you answer N for Beethoven ADSP-16, you
9088 can't control master volume, bass, treble and synth volume.
9090 If you said M to "PSS support" above, you may enable or disable this
9091 PSS mixer with the module parameter pss_mixer. For more information
9092 see the file Documentation/sound/PSS.
9094 Have DSPxxx.LD firmware file
9095 CONFIG_PSS_HAVE_BOOT
9096 If you have the DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file for you card, say Y
9097 to include this file. Without this file the synth device (OPL) may
9100 Full pathname of DSPxxx.LD firmware file
9101 CONFIG_PSS_BOOT_FILE
9102 Enter the full pathname of your DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file,
9105 16 bit sampling option of GUS (_NOT_ GUS MAX)
9107 Answer Y if you have installed the 16 bit sampling daughtercard on
9108 your GUS. Answer N if you have a GUS MAX, since saying Y here
9109 disables GUS MAX support.
9113 Answer Y only if you have a Gravis Ultrasound MAX.
9115 Microsoft Sound System support
9117 Again think carefully before answering Y to this question. It's safe
9118 to answer Y if you have the original Windows Sound System card made
9119 by Microsoft or Aztech SG 16 Pro (or NX16 Pro). Also you may say Y
9120 in case your card is NOT among these:
9122 ATI Stereo F/X, AdLib, Audio Excell DSP16, Cardinal DSP16,
9123 Ensoniq SoundScape (and compatibles made by Reveal and Spea),
9124 Gravis Ultrasound, Gravis Ultrasound ACE, Gravis Ultrasound Max,
9125 Gravis Ultrasound with 16 bit option, Logitech Sound Man 16,
9126 Logitech SoundMan Games, Logitech SoundMan Wave, MAD16 Pro (OPTi
9127 82C929), Media Vision Jazz16, MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro, Microsoft
9128 Windows Sound System (MSS/WSS), Mozart (OAK OTI-601), Orchid
9129 SW32, Personal Sound System (PSS), Pro Audio Spectrum 16, Pro
9130 Audio Studio 16, Pro Sonic 16, Roland MPU-401 MIDI interface,
9131 Sound Blaster 1.0, Sound Blaster 16, Sound Blaster 16ASP, Sound
9132 Blaster 2.0, Sound Blaster AWE32, Sound Blaster Pro, TI TM4000M
9133 notebook, ThunderBoard, Turtle Beach Tropez, Yamaha FM
9134 synthesizers (OPL2, OPL3 and OPL4), 6850 UART MIDI Interface.
9136 For cards having native support in VoxWare, consult the card
9137 specific instructions in drivers/sound/Readme.cards. Some drivers
9138 have their own MSS support and saying Y to this option will cause a
9141 Ensoniq Soundscape support
9143 Answer Y if you have a sound card based on the Ensoniq SoundScape
9144 chipset. Such cards are being manufactured at least by Ensoniq, Spea
9145 and Reveal (Reveal makes also other cards).
9147 MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro support
9149 Answer Y if you have the AudioTriX Pro sound card manufactured
9152 Have TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
9153 CONFIG_TRIX_HAVE_BOOT
9154 The MediaTrix AudioTrix Pro has an on-board microcontroller which
9155 needs to be initialized by downloading the code from the file
9156 TRXPRO.HEX in the DOS driver directory. If you don't have the
9157 TRXPRO.HEX file handy you may skip this step. However, the SB and
9158 MPU-401 modes of AudioTrix Pro will not work without this file!
9160 Full pathname of TRXPRO.HEX firmware file
9161 CONFIG_TRIX_BOOT_FILE
9162 Enter the full pathname of your TRXPRO.HEX file, starting from /.
9164 Support for OPTi MAD16 and/or Mozart based cards
9166 Answer Y if your card has a Mozart (OAK OTI-601) or MAD16 (OPTi
9167 82C928 or 82C929 or 82C931) audio interface chip. For the 82C931,
9168 please read drivers/sound/README.C931. These chips are currently
9169 quite common so it's possible that many no-name cards have one of
9170 them. In addition the MAD16 chip is used in some cards made by known
9171 manufacturers such as Turtle Beach (Tropez), Reveal (some models)
9172 and Diamond (latest ones). Note however that the Tropez sound cards
9173 have their own driver; if you have one of those, say N here and Y or
9174 M to "Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront", below.
9176 See also Documentation/sound/Opti and Documentation/sound/MAD16 for
9177 more information on setting these cards up as modules.
9179 Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront synth/sound cards
9180 CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEFRONT
9181 Answer Y or M if you have a Tropez Plus, Tropez or Maui sound card
9182 and read the files Documentation/sound/Wavefront and
9183 Documentation/sound/Tropez+.
9185 Support MIDI in older MAD16 based cards (requires SB)
9186 CONFIG_MAD16_OLDCARD
9187 Answer Y (or M) if you have an older card based on the C928 or
9188 Mozart chipset and you want to have MIDI support. If you enable this
9189 option you also need to enable support for Sound Blaster.
9191 Support for Crystal CS4232 based (PnP) cards
9193 Say Y here if you have a card based on the Crystal CS4232 chip set,
9194 which uses its own Plug and Play protocol.
9196 See Documentation/sound/CS4232 for more information on configuring
9199 Support for Yamaha OPL3-SA2, SA3, and SAx based PnP cards
9200 CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA2
9201 Say Y or M if you have a card based on one of these Yamaha
9202 sound chipsets. Read Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA2 for more
9203 information on configuring these cards.
9205 Support for Turtle Beach Wave Front (Maui, Tropez) synthesizers
9207 Say Y here if you have a Turtle Beach Wave Front, Maui, or Tropez
9210 Have OSWF.MOT firmware file
9211 CONFIG_MAUI_HAVE_BOOT
9212 Turtle Beach Maui and Tropez sound cards have a microcontroller
9213 which needs to be initialized prior to use. OSWF.MOT is a file
9214 distributed with the card's DOS/Windows drivers. Answer Y if you
9217 Full pathname of OSWF.MOT firmware file
9218 CONFIG_MAUI_BOOT_FILE
9219 Enter the full pathname of your OSWF.MOT file, starting from /.
9221 Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti, Monterey
9222 CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDCLAS
9223 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti or
9224 Monterey (not for the Pinnacle or Fiji).
9226 See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for important information about
9229 Full pathname of MSNDINIT.BIN firmware file
9230 CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_INIT_FILE
9231 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9232 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9233 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9234 information on how to obtain this.
9236 Full pathname of MSNDPERM.BIN firmware file
9237 CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_PERM_FILE
9238 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9239 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9240 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9241 information on how to obtain this.
9243 Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle, Fiji
9244 CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDPIN
9245 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle or Fiji.
9246 See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for important information about
9249 Full pathname of PNDSPINI.BIN firmware file
9250 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_INIT_FILE
9251 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9252 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9253 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9254 information on how to obtain this.
9256 Full pathname of PNDSPERM.BIN firmware file
9257 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_PERM_FILE
9258 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for
9259 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be
9260 obtained from Turtle Beach. See Documentation/sound/MultiSound for
9261 information on how to obtain this.
9263 MSND Pinnacle have S/PDIF I/O
9264 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_DIGITAL
9265 If you have the S/PDIF daughter board for the Pinnacle or Fiji,
9266 answer Y here; otherwise, say N. If you have this, you will be able
9267 to play and record from the S/PDIF port (digital signal). See
9268 Documentation/sound/MultiSound for information on how to make use of
9271 MSND Pinnacle non-PnP Mode
9272 CONFIG_MSNDPIN_NONPNP
9273 The Pinnacle and Fiji card resources can be configured either with
9274 PnP, or through a configuration port. Say Y here if your card is NOT
9275 in PnP mode. For the Pinnacle, configuration in non-PnP mode allows
9276 use of the IDE and joystick peripherals on the card as well; these
9277 do not show up when the card is in PnP mode. Specifying zero for any
9278 resource of a device will disable the device. If you are running the
9279 card in PnP mode, you must say N here and use isapnptools to
9280 configure the card's resources.
9282 MSND Pinnacle config port
9284 This is the port which the Pinnacle and Fiji uses to configure the
9285 card's resources when not in PnP mode. If your card is in PnP mode,
9286 then be sure to say N to the previous option, "MSND Pinnacle Non-PnP
9289 MSND buffer size (kB)
9290 CONFIG_MSND_FIFOSIZE
9291 Configures the size of each audio buffer, in kilobytes, for
9292 recording and playing in the MultiSound drivers (both the Classic
9293 and Pinnacle). Larger values reduce the chance of data overruns at
9294 the expense of overall latency. If unsure, use the default.
9296 /dev/dsp and /dev/audio support
9298 If you say Y here, you will get the /dev/dsp and /dev/audio devices;
9299 these are the analog-digital and digital-analog converter devices
9300 and are very useful, so say Y.
9302 MIDI interface support
9304 Answering N disables /dev/midixx devices and access to any MIDI
9305 ports using /dev/sequencer and /dev/music. This option also affects
9306 any MPU401 and/or General MIDI compatible devices. Answer Y.
9308 FM synthesizer (YM3812/OPL-3) support
9310 Answer Y here, unless you know you will not need the option.
9314 This is support for the sound cards on Sun workstations. The code
9315 does not exist yet, so you might as well say N here.
9317 Additional low level drivers
9318 CONFIG_LOWLEVEL_SOUND
9319 If you need additional low level sound drivers which have not yet
9320 appeared, say Y. The answer to this question does not directly
9321 affect the kernel; saying Y will simply cause this configure script
9322 to present you with more options. If unsure, say Y.
9324 ACI mixer (miroPCM12/PCM20)
9326 ACI (Audio Command Interface) is a protocol used to communicate with
9327 the microcontroller on some sound cards produced by miro, e.g. the
9328 miroSOUND PCM12 and PCM20. The main function of the ACI is to
9329 control the mixer and to get a product identification.
9331 This Voxware ACI driver currently only supports the ACI functions on
9332 the miroSOUND PCM12 and PCM20 cards. On the PCM20, ACI also controls
9333 the radio tuner. This is supported in the video4linux
9334 radio-miropcm20 driver.
9338 Say Y here if you have a Sound Blaster SB32, AWE32-PnP, SB AWE64 or
9339 similar sound card. See Documentation/sound/README.awe,
9340 Documentation/sound/AWE32 and the Soundblaster-AWE mini-HOWTO,
9341 available via FTP (user: anonymous) from
9342 ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/mini for more info.
9344 Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 support (SC-6000 and SC-6600)
9346 Answer Y if you have a Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card. This
9347 driver supports Audio Excel DSP 16 but not the III nor PnP versions
9350 The Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card can emulate either an SBPro or
9351 a Microsoft Sound System card, so you should have said Y to either
9352 "100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support"
9353 or "Microsoft Sound System support", above, and you need to answer
9354 the "MSS emulation" and "SBPro emulation" questions below
9355 accordingly. You should say Y to one and only one of these two
9358 Read the drivers/sound/lowlevel/README.aedsp16 file and the head of
9359 drivers/sound/lowlevel/aedsp16.c as well as
9360 Documentation/sound/AudioExcelDSP16 to get more information about
9361 this driver and its configuration.
9363 I/O base for Audio Excel DSP 16
9365 This is the base I/O address of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must
9366 be 220 or 240. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
9367 this parameter as 'io=0xNNN'.
9369 Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)
9370 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SBPRO
9371 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Sound Blaster Pro.
9372 You should then say Y to "100% Sound Blaster compatibles
9373 (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support" and N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS
9376 Audio Excel DSP 16 IRQ
9377 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SB_IRQ
9378 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 5, 7, 9,
9379 10 or 11. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
9380 this parameter as 'irq=NN'.
9382 Audio Excel DSP 16 DMA
9383 CONFIG_AEDSP16_SB_DMA
9384 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 0, 1 or 3.
9385 If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this parameter
9388 Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS emulation)
9390 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Microsoft Sound
9391 System. You should then say Y to "Microsoft Sound System support"
9392 and say N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)".
9394 Audio Excel DSP 16 IRQ
9395 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS_IRQ
9396 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 5, 7, 9,
9397 10 or 11. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify
9398 this parameter as 'irq=NN'.
9400 Audio Excel DSP 16 DMA
9401 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS_DMA
9402 This is the IRQ of the Audio Excel DSP 16 card. It must be 0, 1
9403 or 3. If you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this
9404 parameter as 'dma=NN'.
9406 SC-6600 based audio cards (new Audio Excel DSP 16)
9408 The SC6600 is the new version of DSP mounted on the Audio Excel DSP
9409 16 cards. Find in the manual the FCC ID of your audio card and
9410 answer Y if you have an SC6600 DSP.
9412 SC-6600 Joystick Interface
9414 Say Y here in order to use the joystick interface of the Audio Excel
9417 SC-6600 CDROM Interface
9419 This is used to activate the the CDROM interface of the Audio Excel
9420 DSP 16 card. Enter: 0 for Sony, 1 for Panasonic, 2 for IDE, 4 for no
9423 Audio Excel DSP 16 (MPU401 emulation)
9424 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU401
9425 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate the MPU-401 midi
9426 interface. You should then also say Y to "MPU-401 support".
9428 Note that the I/O base for MPU-401 support of aedsp16 is the same
9429 you have selected for "MPU-401 support". If you are using this
9430 driver as a module you have to specify the MPU I/O base address with
9431 the parameter 'mpu_base=0xNNN'.
9433 MPU401 IRQ for Audio Excel DSP 16
9434 CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU_IRQ
9435 This is the IRQ of the MPU-401 emulation of your Audio Excel DSP 16
9436 card. It must be 5, 7, 9, 10 or 0 (to disable MPU-401 interface). If
9437 you compiled aedsp16.o as a module you can specify this parameter as
9440 Ensoniq ES1370 based PCI sound cards
9442 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
9443 ES1370 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI (non-97). To find
9444 out if your sound card uses an ES1370 without removing your
9445 computer's cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID
9446 1274:5000. Since Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs,
9447 Sound Blaster 64/PCI models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based.
9448 This driver differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
9449 Documentation/sound/es1370.
9451 Joystick support at boot time
9452 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1370_JOYPORT_BOOT
9453 Say Y here to use the joystick port of your sound card.
9455 Ensoniq ES1371 based PCI sound cards
9457 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq
9458 ES1371 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI97. To find out if
9459 your sound card uses an ES1371 without removing your computer's
9460 cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 1274:1371. Since
9461 Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs, Sound Blaster 64/PCI
9462 models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based. This driver differs
9463 slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ Documentation/sound/es1371.
9465 Joystick support at boot time
9466 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371_JOYPORT_BOOT
9467 Say Y here to use the joystick port of your sound card.
9469 Gameport I/O-range selection
9470 CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371_GAMEPORT
9471 Select the I/O-range of the gameport on a ES1371 based sound card.
9472 The card uses 8 ioports and the gameport is available at all eight
9473 ioports. Legal hexadecimal values are 200, 208, 210 and 218.
9474 The joystick driver will by default use 0x201.
9475 Leave the default 200 unless you have a joystick not attached
9478 S3 SonicVibes based PCI sound cards
9479 CONFIG_SOUND_SONICVIBES
9480 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the S3
9481 SonicVibes chipset. To find out if your sound card uses a
9482 SonicVibes chip without removing your computer's cover, use
9483 lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 5333:CA00. This driver
9484 differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ
9485 Documentation/sound/sonicvibes.
9487 Are you using a crosscompiler
9489 Say Y here if you are compiling the kernel on a different
9490 architecture than the one it is intended to run on.
9492 Build fp exception handler module
9493 CONFIG_MIPS_FPE_MODULE
9494 Build the floating point exception handler module. This option is
9495 only useful for people working on the floating point exception
9496 handler. If you don't, say N.
9498 Remote GDB kernel debugging
9500 If you say Y here, it will be possible to remotely debug the MIPS
9501 kernel using gdb. This enlarges your kernel image disk size by
9502 several megabytes and requires a machine with more than 16 MB,
9503 better 32 MB RAM to avoid excessive linking time. This is only
9504 useful for kernel hackers. If unsure, say N.
9506 Magic System Request Key support
9508 If you say Y here, you will have some control over the system even
9509 if the system crashes for example during kernel debugging (e.g., you
9510 will be able to flush the buffer cache to disk, reboot the system
9511 immediately or dump some status information). This is accomplished
9512 by pressing various keys while holding SysRq (Alt+PrintScreen). The
9513 keys are documented in Documentation/sysrq.txt. Don't say Y unless
9514 you really know what this hack does.
9518 ISDN ("Integrated Services Digital Networks", called RNIS in France)
9519 is a special type of fully digital telephone service; it's mostly
9520 used to connect to your Internet service provider (with SLIP or
9521 PPP). The main advantage is that the speed is higher than ordinary
9522 modem/telephone connections, and that you can have voice
9523 conversations while downloading stuff. It only works if your
9524 computer is equipped with an ISDN card and both you and your service
9525 provider purchased an ISDN line from the phone company. For details,
9526 read http://alumni.caltech.edu/~dank/isdn/ on the WWW. (To browse
9527 the WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that
9528 has a program like lynx or netscape.)
9530 This driver allows you to use an ISDN-card for networking
9531 connections and as dialin/out device. The isdn-tty's have a built in
9532 AT-compatible modem emulator. Network devices support autodial,
9533 channel-bundling, callback and caller-authentication without having
9534 a daemon running. A reduced T.70 protocol is supported with tty's
9535 suitable for German BTX. On D-Channel, the protocols EDSS1
9536 (Euro-ISDN) and 1TR6 (German style) are supported. See
9537 Documentation/isdn/README for more information.
9539 If you want to compile the ISDN code as a module ( = code which can
9540 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
9541 want), say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module
9542 will be called isdn.o. If unsure, say N.
9544 Support synchronous PPP
9546 Over digital connections such as ISDN, there is no need to
9547 synchronize sender and recipient's clocks with start and stop bits
9548 as is done over analog telephone lines. Instead, one can use
9549 "synchronous PPP". Saying Y here will include this protocol. This
9550 protocol is used by Cisco and Sun for example. So you want to say Y
9551 here if the other end of your ISDN connection supports it. You will
9552 need a special version of pppd (called ipppd) for using this
9553 feature. See Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp and
9554 Documentation/isdn/syncPPP.FAQ for more information.
9556 Support generic MP (RFC 1717)
9558 With synchronous PPP enabled, it is possible to increase throughput
9559 by bundling several ISDN-connections, using this protocol. See
9560 Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp for more information.
9562 Use VJ-compression with synchronous PPP
9564 This enables Van Jacobson header compression for synchronous PPP.
9565 Say Y if the other end of the connection supports it.
9567 Support audio via ISDN
9569 If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the
9570 EIA Class 8 Voice commands. Using a getty with voice-support
9571 (mgetty+sendfax by gert@greenie.muc.de with an extension, available
9572 with the ISDN utility package for example), you will be able to use
9573 your Linux box as an ISDN-answering machine. Of course, this must be
9574 supported by the lowlevel driver also. Currently, the HiSax driver
9575 is the only voice-supporting driver. See
9576 Documentation/isdn/README.audio for more information.
9578 X.25 PLP on top of ISDN (EXPERIMENTAL)
9580 This experimental feature provides the X.25 protocol over ISDN
9581 connections. See Documentation/isdn/README.x25 for more information
9582 if you are thinking about using this.
9584 ICN 2B and 4B support
9586 This enables support for two kinds of ISDN-cards made by a German
9587 company called ICN. 2B is the standard version for a single ISDN
9588 line with two B-channels, 4B supports two ISDN lines. For running
9589 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be
9590 downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed
9591 separately. See Documentation/isdn/README and README.icn for more
9594 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9595 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9596 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9600 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_LOOP
9601 This driver provides a virtual ISDN card. Its primary purpose is
9602 testing of linklevel features or configuration without getting
9603 charged by your service-provider for lots of phone calls.
9604 You need will need the loopctrl utility from the latest isdn4k-utils
9605 package to set up this driver.
9607 HiSax SiemensChipSet driver support
9608 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_HISAX
9609 This is a driver supporting the Siemens chipset on various
9610 ISDN-cards (like AVM A1, Elsa ISDN cards, Teles S0-16.0, Teles
9611 S0-16.3, Teles S0-8, Teles/Creatix PnP, ITK micro ix1 and many
9614 HiSax is just the name of this driver, not the name of any hardware.
9616 If you have a card with such a chipset, you should say Y here and
9617 also to the configuration option of the driver for your particular
9620 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9621 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9622 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9623 called hisax.o. See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax for more
9624 information on using this driver.
9626 HiSax Support for Teles 16.0/8.0
9628 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.0, S0-8
9629 and many compatibles.
9631 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9632 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9633 IRQ/port/shmem settings.
9635 HiSax Support for Teles 16.3 or PNP or PCMCIA
9637 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.3 the
9638 Teles/Creatix PnP and the Teles PCMCIA.
9640 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9641 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9644 HiSax Support for Teles 16.3c
9645 CONFIG_HISAX_TELES3C
9646 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards 16.3c.
9648 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9649 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9652 HiSax Support for AVM A1 (Fritz)
9654 This enables HiSax support for the AVM A1 (aka "Fritz").
9656 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9657 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9660 HiSax Support for Elsa ISA cards
9662 This enables HiSax support for the Elsa Mircolink ISA cards, for the
9663 Elsa Quickstep series cards and Elsa PCMCIA.
9665 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9666 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9669 HiSax Support for ITK ix1-micro Revision 2
9670 CONFIG_HISAX_IX1MICROR2
9671 This enables HiSax support for the ITK ix1-micro Revision 2 card.
9673 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9674 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9677 HiSax Support for Eicon.Diehl Diva cards
9678 CONFIG_HISAX_DIEHLDIVA
9679 This enables HiSax support for the Eicon.Diehl Diva none PRO
9680 versions passive ISDN cards.
9682 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9683 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9686 HiSax Support for ASUSCOM cards
9687 CONFIG_HISAX_ASUSCOM
9688 This enables HiSax support for the AsusCom and their OEM versions
9691 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9692 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9695 HiSax Support for TELEINT cards
9696 CONFIG_HISAX_TELEINT
9697 This enables HiSax support for the TELEINT SA1 semiactiv ISDN card.
9699 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9700 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9703 HiSax Support for Sedlbauer speed card/win-star
9704 CONFIG_HISAX_SEDLBAUER
9705 This enables HiSax support for the Sedlbauer passive ISDN cards.
9707 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using the
9708 different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard
9711 HiSax Support for USR Sportster internal TA
9712 CONFIG_HISAX_SPORTSTER
9713 This enables HiSax support for the USR Sportster internal TA card.
9715 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
9716 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
9718 HiSax Support for MIC card
9720 This enables HiSax support for the ITH MIC card.
9722 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
9723 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
9725 HiSax Support for NETjet card
9727 This enables HiSax support for the NetJet from Traverse
9730 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
9731 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
9733 HiSax Support for Niccy PnP/PCI card
9735 This enables HiSax support for the Dr. Neuhaus Niccy PnP or PCI.
9737 See Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax on how to configure it using a
9738 different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port settings.
9740 HiSax Support for Am7930 (EXPERIMENTAL)
9741 CONFIG_HISAX_AMD7930
9742 This enables HiSax support for the AMD7930 chips on some SPARCs.
9743 This code is not finished yet.
9745 HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1
9747 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
9748 telephone service company provides.
9750 NOTE: If you say Y here and you have only one ISDN card installed,
9751 you cannot say Y to "HiSax Support for German 1TR6", below. And vice
9754 Support for German tariff info
9756 If you want that the HiSax hardware driver sends messages to the
9757 upper level of the isdn code on each AOCD (Advice Of Charge, During
9758 the call -- transmission of the fee information during a call) and
9759 on each AOCE (Advice Of Charge, at the End of the call --
9760 transmission of fee information at the end of the call), say Y here.
9761 This works only in Germany.
9763 Support for Australian Microlink service (not for std. EURO)
9765 If you are in Australia and connected to the Microlink telephone
9766 network, enable this, because there are little differences in
9769 Please don't enable this in other countries.
9771 HiSax Support for US/NI-1 (not released yet)
9773 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
9774 telephone service company provides.
9776 HiSax Support for German 1TR6
9778 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local
9779 telephone service company provides.
9781 NOTE: If you say Y here and you have only one ISDN card installed,
9782 you cannot say Y to "HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1", above. And vice
9786 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_PCBIT
9787 This enables support for the PCBIT ISDN-card. This card is
9788 manufactured in Portugal by Octal. For running this card, additional
9789 firmware is necessary, which has to be downloaded into the card
9790 using a utility which is distributed separately. See
9791 Documentation/isdn/README and Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit for
9794 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9795 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9796 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
9799 Spellcaster support (EXPERIMENTAL)
9801 This enables support for the Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards. This
9802 driver currently builds only in a modularized version ( = code which
9803 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
9804 want, details in Documentation/modules.txt); the module will be
9805 called sc.o. See Documentation/isdn/README.sc and
9806 http://www.spellcast.com for more information (to browse the WWW,
9807 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
9808 program like lynx or netscape).
9810 AVM-B1 with CAPI2.0 support
9811 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1
9812 This enables support for the AVM B1 ISDN networking cards. In
9813 addition, a CAPI (Common ISDN Application Programming Interface, a
9814 standard making it easy for programs to access ISDN hardware, see
9815 http://www.capi.org/; to browse the WWW, you need to have access to
9816 a machine on the Internet that has a program like lynx or netscape)
9817 interface for this card is provided. In order to use this card,
9818 additional firmware is necessary, which has to be downloaded into
9819 the card using a utility which is distributed separately. Please
9820 read the file Documentation/isdn/README.avmb1.
9822 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be
9823 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
9824 The module will be called avmb1.o. If you want to compile it as a
9825 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
9827 Verbose reason code reporting (kernel size +=7K)
9828 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_VERBOSE_REASON
9829 If you say Y here, the AVM B1 driver will give verbose reasons for
9830 disconnecting. This will increase the size of the kernel by 7 KB. If
9833 IBM Active 2000 support (EXPERIMENTAL)
9834 CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ACT2000
9835 Say Y here if you have an IBM Active 2000 ISDN card. In order to use
9836 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded
9837 into the card using a utility which is part of the latest
9838 isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file
9839 Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 for more information.
9841 Support for AP1000 multicomputer
9843 This enables support for a SPARC based parallel multi-computer
9844 called AP1000+. For details on our efforts to port Linux to this
9845 machine see http://cap.anu.edu.au/cap/projects/linux (to browse the
9846 WWW, you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
9847 program like lynx or netscape) or mail to hackers@cafe.anu.edu.au
9849 Support for Sun4 architecture
9851 Say Y here if, and only if, your machine is a Sun4. Note that
9852 a kernel compiled with this option will run only on Sun4.
9853 (And the current version will probably work only on sun4/330.)
9855 SPARC ESP SCSI support
9857 This is the driver for the Sun ESP SCSI host adapter. The ESP
9858 chipset is present in most SPARC-based computers.
9860 SPARC /dev/openprom compatibility driver
9861 CONFIG_SUN_OPENPROMIO
9862 This driver provides user programs with an interface to the SPARC
9863 PROM device tree. The driver implements a SunOS-compatible
9864 interface and a NetBSD-compatible interface.
9866 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be
9867 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
9868 say M and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say Y.
9870 #Mostek real time clock support
9871 #CONFIG_SUN_MOSTEK_RTC
9873 #Siemens SAB82532 serial support
9876 ### Please someone fill these in.
9880 # m68k-specific kernel options
9881 # Documented by Chris Lawrence <quango@themall.net> et al.
9885 This option enables support for the Amiga series of computers. If
9886 you plan to use this kernel on an Amiga, say Y here and browse the
9887 material available in Documentation/m68k; otherwise say N.
9891 This option enables support for the 68000-based Atari series of
9892 computers (including the TT, Falcon and Medusa). If you plan to use
9893 this kernel on an Atari, say Y here and browse the material
9894 available in Documentation/m68k; otherwise say N.
9898 This option enables support for the Hades Atari clone. If you plan
9899 to use this kernel on a Hades, say Y here; otherwise say N.
9903 This option enables support for the Apple Macintosh series of
9904 computers (yes, there is experimental support now, at least for part
9907 Say N unless you're willing to code the remaining necessary support.
9912 This option enables support for the HP9000/300 series of
9913 workstations. Support for these machines is still very experimental.
9914 If you plan to try to use the kernel on such a machine say Y here.
9915 Everybody else says N.
9919 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68020
9920 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that the 68020 requires a
9921 68851 MMU (Memory Management Unit) to run Linux/m68k.
9925 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68030
9926 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that a MC68EC030 will not
9927 work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory Management Unit).
9931 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68LC040
9932 or MC68040 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that an
9933 MC68EC040 will not work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory
9936 Use -m68040 flag for 68040 specific optimizations
9938 If you will only be running this kernel on a 68040-series processor,
9939 this will make the kernel run somewhat faster. However, it will no
9940 longer run on a 68020 or 68030, no matter whether you included 68020
9941 and 68030 support or not. Say N unless the only processor you are
9942 compiling support for is the 68040 (or 68LC040).
9946 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68060
9947 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
9949 Use -m68060 flag for 68060 specific optimizations
9951 If you will only be running this kernel on a 68060-series processor,
9952 this will make the kernel run somewhat faster. However, it will no
9953 longer run on a 68020, 68030 or 68040, no matter whether you
9954 included support for those processors or not. Say N unless the only
9955 processor you are compiling support for is the 68060.
9957 Advanced processor options
9959 This gives you access to some advanced options for the CPU. The
9960 defaults should be fine for most users, but these options may make
9961 it possible for you to improve performance somewhat if you know what
9962 you are doing. Most users should say N to this question.
9964 Use read-modify-write instructions
9966 This allows to use certain instructions that work with indivisible
9967 read-modify-write bus cycles. While this is faster than the
9968 workaround of disabling interrupts, it can conflict with DMA
9969 ( = direct memory access) on many Amiga systems, and it is also said
9970 to destabilize other machines. It is very likely that this will
9971 cause serious problems on any Amiga or Atari Medusa if set. The only
9972 configuration where it should work are 68030-based Ataris, where it
9973 apparently improves performance. But you've been warned! Unless you
9974 really know what you are doing, say N. Try Y only if you're quite
9977 Amiga AutoConfig Identification
9979 This enables support for automatic identification of Amiga expansion
9980 cards that obey the AutoConfig(tm) specification.
9981 Say Y if you want your expansion cards to be identified on bootup;
9982 it will enlarge your kernel by about 10 KB. The identification
9983 information is also available through /proc/zorro (say Y to
9984 "/proc filesystem support"!).
9986 Note that even if you say N here, you can still use your expansion
9987 cards. If in doubt, say Y.
9989 Amiga OCS chipset support
9991 This enables support for the original Agnus and Denise video chips,
9992 found in the Amiga 1000 and most A500's and A2000's. If you intend
9993 to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise say N.
9995 Amiga ECS chipset support
9997 This enables support for the Enhanced Chip Set, found in later
9998 A500's, later A2000's, the A600, the A3000, the A3000T and CDTV. If
9999 you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise
10002 Amiga AGA chipset support
10004 This enables support for the Advanced Graphics Architecture (also
10005 known as the AGA or AA) Chip Set, found in the A1200, A4000, A4000T
10006 and CD32. If you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y;
10009 Amiga GSP (TMS340x0) support
10011 Include support for Amiga graphics cards that use the Texas
10012 Instruments TMS340x0 GSP (Graphics Signal Processor) chips. Say Y
10013 if you want to use a DMI Resolver or Commodore A2410 (Lowell)
10014 graphics card on an Amiga; otherwise, say N.
10016 DMI Resolver support
10017 CONFIG_GSP_RESOLVER
10018 Include support in the kernel for the DMI Resolver graphics card. If
10019 you have one, say Y; otherwise, say N.
10023 Include support in the kernel for the Commodore/University of Lowell
10024 A2410 graphics card. If you have one, say Y; otherwise, say N.
10026 Amiga Zorro II ramdisk support
10028 This enables support for using Chip RAM and Zorro II RAM as a
10029 ramdisk or as a swap partition. Say Y if you want to include this
10030 driver in the kernel. This driver is also available as a module
10031 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
10032 kernel whenever you want). The module is called z2ram.o. If you want
10033 to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10034 Documentation/modules.txt.
10036 Atari ST-RAM swap support
10038 This enables support for using (parts of) ST-RAM as swap space,
10039 instead of as normal system memory. This can first enhance system
10040 performance if you have lots of alternate RAM (compared to the size
10041 of ST-RAM), because executable code always will reside in faster
10042 memory. ST-RAM will remain as ultra-fast swap space. On the other
10043 hand, it allows much improved dynamic allocations of ST-RAM buffers
10044 for device driver modules (e.g. floppy, ACSI, SLM printer, DMA
10045 sound). The probability that such allocations at module load time
10046 fail is drastically reduced.
10050 This enables support for the Atari ACSI interface. The driver
10051 supports hard disks and CD-ROMs, which have 512-byte sectors, or can
10052 be switched to that mode. Due to the ACSI command format, only disks
10053 up to 1 GB are supported. Special support for certain ACSI to SCSI
10054 adapters, which could relax that, isn't included yet. The ACSI
10055 driver is also the basis for certain other drivers for devices
10056 attached to the ACSI bus: Atari SLM laser printer, BioNet-100
10057 Ethernet, and PAMsNet Ethernet. If you want to use one of these
10058 devices, you need ACSI support, too.
10060 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10061 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10062 The module will be called acsi.o.
10064 Probe all LUNs on each ACSI device
10065 CONFIG_ACSI_MULTI_LUN
10066 If you have a ACSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical
10067 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, you should say Y here so that all
10068 will be found by the ACSI driver. An ACSI device with multiple LUNs
10069 acts logically like multiple ACSI devices. The vast majority of ACSI
10070 devices have only one LUN, and so most people can say N here and
10071 should in fact do so, because it is safer.
10073 Atari SLM laser printer support
10075 If you have an Atari SLM laser printer, say Y to include support for
10076 it in the kernel. Otherwise, say N. This driver is also available as
10077 a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the
10078 running kernel whenever you want). The module will be called
10079 acsi_slm.o. Be warned: the driver needs much ST-RAM and can cause
10080 problems due to that fact!
10082 A3000 WD33C93A support
10084 If you have an Amiga 3000 and have SCSI devices connected to the
10085 built-in SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, say N. This driver is
10086 also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and
10087 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is
10088 called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
10089 and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10091 A2091 WD33C93A support
10093 If you have a Commodore A2091 SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
10094 say N. This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can
10095 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10096 want). The module is called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as
10097 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10099 GVP Series II WD33C93A support
10101 If you have a Great Valley Products Series II SCSI controller,
10102 answer Y. Also say Y if you have a later model of GVP SCSI
10103 controller (such as the GVP A4008 or a Combo board). Otherwise,
10104 answer N. This driver does NOT work for the T-Rex series of
10105 accelerators from TekMagic and GVP-M.
10107 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10108 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10109 want). The module will be called gvp11.o. If you want to compile it
10110 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10112 Cyberstorm SCSI support
10113 CONFIG_CYBERSTORM_SCSI
10114 If you have an Amiga with an original (MkI) Phase5 Cyberstorm
10115 accelerator board and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller,
10116 answer Y. Otherwise, say N.
10118 Cyberstorm II SCSI support
10119 CONFIG_CYBERSTORMII_SCSI
10120 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Cyberstorm MkII accelerator board
10121 and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
10124 Blizzard 2060 SCSI support
10125 CONFIG_BLZ2060_SCSI
10126 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Blizzard 2060 accelerator board
10127 and want to use the onboard SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise,
10130 Blizzard 1230IV/1260 SCSI support
10131 CONFIG_BLZ1230_SCSI
10132 If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard 1230IV or Blizzard
10133 1260 accelerator, and the optional SCSI module, say Y. Otherwise,
10136 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+ SCSI support
10137 CONFIG_BLZ603EPLUS_SCSI
10138 If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+
10139 accelerator, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
10141 Fastlane SCSI support
10142 CONFIG_FASTLANE_SCSI
10143 If you have the Phase5 Fastlane Z3 SCSI controller, or plan to use
10144 one in the near future, say Y to this question. Otherwise, say N.
10146 Atari native SCSI support
10148 If you have an Atari with built-in NCR5380 SCSI controller (TT,
10149 Falcon, ...) say Y to get it supported. Of course also, if you have
10150 a compatible SCSI controller (e.g. for Medusa). This driver is also
10151 available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
10152 from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is called
10153 atari_scsi.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
10154 read Documentation/modules.txt. This driver supports both styles of
10155 NCR integration into the system: the TT style (separate DMA), and
10156 the Falcon style (via ST-DMA, replacing ACSI). It does NOT support
10157 other schemes, like in the Hades (without DMA).
10159 Long delays for Toshiba CD-ROMs
10160 CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI_TOSHIBA_DELAY
10161 This option increases the delay after a SCSI arbitration to
10162 accommodate some flaky Toshiba CD-ROM drives. Say Y if you intend to
10163 use a Toshiba CD-ROM drive; otherwise, the option is not needed and
10164 would impact performance a bit, so say N.
10166 Hades SCSI DMA emulator (EXPERIMENTAL)
10168 This option enables code which emulates the TT SCSI DMA chip on the
10169 Hades. This increases the SCSI transfer rates at least ten times
10170 compared to PIO transfers. Note that this code is experimental and
10171 has only been tested on a Hades with a 68060 processor. Before you
10172 use this, make backups of your entire hard disk.
10176 If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne Ethernet adapter, say Y.
10179 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10180 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10181 want). The module is called ariadne.o. If you want to compile it as
10182 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10186 If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne II Ethernet adapter, say Y.
10189 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10190 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10191 want). The module is called ariadne2.o. If you want to compile it as
10192 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10196 If you have a Commodore A2065 Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise,
10199 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10200 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10201 want). The module is called a2065.o. If you want to compile it as a
10202 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10206 If you have a Hydra Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
10208 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10209 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10210 want). The module is called hydra.o. If you want to compile it as a
10211 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10213 Atari Lance support
10215 Say Y to include support for several Atari Ethernet adapters based
10216 on the AMD Lance chipset: RieblCard (with or without battery), or
10217 PAMCard VME (also the version by Rhotron, with different addresses).
10220 CONFIG_ATARI_BIONET
10221 Say Y to include support for BioData's BioNet-100 Ethernet adapter
10222 for the ACSI port. The driver works (has to work...) with a polled
10223 I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
10226 CONFIG_ATARI_PAMSNET
10227 Say Y to include support for the PAMsNet Ethernet adapter for the
10228 ACSI port ("ACSI node"). The driver works (has to work...) with a
10229 polled I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-(
10231 Multiface Card III parallel support
10232 CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_LP
10233 If you have a Multiface III card for your Amiga, and want to use its
10234 parallel port in Linux, say Y. Otherwise, say N.
10236 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10237 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10238 The module is called lp_m68k.o. If you want to compile it as a
10239 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10241 Amiga mouse support
10243 If you want to be able to use an Amiga mouse in Linux, say Y.
10245 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10246 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10247 The module is called amigamouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
10248 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10250 Amiga Copper Console
10252 This configures the console to use the Amiga's graphics coprocessor
10253 for scrolling, instead of using the CPU. This option markedly
10254 improves response times in the high color modes (5 bitplanes and
10255 up). If you would like to use this, say Y; otherwise, say N.
10257 Atari mouse support
10259 If you want to be able to use an Atari mouse in Linux, say Y.
10261 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10262 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10263 The module is called atarimouse.o. If you want to compile it as a
10264 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10266 Atari MFP serial support
10267 CONFIG_ATARI_MFPSER
10268 If you like to use the MFP serial ports ("Modem1", "Serial1") under
10269 Linux, say Y. The driver equally supports all kinds of MFP serial
10270 ports and automatically detects whether Serial1 is available.
10272 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10273 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10274 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10275 Documentation/modules.txt.
10277 Note for Falcon users: You also have an MFP port, it's just not
10278 wired to the outside... But you could use the port under Linux.
10280 Atari SCC serial support
10282 If you have serial ports based on a Zilog SCC chip (Modem2, Serial2,
10283 LAN) and like to use them under Linux, say Y. All built-in SCC's are
10284 supported (TT, MegaSTE, Falcon), and also the ST-ESCC. If you have
10285 two connectors for channel A (Serial2 and LAN), they are visible as
10286 two separate devices.
10288 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10289 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10290 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10291 Documentation/modules.txt.
10293 Atari SCC serial DMA support
10294 CONFIG_ATARI_SCC_DMA
10295 This enables DMA support for receiving data on channel A of the SCC.
10296 If you have a TT you may say Y here and read
10297 drivers/char/atari_SCC.README. All other users should say N here,
10298 because only the TT has SCC-DMA, even if your machine keeps claiming
10301 Atari MIDI serial support
10303 If you want to use your Atari's MIDI port in Linux, say Y.
10305 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10306 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10307 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10308 Documentation/modules.txt.
10310 Atari DSP56k Digital Signal Processor support
10311 CONFIG_ATARI_DSP56K
10312 If you want to be able to use the DSP56001 in Falcons, say Y. This
10313 driver is still experimental, and if you don't know what it is, or
10314 if you don't have this processor, just say N.
10316 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10317 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10318 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10319 Documentation/modules.txt.
10321 Amiga builtin serial support
10322 CONFIG_AMIGA_BUILTIN_SERIAL
10323 If you want to use your Amiga's built-in serial port in Linux,
10326 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10327 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10328 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10329 Documentation/modules.txt.
10331 GVP IO-Extender support
10333 If you want to use a GVP IO-Extender serial card in Linux, say Y.
10336 Multiface Card III serial support
10337 CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_TTY
10338 If you want to use a Multiface III card's serial port in Linux,
10341 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10342 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
10343 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10344 Documentation/modules.txt.
10346 Amiga or Atari DMA sound support
10348 If you want to use the internal audio of your Atari or Amiga in
10349 Linux, answer Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like
10350 /dev/audio, compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise,
10353 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be
10354 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you
10355 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10356 Documentation/modules.txt.
10358 HP DCA serial support
10360 If you want to use the internal "DCA" serial ports on an HP300
10361 machine, say Y here.
10363 HP on-board LANCE support
10365 If you want to use the builtin "LANCE" Ethernet controller on an
10366 HP300 machine, say Y here.
10370 Say Y here to enable support for the "DIO" expansion bus used in
10371 HP300 machines. If you are using such a system you almost certainly
10374 MSDOS partition support
10375 CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION
10376 This option enables support for using hard disks that were
10377 partitioned on an MS-DOS system. This may be useful if you are
10378 sharing a hard disk between i386 and m68k Linux boxes, for example.
10379 Say Y if you need this feature; users who are only using their
10380 system-native partitioning scheme can say N here.
10384 There are two types of PowerPC chips supported. The more common
10385 types (601,603,604,740,750) and the embedded versions (821 and 860).
10386 Unless you are building a kernel for one of the embedded boards
10387 using the 821 or 860 choose 6xx.
10391 Linux currently supports several different kinds of PowerPC-based
10392 machines: Apple Power Macintoshes and clones (such as the Motorola
10393 Starmax series), PReP (PowerPC Reference Platform) machines such as
10394 the Motorola PowerStack, Amiga Power-Up systems (APUS), CHRP and the
10395 embedded MBX boards from Motorola. Currently, a single kernel binary
10396 only supports one type or the other. However, there is very early
10397 work on support for CHRP, PReP and PowerMac's from a single binary.
10399 Support for Open Firmware device tree in /proc
10400 CONFIG_PROC_DEVICETREE
10401 This option adds a device-tree directory under /proc which contains
10402 an image of the device tree that the kernel copies from Open
10403 Firmware. If unsure, say Y here.
10405 MESH (Power Mac internal SCSI) support
10407 Many Power Macintoshes and clones have a MESH (Macintosh Enhanced
10408 SCSI Hardware) SCSI bus adaptor (the 7200 doesn't, but all of the
10409 other Power Macintoshes do). Say Y to include support for this SCSI
10410 adaptor. This driver is also available as a module called mesh.o
10411 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running
10412 kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module,
10413 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10415 Maximum synchronous transfer rate
10416 CONFIG_SCSI_MESH_SYNC_RATE
10417 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) where the MESH SCSI bus adaptor
10418 drives a bus which is entirely internal to the machine (such as the
10419 7500, 7600, 8500, etc.), the MESH is capable of synchronous
10420 operation at up to 10 MB/s. On machines where the SCSI bus
10421 controlled by the MESH can have external devices connected, it is
10422 usually rated at 5 MB/s. 5 is a safe value here unless you know the
10423 MESH SCSI bus is internal only; in that case you can say 10. Say 0
10424 to disable synchronous operation.
10426 53C94 (Power Mac external SCSI) support
10427 CONFIG_SCSI_MAC53C94
10428 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) with two SCSI buses, the external
10429 SCSI bus is usually controlled by a 53C94 SCSI bus adaptor. Older
10430 machines which only have one SCSI bus, such as the 7200, also use
10431 the 53C94. Say Y to include support for the 53C94.
10433 This driver is also available as a module called mac53c94.o ( = code
10434 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10435 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10436 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10438 MACE (Power Mac Ethernet) support
10440 Power Macintoshes and clones with Ethernet built-in on the
10441 motherboard will usually use a MACE (Medium Access Control for
10442 Ethernet) interface. Say Y to include support for the MACE chip.
10444 BMAC (G3 ethernet) support
10446 Say Y for support of BMAC Ethernet interfaces. These are used on G3
10451 Support for audio/video capture and overlay devices and FM radio
10452 cards. The exact capabilities of each device vary. User tools for
10453 this are available from
10454 ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/video4linux.
10456 If you are interested in writing a driver for such an audio/video
10457 device or user software interacting with such a driver, please read
10458 the file Documentation/video4linux/API.html.
10460 This driver is also available as a module called videodev.o ( = code
10461 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10462 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10463 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10465 AIMSlab RadioTrack (aka RadioReveal) support
10466 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK
10467 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
10468 in the port address below.
10470 Note that newer AIMSlab RadioTrack cards have a different chipset
10471 and are not supported by this driver. For these cards, use the
10472 RadioTrack II driver below.
10474 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10475 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10476 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10477 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10478 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10479 program like lynx or netscape. More information is contained in the
10480 file Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt.
10482 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10483 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10484 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10485 called radio-aimslab.o.
10487 RadioTrack i/o port
10488 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK_PORT
10489 Enter either 0x30f or 0x20f here. The card default is 0x30f, if you
10490 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
10492 AIMSlab RadioTrack II support
10493 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2
10494 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
10495 port address below.
10497 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10498 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10499 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10500 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10501 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10502 program like lynx or netscape.
10504 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10505 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10506 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10507 called radio-rtrack2.o.
10509 RadioTrack II i/o port
10510 CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2_PORT
10511 Enter either 0x30c or 0x20c here. The card default is 0x30c, if you
10512 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
10514 Aztech/Packard Bell Radio
10515 CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH
10516 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
10517 in the port address below.
10519 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10520 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10521 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10522 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10523 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10524 program like lynx or netscape.
10526 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10527 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10528 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10529 called radio-aztech.o.
10531 Aztech/Packard Bell radio card i/o port
10532 CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH_PORT
10533 Enter either 0x350 or 0x358 here. The card default is 0x350, if you
10534 haven't changed the setting of jumper JP3 on the card. Removing the
10535 jumper sets the card to 0x358.
10538 CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI
10539 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
10540 in the port address below.
10542 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10543 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10544 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10545 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10546 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10547 program like lynx or netscape.
10549 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10550 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10551 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10552 called radio-sf16fmi.o
10554 SF16FMI I/O port (0x284 or 0x384)
10555 CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI_PORT
10556 Enter the I/O port of your SF16FMI radio card.
10559 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON
10560 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
10561 in the port address and the frequency used for muting below.
10563 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10564 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10565 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10566 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10567 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10568 program like lynx or netscape.
10570 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10571 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10572 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10573 called radio-typhoon.o
10575 Support for /proc/radio-typhoon
10576 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PROC_FS
10577 Say Y here if you want the typhoon radio card driver to write
10578 status information (frequency, volume, muted, mute frequency,
10579 base address) to /proc/radio-typhoon. The file can be viewed with
10580 your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/radio-typhoon" or "less
10581 /proc/radio-typhoon" or simply "cat /proc/radio-typhoon").
10583 Typhoon I/O port (0x316 or 0x336)
10584 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PORT
10585 Enter the I/O port of your Typhoon or EcoRadio radio card.
10587 Typhoon frequency set when muting the device (kHz)
10588 CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_MUTEFREQ
10589 Enter the frequency used for muting the radio. The device is never
10590 completely silent. If the volume is just turned down, you can still
10591 hear silent voices and music. For that reason, the frequency of the
10592 radio device is set to the frequency you can enter here whenever
10593 the device is muted. There should be no local radio station at that
10597 CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX
10598 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill
10599 in the port address below.
10601 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10602 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10603 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10604 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10605 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10606 program like lynx or netscape.
10608 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10609 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10610 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10611 called radio-zoltrix.o
10613 ZOLTRIX I/O port (0x20c or 0x30c)
10614 CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX_PORT
10615 Enter the I/O port of your Zoltrix radio card.
10618 CONFIG_RADIO_MIROPCM20
10619 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card. You also need the
10620 PCM12/PCM20 ACI mixer in additional low level sound drivers for this
10623 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10624 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10625 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10626 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10627 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10628 program like lynx or netscape.
10630 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10631 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10632 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10633 called radio-miropcm20.o
10636 CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK
10637 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the
10638 port address below.
10640 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs
10641 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on
10642 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at
10643 http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml; to browse the WWW,
10644 you need to have access to a machine on the Internet that has a
10645 program like lynx or netscape.
10647 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be
10648 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want),
10649 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be
10650 called radio-gemtek.o.
10653 CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PORT
10654 Enter either 0x20c, 0x30c, 0x24c or 0x34c here. The card default is
10655 0x34c, if you haven't changed the jumper setting on the card.
10657 BT848 Video For Linux
10659 Support for BT848 based frame grabber/overlay boards. This includes
10660 the Miro, Hauppauge and STB boards. Please read the material in
10661 Documentation/video4linux/bttv for more information.
10663 This driver is also available as a module called bttv.o ( = code
10664 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10665 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10666 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10668 SAA5249 Teletext processor
10669 CONFIG_VIDEO_SAA5249
10670 Support for I2C bus based teletext using the SAA5249 chip. At the
10671 moment this is only useful on some European WinTV cards.
10673 This driver is also available as a module called saa5249.o ( = code
10674 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10675 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10676 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10678 Quickcam BW Video For Linux
10679 CONFIG_VIDEO_BWQCAM
10680 Say Y have if you the black and white version of the QuickCam
10681 camera. See the next option for the color version.
10683 This driver is also available as a module called bw-qcam.o ( = code
10684 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel
10685 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M
10686 here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10688 Colour QuickCam Video For Linux
10690 This is the video4linux driver for the colour version of the
10691 Connectix Quickcam. If you have one of these cameras, say Y here,
10692 otherwise say N. This driver does not work with the original
10693 monochrome Quickcam, Quickcam VC or QuickClip. It is also available
10694 as a module (c-qcam.o).
10696 Mediavision Pro Movie Studio Video For Linux
10698 Say Y if you have such a thing. This driver is also available as a
10699 module called pms.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed
10700 from the running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile
10701 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
10705 This selects the processor type of your CPU. This is only used to
10706 determine C compiler optimization options, and can affect the
10707 compatibility of the kernel on other processors. If you specify
10708 ARM6, the kernel should work on all 32-bit processors. If you
10709 specify ARM2, ARM250 or ARM3, it should work on all 26-bit
10710 processors. If you're not sure, set it to "None".
10714 This selects what ARM system you wish to build the kernel for. It
10715 also selects to some extent the CPU type. If you are unsure what
10716 to set this option to, please consult any information supplied with
10719 Include support for CATS boards
10721 Say Y here if you wish to include support for the extra hardware
10722 found in Chalice CATS machines. The resulting kernel will still run
10723 on an EBSA-285 but will be slightly larger. If in doubt say N.
10725 Debug kernel errors
10726 CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS
10727 This option controls verbose debugging information which can be
10728 printed when the kernel detects an internal error. Verbose debugging
10729 information is useful when tracking down kernel problems, but it
10730 will be meaning less for non-kernel hackers. It's safe for everyone
10733 Build Tools Selection
10734 CONFIG_BINUTILS_NEW
10735 Say Y here if and only if you're using GCC 2.8.1/EGCS with a
10736 binutils version >= 2.8.1 to compile the kernel (check with "gcc
10737 --version" and "ld -v").
10739 Compile kernel with frame pointer
10740 CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER
10741 If you say Y here, the resulting kernel will be slightly larger, but
10742 it will give useful debugging/error results. If you don't debug the
10743 kernel, you can say N.
10745 Initial kernel command line
10747 On some architectures (EBSA285, EBSA110 and Corel NetWinder), there
10748 is currently no way for the boot loader to pass arguments to the
10749 kernel. For these architectures, you should supply some command-line
10750 options at build time by entering them here. As a minimum, you
10751 should specify the memory size and the root device (e.g., mem=64M
10756 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrDA (TM) protocols.
10757 The Infrared Data Associations (tm) specifies standards for wireless
10758 infrared communication and is supported by most laptops and PDA's.
10760 To use Linux support for the IrDA (tm) protocols, you will also need
10761 some user-space utilities like the irmanager and probably irattach
10762 as well. For more information, see the file
10763 Documentation/networking/irda.txt. You also want to read the
10764 IR-HOWTO, available from
10765 ftp://metalab.unc.edu:/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO.
10767 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile
10768 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The
10769 module will be called
10771 IrDA Cache last LSAP
10772 CONFIG_IRDA_CACHE_LAST_LSAP
10773 Say Y here if you want IrLMP to cache the last LSAP used. This makes
10774 sense since most frames will be sent/received on the same
10775 connection. Enabling this option will save a hash-lookup per frame.
10780 CONFIG_IRDA_FAST_RR
10781 Say Y here is you want IrLAP to send fast RR (Receive Ready) frames
10782 when acting as a primary station. This will make IrLAP send out a RR
10783 frame immediately when receiving a frame if its own transmit queue
10784 is currently empty. This will give a lot of speed improvement when
10785 receiving much data since the secondary station will not have to
10786 wait the max. turn around time before it is allowed to transmit the
10787 next time. If the transmit queue of the secondary is also empty the
10788 primary will back off waiting longer for sending out the RR frame
10789 until the timeout reaches the normal value. Enabling this option
10790 will make the IR-diode burn more power and thus reduce your battery
10796 CONFIG_IRDA_RECYCLE_RR
10797 In the normal life of the IrLAP protocol, it sends a lot of small RR
10798 (Receive Ready) frames over the link (at least when it has nothing
10799 else to do). Saying Y to this option will make IrLAP recycle these
10800 frames thus avoiding many alloc_skb's and kfree_skb's. To do this it
10801 will only buffer one of these frame which is enough for the normal
10808 Say Y here if you want the IrDA subsystem to write debug information
10809 to your syslog. You can change the debug level in
10810 /proc/sys/net/irda/debug
10812 If unsure, say Y (since it makes it easier to find the bugs).
10814 IrLAP Compression support
10815 CONFIG_IRDA_COMPRESSION
10816 Compression is _not_ part of the IrDA(tm) protocol specification,
10817 but it's working great! Linux is the first to try out compression
10818 support at the IrLAP layer. This means that you will only benefit
10819 from compression if you are running a Linux <-> Linux configuration.
10821 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y or M to a compression
10824 IrLAP Deflate Compression Protocol
10825 CONFIG_IRDA_DEFLATE
10826 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Deflate compression
10827 protocol. The deflate compression (GZIP) is exactly
10828 the same as the one used by the PPP protocol.
10830 If you want to compile this compression support as a module, say M
10831 here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called
10836 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLAN protocol. If
10837 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10838 Documentation/modules.txt. IrLAN emulates an Ethernet and makes it
10839 possible to put up a wireless LAN using infrared beams.
10841 The IrLAN protocol can be used to talk with infrared access points
10842 like the HP NetbeamIR, or the ESI JetEye NET. You can also connect
10843 to another Linux machine running the IrLAN protocol for ac-hoc
10848 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrOBEX protocol. If
10849 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10850 Documentation/modules.txt. The module does not actually implement
10851 the IrOBEX protocol since that protocol lives in user space, but it
10852 contains the necessary functions to interface the user-space stuff
10853 with the kernel. So you will need to have the user-space library and
10854 programs that can use this library installed as well to be able to
10855 use the IrOBEX protocol. This module will hopefully be replaced by
10856 IrDA sockets in the future.
10860 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrCOMM protocol. If
10861 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10862 Documentation/modules.txt. IrCOMM implements serial port emulation,
10863 and makes it possible to use all existing applications that
10864 understands TTY's with an infrared link. Thus you should be able to
10865 use application like PPP, minicom and others. Enabling this option
10866 will create two modules called ircomm and ircomm_tty. For more
10867 information go to http://www.pluto.dti.ne.jp/~thiguchi/irda/
10871 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLPT protocol. If
10872 you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10873 Documentation/modules.txt. IrLPT makes it possible to print
10874 documents to IrDA capable printers.
10876 IrLPT Client Protocol
10877 CONFIG_IRLPT_CLIENT
10878 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLPT client
10879 protocol. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10880 Documentation/modules.txt. The IrLPT client protocol can be used to
10881 print documents to IrDA compatible printers like the HP-5MP, or
10882 IrLPT printer adapters like the ACTiSYS IR-100M.
10884 IrLPT Server Protocol
10885 CONFIG_IRLPT_SERVER
10886 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLPT server
10887 protocol. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10888 Documentation/modules.txt. The IrLPT server protocol makes it
10889 possible to use a Linux machine as an infrared printer server for
10890 other laptops. So if your Linux machine has a cable connection to a
10891 printer, then other laptops can use the Linux machine to print out
10892 documents using infrared communication.
10894 IrTTY IrDA Device Driver
10896 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrTTY line
10897 discipline. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
10898 read Documentation/modules.txt. IrTTY makes it possible to use
10899 Linux's own serial driver for all IrDA ports that are 16550
10900 compatible. Most IrDA chips are 16550 compatible so you should
10901 probably say Y to this option. Using IrTTY will however limit the
10902 speed of the connection to 115200 bps (IrDA SIR mode)
10906 Winbond W83977AF IrDA Device Driver
10908 Say Y here if you want to build IrDA support for the Winbond
10909 W83977AF super-io chipset. If you want to compile it as a module,
10910 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This driver should be
10911 used for the IrDA chipset in the Corel NetWinder. The driver
10912 supports SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds.
10914 NSC PC87108 IrDA Device Driver
10916 Say Y here if you want to build support for the NSC PC87108 IrDA
10917 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
10918 read Documentation/modules.txt. This drivers currently only supports
10919 the ACTiSYS IR2000B ISA card and supports SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps)
10922 Sharp UIRCC IrDA Device Driver
10924 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Sharp UIRCC IrDA
10925 chipset. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and
10926 read Documentation/modules.txt. This chipset is used by the Toshiba
10929 ESI JetEye PC Dongle
10931 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Extended Systems
10932 JetEye PC dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
10933 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The ESI dongle attaches to the
10934 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
10935 by IrTTY. To activate support for ESI dongles you will have to
10936 insert "irattach -d esi" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
10938 ACTiSYS IR-220L and IR220L+ dongle
10939 CONFIG_ACTISYS_DONGLE
10940 Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS
10941 IR-220L and IR220L+ dongles. If you want to compile it as a module,
10942 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The ACTiSYS dongles
10943 attaches to the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can
10944 currently only be used by IrTTY. To activate support for ACTiSYS
10945 dongles you will have to insert "irattach -d actisys" or
10946 "irattach -d actisys_plus" in the/etc/irda/drivers script.
10948 Tekram IrMate 210B dongle
10949 CONFIG_TEKRAM_DONGLE
10950 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Tekram IrMate 210B
10951 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
10952 and read Documentation/modules.txt. The Tekram dongle attaches to
10953 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be
10954 used by IrTTY. To activate support for Tekram dongles you will have
10955 to insert "irattach -d tekram" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
10957 Greenwich GIrBIL dongle
10958 CONFIG_GIRBIL_DONGLE
10959 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Greenwich GIrBIL
10960 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read
10961 Documentation/modules.txt. The Greenwich dongle attaches to the
10962 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used
10963 by IrTTY. To activate support for Greenwich dongles you will have to
10964 insert "irattach -d girbil" in the /etc/irda/drivers script.
10966 VME (Motorola and BVM) support
10968 Say Y here if you want to build a kernel for a 680x0 based VME
10969 board. Boards currently supported include Motorola boards MVME162,
10970 MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and MVME177. BVME4000 and BVME6000
10971 boards from BVM Ltd are also supported.
10973 MVME162, 166 and 167 support
10975 Say Y to include support for Motorola VME boards. This will build a
10976 kernel which can run on MVME162, MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and
10977 MVME177 boards. If you select this option you will have to select
10978 the appropriate drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later
10981 BVME4000 and BVME6000 support
10983 Say Y to include support for VME boards from BVM Ltd. This will
10984 build a kernel which can run on BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards. If
10985 you select this option you will have to select the appropriate
10986 drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later on.
10988 Use write-through caching for 68060 supervisor accesses
10989 CONFIG_060_WRITETHROUGH
10990 The 68060 generally uses copyback caching of recently accessed data.
10991 Copyback caching means that memory writes will be held in an on-chip
10992 cache and only written back to memory some time later. Saying Y
10993 here will force supervisor (kernel) accesses to use writethrough
10994 caching. Writethrough caching means that data is written to memory
10995 straight away, so that cache and memory data always agree.
10996 Writethrough caching is less efficient, but is needed for some
10997 drivers on 68060 based systems where the 68060 bus snooping signal
10998 is hardwired on. The 53c710 SCSI driver is known to suffer from
11001 NCR53C710 SCSI driver for MVME16x
11002 CONFIG_MVME16x_SCSI
11003 The Motorola MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards use the NCR53C710
11004 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards
11005 will want to say Y to this question.
11007 NCR53C710 SCSI driver for BVME6000
11008 CONFIG_BVME6000_SCSI
11009 The BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards from BVM Ltd use the NCR53C710
11010 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards
11011 will want to say Y to this question.
11013 MVME16x Ethernet support
11015 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on the Motorola
11016 MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards. Say Y here to include the
11017 driver for this chip in your kernel. If you want to compile it as
11018 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11020 BVME6000 Ethernet support
11021 CONFIG_BVME6000_NET
11022 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on BVME4000 and
11023 BVME6000 VME boards. Say Y here to include the driver for this chip
11024 in your kernel. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here
11025 and read Documentation/modules.txt.
11027 CD2401 support for MVME166/7 serial ports
11029 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME166,
11030 167, and 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say
11033 SCC support for MVME162 serial ports
11035 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME162 and
11036 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say Y here.
11038 SCC support for BVME6000 serial ports
11039 CONFIG_BVME6000_SCC
11040 This is the driver for the serial ports on the BVME4000 and BVME6000
11041 boards from BVM Ltd. Everyone using one of these boards should say
11045 # A couple of things I keep forgetting:
11046 # capitalize: AppleTalk, Ethernet, DOS, DMA, FAT, FTP, Internet,
11047 # Intel, IRQ, Linux, MSDOS, NetWare, NetWinder, NFS,
11049 # two words: hard drive, hard disk, sound card, home page
11050 # other: it's safe to save; daemon; use --, not - or ---
11053 # This is used by Emacs' spell checker ispell.el:
11055 # LocalWords: CONFIG coprocessor DX Pentium SX lilo loadlin HOWTO ftp metalab
11056 # LocalWords: unc edu docs emu README kB BLK DEV FD Thinkpad fd MFM RLL IDE gz
11057 # LocalWords: cdrom diskless netboot nfs xzvf ATAPI MB ide pavia rubini pl pd
11058 # LocalWords: HD CDROMs IDECD NEC MITSUMI filesystem XT XD PCI BIOS cezar ATEN
11059 # LocalWords: ISA EISA Microchannel VESA BIOSes IPC SYSVIPC ipc Ctrl dmesg hlt
11060 # LocalWords: BINFMT Linkable http ac uk jo html GCC SPARC AVANTI CABRIOLET EB
11061 # LocalWords: netscape gcc LD CC toplevel MODVERSIONS insmod rmmod modprobe IP
11062 # LocalWords: genksyms INET loopback gatewaying ethernet PPP ARP Arp MEMSIZE
11063 # LocalWords: howto multicasting MULTICAST MBONE firewalling ipfw ACCT resp ip
11064 # LocalWords: proc acct IPIP encapsulator decapsulator klogd PCTCP RARP EXT PS
11065 # LocalWords: telnetting subnetted NAGLE rlogin NOSR ttyS TGA techinfo mbone nl
11066 # LocalWords: Mb SKB IPX Novell dosemu Appletalk DDP ATALK vmalloc visar ehome
11067 # LocalWords: SD CHR scsi thingy SG CD LUNs LUN jukebox Adaptec BusLogic EATA
11068 # LocalWords: buslogic DMA DPT ATT eata dma PIO UltraStor fdomain umsdos ext
11069 # LocalWords: QLOGIC qlogic TMC seagate Trantor ultrastor FASST wd NETDEVICES
11070 # LocalWords: unix BBS linux CSLIP PLIP Kirch's LDP CSlip SL SCC IRQ csustan
11071 # LocalWords: Turbo Laplink plip NCSA port's ReQuest IRQs EQL SMC AMD PCnet NE
11072 # LocalWords: COM ELPLUS Com EtherLinkIII VLB Arcnet Cabletron DEPCA DE carlos
11073 # LocalWords: depca EtherWorks EWRK ewrk SEEQ EtherExpress EEXPRESS NI xxx dia
11074 # LocalWords: EtherExpress WaveLAN wavelan PCLAN HPLAN VG SK Ansel Xen de ZNET
11075 # LocalWords: PCMCIA cb stanford LAN TEC RealTek ATP atp DLINK NetTools VISWS
11076 # LocalWords: TR Sony CDU caddyless cdu Mitsumi MCD cd mcd XA MultiSession CDA
11077 # LocalWords: Matsushita Panasonic SBPCD Soundblaster Longshine sbpcd Aztech
11078 # LocalWords: Okano Wearnes AZTCD CDD SE aztcd sonycd Goldstar GSCD Philips fs
11079 # LocalWords: LMS OPTCD Sanyo SJCD minix faqs xiafs XIA msdos mtools Cichocki
11080 # LocalWords: std softlinks umssync NetworkFileSharing nfsd mountd CDs HPFS TI
11081 # LocalWords: hpfs SYSV SCO iBCS Wyse WordPerfect tsx mit unixes sysv NR irisa
11082 # LocalWords: SMB WfW Cyclades async mux Logitech busmouse MouseSystem aka AST
11083 # LocalWords: PSMOUSE Compaq trackballs Travelmate Inport ATIXL ATI busmice ld
11084 # LocalWords: gpm config QIC DYNCONF FTAPE Stor Ftape ftape pcsndrv manpage NT
11085 # LocalWords: readprofile diskdrives org com masq EtherTalk tcp netrom sunacm
11086 # LocalWords: misc AIC aic pio scc Portmaster eql GIS PhotoCDs MCDX Perell PG
11087 # LocalWords: mcdx gscd optcd sjcd ISP hdparm Workgroups Lan samba PARIDE PCD
11088 # LocalWords: filesystems smbfs ATA ppp PCTech RZ www powerquest txt CMD ESDI
11089 # LocalWords: chipset FB multicast MROUTE appletalk ifconfig IBMTR multiport
11090 # LocalWords: Multisession STALDRV EasyIO EC EasyConnection ISTALLION ONboard
11091 # LocalWords: Brumby pci TNC cis ohio faq usenet NETLINK dev hydra ca Tyne mem
11092 # LocalWords: carleton Deskstation DECstation SUNFD JENSEN Noname XXXM SLiRP
11093 # LocalWords: pppd Zilog ZS SRM bootloader ez mainmenu rarp ipfwadm paride pcd
11094 # LocalWords: RTNETLINK mknod xos MTU lwared Macs mac netatalk macs cs Wolff
11095 # LocalWords: dartmouth flowerpt MultiMaster FlashPoint tudelft etherexpress
11096 # LocalWords: ICL EtherTeam ETH IDESCSI TXC SmartRAID SmartCache httpd sjc dlp
11097 # LocalWords: thesphere TwoServers BOOTP DHCP ncpfs BPQETHER BPQ MG HIPPI cern
11098 # LocalWords: bsd comp SPARCstation le SunOS ie Gracilis PackeTwin PT pt LU FX
11099 # LocalWords: FX TEAC CR LCS mS ramdisk IDETAPE cmd fperllo encis tcfs unisa
11100 # LocalWords: Vertos Genoa Funai hsfs NCP NetWare tgz APM apm ioctls UltraLite
11101 # LocalWords: TravelMate CDT LCD backlight VC RPC Mips AXP barlow cdrecord pg
11102 # LocalWords: PMAX MILO Alphas Multia Tseng linuxelf endian mipsel mips drv HT
11103 # LocalWords: kerneld callouts AdvanSys advansys Admin WDT DataStor EP verden
11104 # LocalWords: wdt hdb hdc bugfix SiS vlb Acculogic CSA DTC dtc Holtek ht QDI
11105 # LocalWords: QD qd UMC umc ALI ali lena fnet fr azstarnet cdr fb MDA ps esdi
11106 # LocalWords: Avanti XL AlphaStations Jensen DECpc AXPpci UDB Cabriolet MCA RC
11107 # LocalWords: AlphaPC mca AOUT OUTput PPro sipx gwdg lo nwe FourPort Boca unm
11108 # LocalWords: Keepalive linefill RELCOM keepalive analogue CDR conf CDI INIT
11109 # LocalWords: OPTi isp irq noisp VFAT vfat NTFS losetup dmsdosfs dosfs ISDN MP
11110 # LocalWords: NOWAYOUT behaviour dialin isdn callback BTX Teles ICN EDSS Cisco
11111 # LocalWords: ipppd syncppp RFC MPP VJ downloaded icn NICCY Creatix shmem ufr
11112 # LocalWords: ibp md ARCnet ether encap NDIS arcether ODI Amigas AmiTCP NetBSD
11113 # LocalWords: initrd tue util DES funet des OnNet BIOSP smc Travan Iomega CMS
11114 # LocalWords: FC DC dc PPA IOMEGA's ppa RNFS FMV Fujitsu ARPD arpd loran layes
11115 # LocalWords: FRAD indiana framerelay DLCI DCLIs Sangoma SDLA mrouted sync sec
11116 # LocalWords: Starmode Metricom MosquitoNet mosquitonet kbit nfsroot Digiboard
11117 # LocalWords: DIGI Xe Xeve digiboard UMISC touchscreens mtu ethernets HBAs MEX
11118 # LocalWords: Shifflett netcom js jshiffle WIC DECchip ELCP EtherPower dst RTC
11119 # LocalWords: rtc SMP lp Digi Intl RightSwitch DGRS dgrs AFFS Amiga UFS SDL AP
11120 # LocalWords: Solaris RISCom riscom syncPPP PCBIT pcbit sparc anu au artoo MFB
11121 # LocalWords: hitchcock Crynwr cnam pktdrvr NCSA's CyDROM CyCDROM FreeBSD NeXT
11122 # LocalWords: NeXTstep disklabel disklabels SMD FFS tm AmigaOS diskfiles Un IQ
11123 # LocalWords: Bernd informatik rwth aachen uae affs multihosting bytecode java
11124 # LocalWords: applets applet JDK ncsa cabi SNI Alphatronix readme LANs scarab
11125 # LocalWords: winsock RNIS caltech OSPF honour Honouring Mbit LocalTalk DEFRAG
11126 # LocalWords: localtalk download Packetwin Baycom baycom interwork ASCII JNT
11127 # LocalWords: Camtec proxying indyramp defragment defragmented UDP FAS FASXX
11128 # LocalWords: FastSCSI SIO FDC qlogicfas QLogic qlogicisp setbaycom ife ee LJ
11129 # LocalWords: ethz ch Travelmates ProAudioSpectrum ProAudio SoundMan SB SBPro
11130 # LocalWords: Thunderboard SM OPL FM ADLIB TSR Gravis MPU PSS ADI SW DSP codec
11131 # LocalWords: ADSP ESC ASIC daughtercard GUSMAX MSS NX AdLib Excell Ensoniq YM
11132 # LocalWords: SoundScape Spea MediaTriX AudioTriX WSS OTI ThunderBoard VoxWare
11133 # LocalWords: Soundscape SSCAPE TRIX MediaTrix PnP Maui dsp midixx EIA getty
11134 # LocalWords: mgetty sendfax gert greenie muc lowlevel Lasermate LanManager io
11135 # LocalWords: OOPSes trackball binghamton mobileip ncr IOMAPPED settags ns ser
11136 # LocalWords: setsync NEGO MPARITY autotuning prefetch PIIX cdwrite utils rc
11137 # LocalWords: PCWATCHDOG berkprod bitgate boldt ucsb jf kyoto jp euc Tetsuyasu
11138 # LocalWords: YAMADA tetsu cauchy nslab ntt nevod perm su doc kaf kheops wsc
11139 # LocalWords: traduc Bourgin dbourgin menuconfig kfill READMEs HOWTOs Virge WA
11140 # LocalWords: IDEDISK IDEFLOPPY EIDE firewalls QMAGIC ZMAGIC LocalWords opti
11141 # LocalWords: SVGATextMode vga svga Xkernel syr jmwobus comfaqs dhcp flakey GD
11142 # LocalWords: IPv IPng interoperability ipng ipv radio's tapr pkthome PLP nano
11143 # LocalWords: Ses Mhz sethdlc SOUNDMODEM WindowsSoundSystem smdiag pcf inka ES
11144 # LocalWords: smmixer ptt circ soundmodem MKISS FDDI DEFEA DEFPA DEFXX redhat
11145 # LocalWords: HyperNews khg mconv sed lina wuftpd MicroChannel netlink irc cum
11146 # LocalWords: raudio RealAudio PPROP NETBIOS GUI IBMMCA ELMC Racal Interlan fi
11147 # LocalWords: eth shapecfg src esp PCWD PREVSTAT bootparam sig bitwizard SBC
11148 # LocalWords: downloads AFSK TCM FP Karn KA FSK RUH LinkSys cron mouseman LLC
11149 # LocalWords: SyQuest SyQuest's CCITT MicroSolutions BPCD bpcd ESPSERIAL PROM
11150 # LocalWords: SUNESP openprom OPENPROMIO quango themall al TT MC MMU LC RMW AA
11151 # LocalWords: INSNS Ataris AutoConfig ZORRO OCS AMIFB Agnus Denise ECS CDTV GB
11152 # LocalWords: AGA Cybervision CYBER GSP TMS DMI Zorro ACSI ROMs SLM BioNet GVP
11153 # LocalWords: PAMsNet TekMagic Cyberstorm MkI CYBERSTORMII MkII BLZ onboard cx
11154 # LocalWords: Village Tronic ATARILANCE RieblCard PAMCard VME MFP sangoma LAPB
11155 # LocalWords: Rhotron BioData's Multiface AMIGAMOUSE COPCON Amiga's bitplanes
11156 # LocalWords: ATARIMOUSE MFPSER SCC's MegaSTE ESCC Atari's GVPIOEXT DMASOUND
11157 # LocalWords: fdutils cisco univercd rpcg htm iface lapb LAPBETHER tpqic qic
11158 # LocalWords: SYNTH xd en binfmt aout ipip terra ipx sd sr sg wic framebuffer
11159 # LocalWords: ibmmca lapbether mkiss dlci sdla fmv eepro eexpress ni hp ne es
11160 # LocalWords: ibmtr isofs ROMFS romfs pcxx cyclades istallion psaux msbusmouse
11161 # LocalWords: atixlmouse sbin softdog pcwd USS Lite ACI miroSOUND PCM miroPCM
11162 # LocalWords: microcontroller miro Voxware downloading teles acsi slm gvp ltpc
11163 # LocalWords: atari ariadne amigamouse atarimouse builtin IPDDP maths bradford
11164 # LocalWords: AppleTalk Farallon PhoneNet Zubkoff lnz SCCB HAPN WANs vesafb nt
11165 # LocalWords: wanrouter WANPIPE multiprotocol Mbps wanpipe EtherWORKS nodma SC
11166 # LocalWords: smp HiSax SiemensChipSet Siemens AVM Elsa ITK hisax PCC MICROR
11167 # LocalWords: Mircolink EURO DSS Spellcaster BRI sc spellcast Digiboards GPIO
11168 # LocalWords: SYMBIOS COMPAT SDMS rev ASUS Tekram HX VX API ibmmcascsi ASY asy
11169 # LocalWords: loader's PCnetPCI automounter AUTOFS amd autofs VT Gallant's Pnp
11170 # LocalWords: AEDSP aedsp enskip tik Sysctl sysctl PARPORT parport pnp IDs EPP
11171 # LocalWords: Autoprobe bart patrickr HDLS READBACK AB usr DAMA DS SparQ aten
11172 # LocalWords: Symbios PCscsi tmscsim RoamAbout GHz Hinds contrib mathematik ok
11173 # LocalWords: darmstadt okir DIGIEPCA International's Xem digiepca epca bootup
11174 # LocalWords: zorro CAPI AVMB capi avmb VP SYN syncookies EM em pc Ethertalk
11175 # LocalWords: Dayna DL Daynatalk LT PhoneNET ATB Daystar queueing CMDS SCBs ls
11176 # LocalWords: SCB STATS Thinnet ThunderLAN TLAN Netelligent NetFlex tlan james
11177 # LocalWords: caldera Preload Preloading slowdowns schoebel uni NBD nbd prog
11178 # LocalWords: stuttgart rdist TRANS hostnames mango jukeboxes ESS userland PD
11179 # LocalWords: hardlinked NAMETRANS env mtab fstab umount nologin runlevel gid
11180 # LocalWords: transname filespace adm Nodename hostname uname Kernelname bootp
11181 # LocalWords: KERNNAME kname ktype kernelname Kerneltype KERNTYPE Alt RX mdafb
11182 # LocalWords: dataless kerneltype SYSNAME Comtrol Rocketport palmtop fbset EGS
11183 # LocalWords: nvram SYSRQ SysRq PrintScreen sysrq NVRAMs NvRAM Shortwave RTTY
11184 # LocalWords: HFMODEM shortwave Sitor Amtor Pactor GTOR hfmodem hayes TX TMOUT
11185 # LocalWords: IDEPCI IDEDMA idedma PDC pdc TRM trm raidtools luthien nuclecu
11186 # LocalWords: unam mx miguel koobera uic EMUL solaris pp ieee lpsg co DMAs TOS
11187 # LocalWords: BLDCONFIG preloading jumperless BOOTINIT modutils multipath GRE
11188 # LocalWords: misconfigured autoconfiguration IPGRE ICMP tracert ipautofw PIM
11189 # LocalWords: netis rlynch autofw ipportfw monmouth ipsubs portforwarding pimd
11190 # LocalWords: portfw PIMSM netweb usc pim pf EUI aggregatable PB decapsulate
11191 # LocalWords: ipddp Decapsulation DECAP bool HAMRADIO tcpdump af CDs tx FBCON
11192 # LocalWords: ethertap multisession PPC MMIO GDT GDTH ICP gdth hamradio bpp
11193 # LocalWords: lmh weejock AIMSlab RadioTrack RTRACK HZP OptoSCC TRX rx TRXECHO
11194 # LocalWords: DMASCC paccomm dmascc addr cfg oevsv oe kib picpar FDX baudrate
11195 # LocalWords: baudrates fdx HDX hdx PSK kanren frforum QoS SCHED CBQ SCH sched
11196 # LocalWords: sch cbq CSZ Shenker Zhang csz SFQ sfq TBF tbf PFIFO fifo PRIO RW
11197 # LocalWords: prio Micom xIO dwmw rimi OMIRR omirr omirrd unicode ntfs cmu NIC
11198 # LocalWords: Braam braam Schmidt's freiburg nls codepages codepage Romanian
11199 # LocalWords: Slovak Slovenian Sorbian Nordic iso Catalan Faeroese Galician SZ
11200 # LocalWords: Valencian Slovene Esperanto Estonian Latvian Byelorussian KOI mt
11201 # LocalWords: charset Inuit Greenlandic Sami Lappish koi SOFTCURSOR softcursor
11202 # LocalWords: Specialix specialix DTR RTS RTSCTS cycladesZ Exabyte ftape's inr
11203 # LocalWords: Iomega's LBFM claus ZFTAPE VFS zftape zft William's lzrw DFLT kb
11204 # LocalWords: MTSETBLK MTIOCTOP qft setblk zftape's tar's afio's setdrvbuffer
11205 # LocalWords: Procfs Exabyte's THR FCD sysvinit init PSC pscwdt VMIDI Euro SAB
11206 # LocalWords: Mostek Fastlane PowerMac PReP PMAC PowerPC Macintoshes Starmax
11207 # LocalWords: PowerStack Starmaxes MCOMMON DEVICETREE ATY IMS IMSTT videodev
11208 # LocalWords: BT Hauppauge STB bttv Quickcam BW BWQCAM bw qcam Mediavision PMS
11209 # LocalWords: pms Avatar Freecom Imation Superdisk BPCK bpck COMM comm DSTR ru
11210 # LocalWords: dstr EPAT EPEZ epat EPIA epia FreeCom FRPW frpw KingByte KBIC HW
11211 # LocalWords: KingByte's kbic OnSpec ValuStore FASTROUTE fastroute FLOWCONTROL
11212 # LocalWords: struct APIC realtime OSs LynxOS CNC tmp cvf HFS hfs ADFS Risc os
11213 # LocalWords: adfs ncpmount namespace SUBDIR reexport NDS kcore FT SPX spx DAT
11214 # LocalWords: interserver BLKSZ NUMBUFFERS apmd Tadpole ANA roestock QuickCam
11215 # LocalWords: isapnptools Colour CQCAM colour Connectix QuickClip prive mentre
11216 # LocalWords: KMOD kmod conformant utexas kharker UnixWare Mwave cgi cl ts ibm
11217 # LocalWords: eXchange threepio oakland simtel pre ULTRAMCA EtherLink isa luik
11218 # LocalWords: EtherLink OpenBSD pts DEVPTS devpts ptmx ttyp glibc readback SA
11219 # LocalWords: mwave OLDCARD isdnloop linklevel loopctrl Eicon Diehl DIEHLDIVA
11220 # LocalWords: ASUSCOM AsusCom TELEINT semiactiv Sedlbauer Sportster TA MIC ITH
11221 # LocalWords: NETjet NetJet Niccy Neuhaus sparcs AOC AOCD AOCE Microlink SAA
11222 # LocalWords: teletext WinTV saa iproute tc Quadra Performa PowerBook tor AUN
11223 # LocalWords: setserial compsoc steve Econet econet AUNUDP psched TEQL TLE CLS
11224 # LocalWords: teql FW Ingres TwistedPair MTRR MTRRs mtrr cfs crypto TD ktti KT
11225 # LocalWords: PHd ICS ipchains adelaide rustcorp syslog Cumana steganography
11226 # LocalWords: AcornSCSI EcoSCSI EESOX EESOXSCSI Powertec POWERTECSCSI dec SF
11227 # LocalWords: RadioReveal gatekeeper aimslab aztech FMI sf fmi RTL rtl cesdis
11228 # LocalWords: Yellowfin gsfc nasa gov yellowfin pcnet Mylex LNE lne EtherH hs
11229 # LocalWords: EBSA chattr RiscOS Winmodem AGP Atomwide DUALSP pcsp robinson CT
11230 # LocalWords: SGALAXY Waverider DSPxxx TRXPRO AudioTrix OSWF MOT CFB DSY kbps
11231 # LocalWords: tuwien kkudielk LVD mega lun MAXTAGS Gbps arcnet Olicom SKTR SNA
11232 # LocalWords: SysKonnect sktr sna etherboot ufs NetBEUI MultiSound MSNDCLAS GX
11233 # LocalWords: MSNDINIT MSNDPERM MSNDPIN PNDSPINI PNDSPERM Ensoniq's RetinaZ SS
11234 # LocalWords: AudioPCI lspci SonicVibes sonicvibes SPARCs roadrunner CLgen UPA
11235 # LocalWords: swansea shtml Zoltrix zoltrix BINUTILS EGCS binutils VIDC DACs
11236 # LocalWords: CyberVision Cirrus PowerBooks Topcat SBUS CGsix TurboGX BWtwo SS
11237 # LocalWords: CGthree TCX unswapable vfb fbcon hicolor truecolor AFB ILBM SOC
11238 # LocalWords: IPLAN gracilis Fibre SBus SparcSTORAGE SV jnewbigin swin QNX qnx
11239 # LocalWords: PTY PTYS ptyxx ttyxx PTYs ssh sb Avance ALS pss pvv kerneli hd
11240 # LocalWords: synth WaveFront MSND NONPNP AudioExcelDSP STRAM APUS CHRP MBX Nx
11241 # LocalWords: PowerMac's BMAC radiotrack rtrack miropcm OFFBOARD HPT UDMA DVD
11242 # LocalWords: hpt fokus gmd Cyrix DXL SLC DLC NexGen MediaGX GXm IDT WinChip
11243 # LocalWords: MMX MII valkyrie mdacon vdolive VDOLive cuseeme CU hippi rrunner
11244 # LocalWords: SeeMe ipmasqadm juanjox ipmarkfw markfw TNCs Microdyne rhine lib
11245 # LocalWords: libc jsX gamepad gameport CHF FCS FPGaming MadCatz ASSASIN GrIP
11246 # LocalWords: Assasin gamepads GamePad PDPI gamecards gamecard WingMan BSP WCS
11247 # LocalWords: ThunderPad CyberMan SideWinder ThrustMaster DirectConnect NES XF
11248 # LocalWords: Millenium SNES PSX Multisystem Nintendo PlayStation Amstrad CPC
11249 # LocalWords: Sega TurboGraFX Steffen Schwenke Multiststem PDIF FIFOSIZE EPLUS
11250 # LocalWords: PowerUP RoadRunner tahallah dos functionkey setterm imladris Woz
11251 # LocalWords: PowerMacs Winbond Algorithmics ALGOR algor ECOFF IRIX SGI SGI's
11252 # LocalWords: gfx virtualized Xpmac mklinux XFree FBDev Woodhouse mvhi Seeq fp
11253 # LocalWords: SGISEEQ HIgh ADB ADBMOUSE crosscompiler CROSSCOMPILE FPE GDB gdb
11254 # LocalWords: JOYPORT rp spoofing DawiControl NOGENSUPP EEPROM HSSI Alessandro
11255 # LocalWords: singleprocessor tex MATHEMU FRIQ Maxell friq Alcor XLT AlphaBook
11256 # LocalWords: AlphaPCI DP LX Miata Mikasa Noritake RPX UX BX Takara EV PRIMO
11257 # LocalWords: TSC Matrox Productiva matroxfb matrox multihead ia linuxhq MFW
11258 # LocalWords: mfw AAA MCS Initio XXU initio imm AutoDetect IZIP CTR usec HDLC
11259 # LocalWords: COSA SRP muni cz kas cosa Alteon AceNIC acenic VTOC OSes GMT SAx
11260 # LocalWords: Inspiron localtime INTS Thinkpads Ralf Brown's Flightstick NNN
11261 # LocalWords: Xterminator Blackhawk NN mpu ioports DCA HPDCA HPLANCE DIO Corel
11262 # LocalWords: GemTek gemtek CMDLINE IrDA PDA's irmanager irattach RR AVA DN
11263 # LocalWords: uit dagb irda LSAP IrLMP RR's IrLAP IR alloc skb's kfree skb's
11264 # LocalWords: GZIP IrLAN NetbeamIR ESI JetEye IrOBEX IrCOMM TTY's minicom dti
11265 # LocalWords: ircomm ircomm pluto thiguchi IrTTY Linux's bps NetWinder MIR NSC
11266 # LocalWords: ACTiSYS Dongle dongle dongles esi actisys IrMate tekram BVM MVME
11267 # LocalWords: BVME BVME WRITETHROUGH copyback writethrough fwmark syncookie tu
11268 # LocalWords: alphalinux GOBIOS csn chemnitz nat ACARD AMI MegaRAID megaraid
11269 # LocalWords: QNXFS ISI isicom xterms Apollos VPN RCPCI rcpci sgi visws pcmcia
11270 # LocalWords: IrLPT UIRCC Tecra